Zoneomics Logo
search icon

Murrieta City Zoning Code

ARTICLE III

Site Planning and General Development Standards

16.18.010 Purpose and Applicability.

   A.   Purpose. The purpose of this chapter is to ensure that all development produces an environment of stable and desirable character that is harmonious with existing and future development, and protects the use and enjoyment of neighboring properties, consistent with the general plan.
   B.   Applicability. The standards of this chapter apply to more than one zoning district (e.g., residential, commercial, manufacturing, etc.), and therefore, are combined in this chapter. These standards shall be considered in combination with the standards for each zoning district in Article II (Zoning Districts and Allowable Land Uses). Where there may be a conflict, the standards specific to the zoning district shall override these general standards.
All structures, additions to structures, and uses shall conform to the standards of this chapter as determined applicable by the director, except as specified in Chapter 16.32 (Nonconforming Uses, Structures, and Parcels).
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.18.020 Access.

   A.   Access to Streets. Every structure shall be constructed upon or moved to a legally recorded parcel with a permanent means of access to a public street or road, or a private street or road, conforming to city standards. All structures shall be located to provide safe and convenient access for servicing, fire protection and required off-street parking. Parcels located on a private street or road that were legally established prior to the effective date of this development code, are exempt from the required compliance with the latest adopted city standards for private streets or roads.
   B.   Access to Structures.
      1.   Accessory structures and architectural features shall be provided so that they do not obstruct access to primary structures or accessory living quarters. Also refer to Section 16.44.150 (Residential Accessory Structures and Uses).
      2.   Fences and walls shall provide an access gate or other suitable opening at least forty-eight (48) inches in width to provide access to primary or accessory structures.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.18.030 Air Quality.

   A.   Air Pollution. Sources of air pollution shall comply with rules set forth by the Environmental Protection Agency (Code of Federal Regulations, Title 40), the California Air Resources Board, the Southern California Association of Governments, and the South Coast Air Quality Management District's (SCAQMD) Rules and Regulations and Final Air Quality Management Plan. No person shall operate a regulated source of air pollution without a valid operation permit issued by the SCAQMD. Uses, activities, or processes that require SCAQMD approval of a permit to operate shall file a copy of the permit with the department within thirty (30) days of its approval.
   B.   Dust and Dirt. Land use activities that may create dust emissions (e.g., construction, grading, etc.) shall be conducted to create as little dust or dirt emission beyond the boundary line of the parcel as possible including, but not limited to, the following:
      1.   Scheduling. Grading activities shall be scheduled to ensure that repeated grading will not be required, and that implementation of the proposed land use will occur as soon as possible after grading;
      2.    Operations During High Winds. Clearing, earth-moving, excavation operations, or grading activities shall cease when the wind speed exceeds twenty-five (25) miles per hour averaged over one hour;
      3.   Area of Disturbance. The area disturbed by clearing, demolition, earth-moving, excavation operations or grading shall be the minimum required to implement the allowed use;
      4.   Dust Control. During clearing, demolition, earth-moving, excavation operations, or grading, dust emissions shall be controlled by regular watering, paving of construction roads, or other dust-preventive measures (e.g., hydroseeding, etc.), subject to the approval of the city engineer.
         a.   Material(s) excavated or graded shall be watered to prevent dust. Watering, with complete coverage, shall occur at least twice daily, preferably in the late morning and after work is done for the day.
         b.   Material(s) transported off-site shall be either sufficiently watered or securely covered to prevent dust.
      5.   On-site Roads. On-site roads shall be paved as soon as feasible. During construction, roads shall be watered periodically, and/or shall be chemically stabilized; and
      6.   Revegetation. Graded areas shall be revegetated as soon as possible to minimize dust and erosion. Portions of the construction site to remain inactive longer than three months shall be seeded and watered until grass cover is grown and maintained, subject to the discretion of the city engineer.
   C.   Exhaust Emissions. Construction-related exhaust emissions shall be minimized by maintaining equipment in good running condition and in proper tune in compliance with manufacture's specifications. Construction equipment shall not be left idling for long periods of time.
   D.   Odor Emissions. Noxious odorous emissions in a matter or quantity that is detrimental to or endangers the public health, safety, comfort, or welfare is declared to be public nuisance and unlawful, and shall be modified to prevent further emissions release.
(Ord. 293 § 1 (part), 2004; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.18.040 Equestrian and Agriculture Preservation.

   A.   Purpose. It is in the public interest to preserve the city's rural equestrian and agricultural character and to protect equestrian facilities, kennels and agricultural operations as a high-community priority while minimizing conflicts with new urban development. The intrusion of urban development often leads to restrictions on equestrian, kennel and agricultural operations to the detriment of the equestrian and rural agricultural uses. The purposes of this section are to:
      1.   Preserve and protect, those lands where agricultural uses and the keeping of livestock are allowed;
      2.   Support and encourage continued agricultural operations in the city: and
      3.   Notify prospective purchasers, residents and tenants of property adjoining or near agricultural operations, including the keeping of livestock (including, but not limited to, kennels). of the inherent conflicts associated with the purchase of the residence including the presence of chemicals, dust, light, noise, odors. and traffic that may occur near agricultural operations.
   B.   Relationship to Nuisance.
      1 .   Properties with existing horses or livestock in areas that allowed the keeping of animals at the time of adoption of this development code shall have the right to maintain the animals in the same manner not withstanding health and safety issues. New development shall bear the responsibility for providing appropriate buffers or setbacks between the existing development and the new development. No agricultural or livestock use shall become a nuisance to adjacent land uses, when the use was not a nuisance at the time it was established.
      2.   This section shall not be construed as modifying existing laws relative to nuisances, but is only to be utilized in the interpretation and enforcement of the provisions of this development code.
   C.   Disclosure by Subdivider. The subdivider of any property located within five hundred (500) feet of land utilized or zoned for agricultural use shall disclose, through a notation on the final map of the subdivision, within conditions, covenants and restrictions (CC&Rs), if prepared, and through the recordation of a separate acknowledgment statement, the presence of agricultural and appurtenant uses in the proximity through the following, or similar statement:
"The property(ies) within this subdivision is(are) located within five hundred (500) feet of land utilized or zoned for agricultural operations and residents/occupants of the property may be subject to inconvenience or discomfort arising from use of agricultural chemicals, including, but not limited to, acaricides, fertilizers. fungicides, herbicides. insecticides, and rodenticides; and from pursuit of agricultural operations, including crop production and processing, and the keeping and raising of animals which may generate dust, light, noise, odor, and traffic. The city has adopted policies to encourage and preserve agricultural uses and operations in the vicinity of the city. Residents/occupants of property(ies) within this subdivision should be prepared to accept inconveniences or discomfort as normal and necessary to agricultural operations."
   D.   Disclosure Prior to Issuance of Building Permits. Where a new structure intended for human occupancy is to be located on property which is located within five hundred (500) feet of land utilized or zoned for agricultural use, the owner(s) of the property shall, prior to issuance of a building permit, be required to sign and re-cord a statement in a form similar to that specified in subsection A (Disclosure by Subdivider) above. In lieu of signing the statement required above, the owner(s) may submit evidence that the statement in subsection A above, has been made a part of subdivision documents creating the parcel on which the structure is to be located.
(Ord. 253 § 2 (part): Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.18.060 Geologic/Seismic Hazards.

   A.   Investigation Required. In compliance with the provisions of the Alquist-Priolo Earthquake Fault Zoning Act (Public Resources Code, Section 2621, et. seq.) and the Safety Element of the city of Murrieta general plan , a geologic/soils investigation shall be required for any development proposal either located in an area where liquefaction, subsidence, landslide. and fissuring are considered hazards or involving structures for human occupancy within the earthquake fault zones shown on the maps prepared by the state of California department of Conservation. The maps delineating the earthquake fault zones and other geologic hazards are on file at the department.
   B.   Exemptions. Exemptions from the provisions of this section may be granted under the following circumstances:
      1.    The proposal involves single-family wood frame dwellings on parcels of land for which a geologic investigation has been previously prepared and approved.
      2.    The proposal is limited to an addition or alteration to a structure that does not exceed twenty-five (25) percent of the square footage of the structure prior to the proposed addition or alteration.
      3.    A waiver is granted based on a determination that there is no undue hazard of significant rupture. Waivers for proposals within the Wildomar and the Willard fault zones shall be submitted to and approved by the state geologist.
   C.   Requirements for Critical Facilities. Active faults may exist outside of identified hazard zones. Geologic investigations shall be required for the following critical uses:
      1.    Ambulance services;
      2.   Emergency operations centers (EOC's):
      3.    Hospitals and other emergency medical facilities;
      4.    Police, fire, and communications systems:
      5.    Power plants:
      6.    Sewage treatment plants;
      7.    Utility substations;
      8.    Water works;
      9.    Those uses which manufacture, handle, or store hazardous or explosive materials; and
      10.    Occupancy capacity for schools and other public assembly uses shall be the cumulative total of all buildings and facilities which are a part of, related to, the primary use, (e.g., a school auditorium, cafeteria, classrooms, etc.) which shall be added together to calculate occupancy capacity for a proposed school site.
   D.   Geologic Investigation. Geologic/soils investigations shall be prepared by a geologist or soils engineer registered in the state of California. The city has the option to require a second party review of the investigation by a geologist registered in the state of California who is either an employee or under contract to the city. The applicant shall be responsible for all associated review costs. The content of the geologic/soils investigation reports shall include: purpose and scope of investigation, geologic setting, site description and conditions, and methods of investigation, subsurface and geophysical investigations, conclusions and recommendations. Copies of all geologic investigations shall be kept on file at the department.
All investigations involving proposals within the Wildomar and the Willard earthquake fault zones shall be filed with the state geologist within thirty days following acceptance.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.18.070 Hazardous Materials Storage.

The following standards are intended to ensure that the use, handling, storage, and transportation of hazardous substances comply with all applicable state laws (Government Code Section 65850.2 and Health and Safety Code Section 25505, et seq.) and that appropriate information is reported to the city.
A minor conditional use permit is required pursuant to Chapter 16.52 (Conditional Use Permits) for the storage of hazardous materials in conjunction with an on-site primary use where quantities are in excess of the threshold(s) specified in the California Building and Fire Code(s).
For the purposes of this section, "hazardous substances" shall include all substances on the comprehensive master list of hazardous substances compiled and maintained by the California Department of Health Services and the Riverside County Department of Environmental Health.
   A.   Reporting Requirements. All businesses required by state law (Health and Safety Code, Section 6.95) to prepare hazardous materials release response plans shall submit copies of these plans, including any revisions, to the director at the same time these plans are submitted to the fire department and the Riverside County Department of Environmental Health.
   B.   Underground Storage. Underground storage of hazardous substances shall comply with all applicable requirements of state law (Health and Safety Code, Section 6.7; and Chapters 50 – 67 of California Fire Code and Sections 414 and 415 of the California Building Code). Businesses that use underground storage tanks shall comply with the following notification procedures:
      1.   Immediately notify the fire department of any unauthorized release of hazardous substances and take steps necessary to control the release; and
      2.   Notify the fire department and the director of any proposed abandoning, closing, or termination of operations of underground storage tank(s) and the lawful actions to be taken to dispose of any hazardous substances in accordance with all local, state, and federal codes and/or standards.
   C.   Aboveground Storage. Aboveground storage tanks for flammable liquids may be permitted at construction sites subject to the approval of the fire code official.
   D.   New Development. Structures subject to the provisions of this development code as well as all newly created parcels shall be designed to accommodate a setback of at least fifty (50) feet from any existing natural gas or petroleum pipeline. This setback may be reduced, only if the director can make one or more of the following findings:
      1.   The structure would be protected from the radiant heat of an explosion by berming or other physical barriers;
      2.   A fifty (50) foot setback would be impractical or unnecessary because of existing topography, streets, parcel lines, or easements; or
      3.   A containment system or other mitigating facility shall be constructed, and the city engineer finds that a leak would accumulate within the reduced setback area. The design of the system shall be subject to the approval of the city engineer and a fire code official approved by the fire protection engineer.
   For the purpose of this section, a pipeline is defined as follows:
      1.   A pipe with a nominal diameter of six inches or more that is used to transport hazardous liquid, but does not include a pipe used to transport or store hazardous liquid within a refinery, storage, or manufacturing facility; or
      2.   A pipe with a nominal diameter of six inches or more operated at a pressure of more than two hundred seventy-five (275) pounds for each square inch that carries gas.
   E.   Notification Required. A subdivider of a development within five hundred (500) feet of a pipeline shall notify a new/potential owner at the time of purchase and at the close of escrow of the location, size, and type of pipeline.
(Ord. 610-24 § 3, 2024; Ord. 430-10 § 1, 2010; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.18.080 Height Measurement and Height Limit Exceptions.

All structures shall meet the following standards relating to height, except for fences and walls, which shall comply with Chapter 16.22 (Fences, Hedges, and Walls).
   A.   Maximum Height. The height of structures shall not exceed the standard established by the applicable zoning district in Article II (Zoning Districts and Allowable Land Uses). Maximum height shall be measured as the vertical distance from finish grade to an imaginary plane located the allowed number of feet above and parallel to the finish grade.
FIGURE 3-1
HEIGHT MEASUREMENT
 
   B.   Structures on Sloping Parcels. Where the average slope of a parcel is greater than one foot rise or fall in 7 feet of distance from the street elevation at the property line, structure height shall be measured in compliance with Chapter 16.24 (Hillside Development).
   C.   Exceptions to Height Limits. Exceptions to the height limits identified in this development code shall apply in the following manner:
      1.   Roof-mounted Features. Roof-mounted features including chimneys, cupolas, clock towers, elevator equipment rooms, equipment enclosures, and similar architectural features shall be allowed, up to a maximum of fifteen (15) feet above the allowed structure height. The total square footage of all structures above the heights allowed in the zoning districts shall not occupy more than twenty-five (25) percent of the total roof area of the structure. Greater height or area coverage may be allowed subject to the approval of a minor conditional use permit in compliance with Chapter 16.52.
      2.   Parapet Walls. Fire or parapet walls may extend up to four feet above the allowable height limit of the structure.
      3.   Public Assembly, Hotels, Class "A" Office and Public Structures. Places of public assembly including churches, schools, assembly halls, Class "A" office buildings greater than three (3) stories, hotels and other similar structures may exceed the established height limit by one (1) foot for every two (2) feet that the minimum required front, rear and side yard setbacks are increased. The increase in the front, rear and side yard setbacks is determined by averaging the total of the increased building setbacks at the closest point on all sides. The maximum additional height allowed is thirty (30) feet above the height limit established for the applicable zoning district. This exception shall not apply when the site is adjacent to single-family zoned property. This exception may be used in conjunction with the height exception for rooftop equipment.
   4.   Telecommunications Facilities. Telecommunication facilities, including antennae, poles, towers, and necessary mechanical appurtenances, may be authorized to exceed the height limit established for the applicable zoning district, subject to the approval of a conditional use permit in compliance with Chapter 16.52.
(Ord. 412 § 3, 2008; Ord. 337 § 7, 2005; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.18.100 Lighting.

   A.   Exterior Lighting. Exterior lighting shall be:
      1.   Architecturally integrated with the character of adjacent structure(s);
      2.   Directed downward and shielded so that glare is confined within the boundaries of the subject parcel;
      3.   Installed so that lights not blink, flash, or be of unusually high intensity or brightness.
      4.   Appropriate in height, intensity, and scale to the uses they are serving. Outside and parking lot lighting shall not exceed 0.3 footcandles at residential property lines.
   B.   Security Lighting. Security lighting shall be provided at all entrances/exits, to structures in multi-family zoning districts and nonresidential zoning districts. The minimum illumination shall be two-foot candles at ground level in front of the entrance/exit.
   C.   Shielded Lighting. Light sources shall be shielded to direct light rays onto the subject parcel only. The light source, whether bulb or tube, shall not be visible from an adjacent property. This section does not apply to residential uses, sign illumination, traffic safety lighting, or public street lighting.
(Ord. 293 § 1 (part), 2004; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.18.110 Mount Palomar Lighting Standards.

   A.   Purpose. The purpose of this section is to restrict the use of certain light fixtures emitting into the night sky undesirable light rays that have a detrimental effect on astronomical observation and research. This section is not intended to restrict the use of low pressure sodium lighting of single family dwellings for security purposes.
   B.   Approved Materials and Methods of Installation. This section is not intended to prevent the use of any design, material, or method of installation not specifically prohibited, provided the alternate has been approved by the director. The director may approve a proposed alternate if it:
      1.   Provides at least approximate equivalence to the applicable specific requirements of this section; and
      2.   Is otherwise satisfactory and complies with the intent of this section.
   C.   Definitions.
      Outdoor Light Fixtures. Outdoor artificial illuminating devices, installed or portable, used for floodlighting, general illumination, or advertisement. Devices shall include search, spot, and floodlights for:
      1.   Buildings and structures;
      2.   Recreational facilities;
      3.   Parking lots;
      4.   Landscape lighting;
      5.   Outdoor advertising displays and other signs;
      6.   Street lighting on private streets; and
      7.   Walkway lighting.
      Class I Lighting. Outdoor lighting used for outdoor sales or eating areas, assembly or repair area, outdoor advertising displays, and other signs, recreational facilities and other similar applications when color rendition is important.
      Class H Lighting. Outdoor lighting used for illumination for walkways, private roadways and streets, equipment yards, parking lot and outdoor security.
      Class III Lighting. That lighting not needed for Class 1 or Class II purposes and used for decorative effects. Examples of Class III lighting include, the illumination of flag poles, trees, fountains, statuary, and building walls.
      Dark Sky Zone. The circular area thirty (30) miles in radius centered on the Palomar Observatory. Fully Shielded. Outdoor light fixtures shielded or constructed so that light rays emitted by the fixtures are projected below the horizontal plane passing through the lowest point on the fixture from which light is emitted.
      Partially Shielded. Outdoor light fixtures designed or constructed so that ninety (90) percent of the light rays emitted by the fixture are projected below the horizontal plane passing through the lowest point of the shield.
      Luminaire. A complete lighting unit consisting of a lamp or lamps together with the parts designed to distribute the light, to position and protect the lamps and to connect the lamps to the power supply.
   D.   General Requirements. The following standards apply within the dark sky zone.
      1.   Preferred Source. Low-pressure sodium lamps are the preferred illuminating source.
      2.   Shielding. All nonexempt outdoor light fixtures shall be shielded as required in subsection E, below.
      3.   Hours of Operation. All nonexempt outdoor light fixtures are subject to the provisions of subsection G, below, regarding hours of operation.
      4.   Outdoor Advertising Display. Lighting fixtures used to illuminate an outdoor advertising display shall be mounted on the top of the advertising structure. All fixtures shall comply with the lamp source and shielding requirements of subsection E below, and the prohibitions of subsection G.
   E.   Requirement for Lamp Source and Shielding. The requirements for lamp source and shielding of light emissions for outdoor light fixtures shall be as provided below:
Lamp Type
Palomar Lighting Zone
Class I - Color Rendition Important
Low Pressure Sodium
Allowed
Others above 4050 Lumens
Allowed if fully shielded
Others 4050 Lumens and below
Allowed
Class II - Parking Lots, Walkways, Security
Low Pressure Sodium
Allowed
Others above 4050 Lumens
Prohibited
Others 4050 Lumens and below
Allowed
Class III - Decorative
Low Pressure Sodium
Allowed
Others above 4050 Lumens
Prohibited
Others 4050 Lumens and below
Allowed
 
NOTE: When lighting is allowed by this section, it shall be fully shielded and shall be focused to minimize the spill light into the night sky and onto adjacent properties.
   F.   Submission of Plans and Evidence of Compliance. The application for any required approval for work in the dark sky zone involving nonexempt outdoor light fixtures shall include evidence that the proposed work will comply with the requirements of this section. The submission shall contain the following:
      1.   The location of the site where the outdoor light fixtures will be installed;
      2.   Plans indicating the location and type of all outdoor fixtures on the site and the lighting patterns resulting therefrom;
      3.   A description of the outdoor light fixtures including manufacturer's catalog cuts and drawings. The above required plans and descriptions shall be submitted as part of the building plan check process and shall be sufficiently complete to enable the city to readily determine the compliance with the requirements of this section.
   G.   Prohibitions.
      1.   All Class I lighting shall be off between eleven (11:00) p.m. and sunrise, except as follows:
         a.   On-premise advertising signs may be illuminated while the business facility is open to the public.
         b.   Outdoor advertising displays may remain lighted until midnight;
         c.   Outside sales, commercial, assembly, repair, and industrial areas may be lighted when these areas are actually in use; and
         d.   Outdoor recreational facilities may remain lighted to complete recreational activities that are in progress and under illumination in compliance with this section at eleven (11:00) p.m.
      2.    All Class II lighting may remain on all night.
      3.    All Class III lighting shall be off between eleven (11:00) p.m. and sunrise.
      4.    Operation of searchlights for advertising purposes is prohibited.
   H.   Permanent Exceptions.
      1.   Noncompliance. All outdoor light fixtures existing and legally installed prior to the effective date of this development code are exempt from the requirements of this section; and
         a.   When existing luminaries are reconstructed or replaced, the reconstruction or replacement shall be in compliance with this section; and
         b.   Subsection G regarding hours of operation shall apply.
      2.    Fossil Fuel Light. All outdoor light fixtures producing light directly by combustion of fossil fuels (e.g., kerosene lanterns, and gas lamps) are exempt from the requirements of this section.
      3.   Holiday Decorations. Lights used for holiday decorations are exempt from the requirements of this section.
      4.   Emergency Exemptions. Portable temporary lighting used by law enforcement or emergency services
personnel to protect life or property are exempt from the requirements of this section.
      5.   High pressure sodium vapor (HPSV) lights may be used on public arterial and collector streets.
(Ord. 293 § 1 (part), 2004; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.18.120 Screening and Buffering.

This section provides standards for the screening and buffering of adjoining land uses, equipment and outdoor storage areas, and surface parking areas. Multi-family and nonresidential land uses shall comply with the requirements of this section.
In addition to the screening and buffering requirements contained in this section, the applicable standards and requirements contained in Sections 16.10.030 (Commercial Districts Design Standards), 16.12.030 (Industrial Districts Design Standards) and Section 16.34.100B (Standards for Off-Street Loading Areas) shall also apply.
A.   Screening Between Different Land Uses. An opaque screen consisting of plant material and a masonry wall, a minimum of six feet in height, shall be installed along parcel boundaries whenever a commercial development adjoins a residential zoning district. Pedestrian access gates may be provided between the commercial properties and abutting common open areas within residential developments. Walls shall be architecturally treated on both sides, subject to the approval of the director.
B.   Mechanical Equipment, Utility Services, Loading Docks, and Refuse Areas. The manner and adequacy of the screening for mechanical equipment, utility services, loading docks and refuse areas shall consider the adjacent structures, land uses and zoning, as well as the overall site and building design.
   1.   All building-mounted and ground-mounted mechanical equipment and utility services (air conditioning, heating, cooling, elevator shafts, ventilation ducts and exhaust, equipment panels, etc.) shall be adequately screened from view in all horizontal directions as determined by the Director and in accordance with the following standards:
      a.   The screening method shall be architecturally compatible and integrated with the site development in terms of design, materials, color, form, architectural style and landscaping.
      b.   At a minimum, adequate screening shall be based on a line-of-sight in all directions from a point (5) feet above the grade of the building finished floor at a distance of six-hundred and sixty (660) feet as illustrated by Figure 18.120-1 on the following page.
      c.   Line-of-sight details shall be prepared by a qualified draftsperson, licensed contractor, licensed architect, registered civil engineer or licensed land surveyor and provided to the City.
   2.   Loading docks and refuse collection areas shall be screened from view in accordance with the following standards:
      a.   Except as provided in Section 16.12.030, all loading docks and refuse collection areas shall be screened from public view from abutting public streets and rights-of-way and from view of abutting property zoned or developed as residential or zoned open space.
      b.   The screening method shall be architecturally compatible with other site development in terms of materials, color, form and architectural style. Landscaping shall be incorporated adjacent to walls at the discretion of the director.
C.   Outdoor Storage and Work Yards. Uses with outdoor storage of materials, recycling facility-processing centers, waste resource and waste recycling operations, and similar uses shall comply with the following:
   1.   Outside storage and work areas shall be screened with a solid sight-obscuring masonry wall not less than six feet, or more than eight feet, in height, of a type and design approved by the director. The wall shall include sight-obscuring gates. The wall and gate(s) shall be continuously maintained in good repair; and
   2.   Site operations in conjunction with outdoor uses, including the loading and unloading of materials and equipment, shall be conducted entirely within a walled area.
D.   Outdoor Building and Garden Supply Areas. Outdoor building and garden supply areas shall be screened with walls, fencing, meshing, landscaping, or similar material to minimize visibility of the storage area and to encourage maintenance of the areas in a clean, orderly manner.
E.   Parking Areas Abutting Public Streets and Rights-of-Way. An opaque screen shall be installed along parking areas abutting public streets and rights-of-way. The screening shall have a height of not less than thirty (30) inches and not more than forty-two (42) inches at maturity. Where the finished elevation of a parking area is lower at the boundary line than an abutting property elevation by at least twenty-four (24) inches, the change in elevation may be used in lieu of, or in combination with, additional screening to satisfy the requirements of this subsection.
   The opaque screen shall consist of one, or a combination, of the following:
   1.   Landscaped Berm. A berm constructed of earthen materials and landscaped to form an opaque screen;
   2.   Fences. A solid fence constructed of wood, or other materials a minimum nominal thickness of two inches to form an opaque screen; and/or
   3.   Walls, Including Retaining Walls. A wall of concrete, block, stone, brick, tile, or other similar type of solid masonry material, a minimum of six inches thick. (Ord. 440-10 § 1, 2010; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)
 

16.18.130 Separation and Privacy Standards for Residential Structures.

Separation Between Structures. Residential structures on the same lot (not attached) shall maintain a minimum separation of at least ten feet for one-story structures, fifteen (15) feet for two-story structures, and twenty (20) feet for three-story structures.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.18.140 Setback Regulations and Exceptions.

This section establishes standards to ensure the provision of open areas around structures for: visibility and traffic safety; access to and around structures; access to natural light, ventilation and direct sunlight; separation of incompatible land uses; and space for privacy, landscaping and recreation.
   A.   Setback Requirements. All structures shall conform with the setback requirements established for each zoning district by Article II (Zoning Districts and Allowable Land Uses), and with any special setbacks established for specific uses by this development code. Portions of a structure, including eaves or roof over-hangs, shall not extend beyond a property line or into an access easement or street right-of-way. Each yard shall be open and unobstructed from the ground upward, except as provided in this section.
   B.   Exemptions from Setback Requirements. The minimum setback requirements of this development code apply to all uses except the following:
      1.   Fences or walls constructed within the height limitations of the development code;
      2.   Decks, free-standing solar devices, steps, terraces and other site design elements that are placed directly upon the finish grade and do not exceed a height of eighteen (18) inches above the surrounding finish grade at any point; and
      3.   Retaining walls less than four feet in height above finished grade.
   C.   Measurement of Setbacks. Setbacks shall be measured as follows. (See Figure 3-2)
      1.   Front Yard Setbacks. The front yard setback shall be measured at right angles from the nearest point on the front property line of the parcel to the nearest point of the wall of the structure, except as follows:
         a.   Corner Parcels. The measurement shall be taken from the nearest point of the structure to the nearest point of the property line adjoining the street to which the property is addressed and the street from which access to the property is taken. Whenever a future street right-of-way line is officially established. required yards shall be measured from the established line(s);
         b.   Flag Lots. The measurement shall be taken from the nearest point of the wall of the structure to the point where the access strip meets the bulk of the parcel; establishing a building line parallel to the lot line nearest to the public street or right-of-way.
      2.   Side Yard Setbacks. The side yard setback shall be measured at right angles from the nearest point on the side property line of the parcel to the nearest line of the structure; establishing a setback line parallel to the side property line, that extends between the front and rear yards.
      3.   Street side Yard Setbacks. The side yard on the street side of a corner parcel shall be measured from the nearest point of the side property line adjoining the street.
      4.   Rear Yard Setbacks. The rear yard shall be measured at right angles from the nearest point on the rear property line of the parcel to the nearest line of the structure. establishing a setback line parallel to the rear property line, that extends between the side yards, except:
         a.   The rear yard on the street side of a double frontage lot shall be measured from the nearest point of the rear property line adjoining the street. However. if an access easement or street right-of-way line extends into or through a rear yard. the measurement shall be taken from the nearest point of the easement or right-of-way line; and
         b.   Where the side lot lines converge to a point, a line five feet long within the parcel, parallel to and at a maximum distance form the front lot line, shall be deemed to be the rear lot line for the purpose of determining the depth of the required rear yard. See Figure 3-3.
FIGURE 3-2
LOCATION AND MEASUREMENT OF SETBACKS
FIGURE 3-3
REAR SETBACK WITH CONVERGING LOT LINES
 
      5.   Nonparallel Lot Lines. Where a structure wall is not parallel to a side or a rear lot line, the required dimension of the side or rear yard along the line, may be averaged; provided that the resulting side yard shall not be less than three feet in width, and the rear yard shall not be less than ten feet in depth, at any point.
   D.   Allowed Projections into Setbacks. The following architectural features may extend into the front, side and rear yard setbacks, only as follows:
      1.   Chimneys/Fireplaces. A chimney/fireplace, up to six feet in width, may extend thirty (30) inches into a required setback, but no closer than three feet to a side or rear property line.
      2.    Canopies, Cornices, Eaves and Roof Overhangs. Cantilevered architectural features on the main structure, including, but not limited to, balconies, bay windows, canopies, cornices, eaves and solar de-vices, that do not increase the floor area enclosed by the structure, may extend into required yards as follows:
         a.   Front Yard Setback: Up to three feet into the required front yard;
         b.   Side Yard Setback: Up to two feet into a required side yard, but no closer than three feet to a side property line; and
         c.   Rear Yard Setback: Up to five feet into the required rear yard.
      3.   Porches and Stairways. Covered, unenclosed porches, located at the same level as the entrance floor of the structure and outside stairways and landings that are not enclosed, may extend into required yards as follows:
         a.   Front Yard Setback: Up to six feet into a required front yard;
         b.   Side Yard Setback: Up to three feet into a required side yard, but no closer than three feet to a side property line; and
         c.   Rear Yard Setback: Up to six feet into a required rear yard.
      4.   Setback Requirements for Specific Structures:
         a.    Hot Tubs, Swimming Pools/Spas and Other Site Design Elements.
            1)   Under Eighteen (18) Inches. Site design elements less than eighteen (18) inches above finish grade are exempt from setback requirements. Swimming pools, or other recreational pools or landscape ponds may be located in a required front or side yard, subject to the approval of a minor conditional use permit (Chapter 16.52) and applicable building and health codes.
            2)   Eighteen (18) Inches and Over. Detached decks, freestanding solar devices, hot tubs, steps, swimming pools/spas, terraces and other site design elements that are placed directly upon the finish grade, and which equal or exceed a height of eighteen (18) inches above the surrounding finish grade at any point, shall conform to the setback requirements identified in Article II (Zoning Districts, Allowable Land Uses) for detached accessory structures.
         b.    Retaining Walls. (Retaining walls up to four feet in height are exempt.)
            1)   Up to Six Feet. Retaining walls up to six feet in height may be located within a required set-back provided the exposed side of the wall faces into the subject parcel; and
            2)   Over Six Feet. Retaining walls greater than six feet in height, or where the exposed side of the wall faces out from the subject parcel without regard to height, shall be subject to the same requirements as the main structure in the applicable zoning district.
   E.   Coverage.
      1.   Measurement. The total area of the building footprint measured from the outside edges of the exterior walls.
      2.    Arbor, Gazebo and Trellis. An attached or detached accessory structure that complies with either of the following standards shall be exempt from lot coverage:
         a.   The structure is substantially open to the passage of light and air on at least three sides, and which has a roof of typical lattice or which is not less than fifty (50) percent open to the sky at any point across the entire structure.
         b.   The structure does not have more than two hundred (200) square feet of area under a solid roof (excluding open eaves) and is substantially open to the passage of light and air on at least three sides.
      3.   Guest Parking. Guest parking that is covered shall be exempt from lot coverage.
      4.   Exceptions for Public Benefit. The city council may increase the maximum amount of lot coverage from between five percent and twenty (20) percent as a means of recognizing an applicant's efforts to address neighborhood compatibility and/or to acknowledge the inclusion of public benefits and both on-site amenities and public amenities beyond that normally required of a similar development proposal. Conditions under which a lot coverage increase could be considered include, but are not limited to, at least two of the following: the use of a substantial amount of single-story structures; construction of off-site infrastructure not otherwise needed for the project; the inclusion of useable public open spaces; enhanced landscaping or public and on-site recreational opportunities. As the amount of the lot coverage exception increases, the number and extent of the public benefits as well as on-site and public amenities would expand accordingly.
(Ord. 300 § 2, 2004; Ord. 297 § 4, 2004; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.18.150 Solid Waste/Recyclable Materials Storage.

This section provides standards for the provision of solid waste (refuse) and recyclable material storage areas in compliance with state law (California Solid Waste Reuse and Recycling Access Act, Public Resources Code Sections 42900 through 42911).
   A.   Multi-family Projects. Multi-family residential projects with five or more dwelling units, shall provide re-fuse and recyclable material storage areas in the following manner:
      1.   Individual Unit Storage Requirements. A minimum of three cubic feet shall be provided for the storage of refuse and a minimum of three cubic feet shall be provided for the storage of recyclable material; and
      2.   Common Storage Requirements. The following are minimum requirements for common refuse and recyclable material storage areas for multi-family developments, which may be located indoors or out-doors as long as they are readily accessible to all residents. These requirements apply to each individual structure. Areas are measured in square feet.
TABLE 16.18.150-1
MULTI-FAMILY DEVELOPMENT MINIMUM
COMMON STORAGE AREAS REQUIRED (SQ. FT.)
 
Number of Dwellings
Refuse
Recycling
Total Area
2-6
12
12
24
7-15
24
24
48
16-25
48
48
96
   25 or more
Every additional twenty-five (25) dwellings or fraction thereof shall require an additional forty-eight (48) square feet for solid waste and forty-eight (48) square feet for recyclables.
 
   B.    Nonresidential Structures and Uses. Nonresidential structures and uses within all zoning districts shall provide refuse and recyclable material storage areas. The following are minimum storage area requirements. These requirements apply to each individual structure. Areas are measured in square feet.
TABLE 16.18.150-2
NONRESIDENTIAL STRUCTURES MINIMUM
STORAGE AREAS REQUIRED (SQ. FT.)
Building Floor Area (sq. ft.)
Refuse
Recycling
Total Area
Building Floor Area (sq. ft.)
Refuse
Recycling
Total Area
0-5,000
12
12
24
5,001-10,000
24
24
48
10,001-25,000
48
48
96
25,001-50,000
96
96
192
50,001-75,000
144
144
288
75,001-100,000
192
192
384
   100,001+
Every additional twenty-five thousand (25,000) sq. ft. shall require an additional forty-eight (48) sq. ft. for solid waste and forty-eight (48) sq. ft. for recyclables.
 
   C.    Location Requirements. Refuse and recyclable materials storage areas shall be located in the following manner:
      1.    Refuse and recyclable material storage shall be adjacent/combined with one another. They may only be located inside a specially-designated structure, on the outside of a structure in an approved fence/wall enclosure, a designated interior court or yard area with appropriate access or in rear yards and interior side yards. Exterior storage area(s) shall not be located in a required front yard, street side yard, parking space, landscaped or open space areas or any area(s) required by the municipal code.
      2.   Storage area(s) shall be accessible to residents and employees at all times. Storage areas within multi-family residential developments shall be located within two hundred fifty (250) feet of an access door-way to the dwellings which they are intended to serve;
      3.   Driveways or aisles shall provide unobstructed access for collection vehicles and personnel and provide at least the minimum clearance required by the collection methods and vehicles utilized by the designated collector;
      4.   Storage bins shall be screened in compliance with Section 16.180.120 (Screening and Buffering); and
      5.   Storage areas shall not be closer than twenty (20) feet from doors or operable windows of adjacent structures.
   D.   Design and Construction. The design and construction of the storage area(s) shall:
      1.   Be compatible with the surrounding structures and land uses;
      2.   Be properly secured to prevent access by unauthorized persons, while allowing authorized persons access for disposal of materials;
      3.   Provide a concrete pad within the fenced or walled area(s) and a concrete apron which facilitates the handling of the individual bins or containers;
      4.   Protect the areas and the individual bins or containers provided within from adverse environmental conditions that might render the collected materials unmarketable; and
      5.   Be appropriately located and screened from view on at least three sides. Screening shall consist of solid masonry walls, metal gates, and landscaping. Overhead trellises high enough to accommodate three-yard capacity dumpsters may be required to screen views from above. The design shall be architecturally compatible with the surrounding structures and subject to the approval of the director.
(Ord. 610-24 § 4, 2024; Ord. 293 § 1 (part), 2004; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.18.160 Street Design and Improvements.

   A.   Streets. The street design shall conform both in alignment and width to the general plan circulation element and the rights-of-way for these streets shall be dedicated to the city. The street design shall conform to any proceedings affecting the division of land which may have been initiated or approved by the council or approved by the council upon initiation by other legally constituted authorities of the county or state, and shall be subject to the approval of the city engineer.
   B.   Alignment of Streets. All streets shall, so far as practicable, be in alignment with existing adjacent streets by continuations of the established or mapped center lines or by adjustments with curves.
   C.   Intersections. Street center lines shall be required to intersect one another at an angle as near to the right angle as is practicable by tangents not less than one hundred (100) feet in length.
   D.   Extensions, Cul-de-sacs. Where necessary to give access to, or provide for a satisfactory future subdivision of adjoining land, streets shall extend to the boundary of the land being divided and the resulting dead-end or cul-de-sac streets shall require a turn-around. In all cases, unless specifically excepted by the city engineer, the turn-around shall have a minimum curb-to-curb diameter of fifty-six (56) feet. Cul-de-sac streets shall not exceed six hundred sixty (660) feet in length in a high fire hazard area and one thousand three hundred twenty (1,320) feet in length in a nonhazardous area.
   E.   Intersection Corner Rounding. Whenever a street intersects another street, the property lines at each block corner shall be rounded with a curve having a radius of not less than twenty-five (25) feet. A greater curve radius may be required by the city engineer if streets intersect at other than right angles.
   F.   Curve Radii. The center line curve radii on all streets shall conform to accepted engineering standards of design and shall be subject to the approval of the city engineer.
   G.   Grades of Streets.
      1.   Street grades for local streets may only exceed twelve (12) percent when engineering design shows that the grade proposed is safe and that the lesser grade would deny access to land appropriate for use. The street grades shall be subject to the review of the city engineer and fire chief.
      2.   Street grades shall not be less than 1.0 percent unless approved by the city engineer.
(Ord. 337 § 13, 2005; Ord. 293 § 1 (part), 2004; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.18.170 Undergrounding of Utilities.

Electric and telephone facilities, fire alarm conduits, street light wiring, cable television, and other wiring conduits and similar facilities shall be placed underground by the developer for all new development and when a new electrical hookup is provided in conjunction with the installation/replacement of an electrical service panel. The director may grant a modification or waiver of this requirement, after considering the general purposes and nature of the proposed development.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.18.180 Vibrations.

   A.   Uses that generate vibrations that may be considered a nuisance or hazard on any adjacent property shall be cushioned or isolated to prevent generation of vibrations. Uses shall be operated in compliance with the following provisions:
      1.   Uses shall not generate ground vibration that is perceptible without instruments by the average person at any point along or beyond the property line of the lot containing the activities;
      2.   Uses, activities, and processes shall not generate vibrations that cause discomfort or annoyance to reasonable persons of normal sensitivity or which endangers the comfort, repose, health, or peace of residents whose property abuts the property lines of the lot;
      3.   Uses shall not generate ground vibration that interferes with the operations of equipment and facilities of adjoining lots; and
      4.   Vibrations from temporary construction/demolition and vehicles that leave the subject parcel (e.g., trucks) are exempt from the provisions of this section.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.20.010 Purpose.

   The public good is served when there exists in a city, housing which is appropriate for the needs of and affordable to the public who reside within that city. There is in the City of Murrieta a need for housing affordable to various groups, such as lower income, moderate income and senior citizen households. Therefore, it is in the public interest for the City to promote the construction of such additional housing through the exercise of its powers and utilization of its resources to facilitate the development of quality housing affordable for these types of households.
   A.   It is the purpose of this section to specify how compliance with Government Code §§ 65915, 65915.5, 65915.7, and 65917 ("State Density Bonus Law") will be implemented, as required by Government Code § 65915(a).
   B.   It is the purpose of this section to implement the goals, objectives and policies of the Housing Element of the City's General Plan.
   C.   It is the purpose of this section to provide the implementing framework, as it relates to affordable housing density bonuses, and offer concessions and incentives for eligible housing developments which are consistent with the City's long-standing commitment to provide for affordable housing.
(Ord. 549 § 2, 2019)

16.20.020 Definitions.

   The definitions found in State Density Bonus Law shall apply to the terms contained in this subsection.
(Ord. 549 § 2, 2019)

16.20.030 Applicability.

   A housing development as defined in State Density Bonus Law shall be eligible for a density bonus and other regulatory incentives that are provided by State Density Bonus Law when the applicant seeks and agrees to provide low, very-low, senior or moderate income housing units or units intended to serve transitional foster youth, disabled veterans, homeless persons, and lower income students in the threshold amounts specified in State Density Bonus Law. A housing development includes only the residential component of a mixed use project. A commercial development as defined in subsection 16.20.100 shall be eligible for a commercial development bonus as provided in subsection 16.20.100.
   The granting of a density bonus, incentive or concession, pursuant to this section, shall not be interpreted, in and of itself, to require a general plan amendment, development code amendment, zone change, other discretionary approval, or the waiver of a city ordinance or provisions of a city ordinance unrelated to development standards.
(Ord. 549 § 2, 2019)

16.20.040 Application Requirements.

   A.   Any applicant requesting a density bonus and any incentive(s), waiver(s), parking reductions, or commercial development bonus provided by State Density Bonus Law shall submit a density bonus report as described below concurrently with the filing of the planning application for the first discretionary permit required for the housing development, commercial development, or mixed-use development. The requests contained in the density bonus report shall be processed concurrently with the planning application. The applicant shall be informed whether the application is complete consistent with Government Code § 65943.
   B.   The density bonus report shall include the following minimum information:
      1.   Requested Density Bonus.
         a.   Summary table showing the maximum number of dwelling units permitted by the zoning and general plan excluding any density bonus units, proposed affordable units by income level, proposed bonus percentage, number of density bonus units proposed, total number of dwelling units proposed on the site, and resulting density in units per acre.
         b.   Summary table identifying the proposed on-site parking and how it is allocated within the scope of the project. The applicant shall consult with the provisions of Government Code § 65915.
         c.   A tentative map and/or preliminary site plan, drawn to scale, showing the number and location of all proposed units, designating the location of proposed affordable units and density bonus units, and if applicable, the location of all major transit stop(s) as defined under Government Code § 65915, and/or fixed bus route(s) as described under Government Code § 65915 for a rental project for those sixty-two (62) or older, or a for a special needs housing development, or combination thereof.
         d.   The zoning and general plan designations and assessor’s parcel number(s) of the housing development site.
         e.   A description of all dwelling units existing on the site in the five-year period preceding the date of submittal of the application and identification of any units rented in the five-year period. If dwelling units on the site are currently rented, income and household size of all residents of currently occupied units, if known. If any dwelling units on the site were rented in the five-year period but are not currently rented, the income and household size of residents occupying dwelling units when the site contained the maximum number of dwelling units, if known.
         f.   Description of any recorded covenant, ordinance, or law applicable to the site that restricted rents to levels affordable to very low or lower income households in the five-year period preceding the date of submittal of the application.
         g.   If a density bonus is requested for a land donation, the location of the land to be dedicated, proof of site control, and reasonable documentation that each of the requirements included in Government Code § 65915(g) can be met.
      2.   Requested Concession(s) or Incentive(s).
         In the event an application proposes concessions or incentives for a housing development pursuant to State Density Bonus Law, the density bonus report shall include the following minimum information for each incentive requested, shown on a site plan if appropriate:
         a.   The City's usual development standard and the requested development standard or regulatory incentive.
         b.   Except where mixed-use zoning is proposed as a concession or incentive, reasonable documentation to show that any requested incentive will result in identifiable and actual cost reductions to provide for affordable housing costs or rents.
         c.   If approval of mixed use zoning is proposed, reasonable documentation that nonresidential land uses will reduce the cost of the housing development, that the nonresidential land uses are compatible with the housing development and the existing or planned development in the area where the proposed housing development will be located, and that mixed use zoning will provide for affordable housing costs or rents.
      3.   Requested or Waiver(s).
         In the event an application proposes waivers of development standards for a housing development pursuant to State Density Bonus Law, the density bonus report shall include the following minimum information for each waiver requested on each lot, shown on a site plan if appropriate:
         a.   The City's usual development standard and the requested development standard.
         b.   Reasonable documentation that the development standards for which a waiver is requested will have the effect of physically precluding the construction of a development at the densities or with the concessions or incentives permitted by Government Code § 65915.
      4.   Requested Parking Reduction.
         In the event an application proposes a parking reduction for a housing development pursuant to Government Code § 65915(p), a table showing parking required by the zoning regulations, parking proposed under § 65915(p), and reasonable documentation that the project is eligible for the requested parking reduction.
      5.   Child Care Facility.
         If a density bonus or incentive is requested for a child care facility in a housing development, reasonable documentation that all of the requirements included in Government Code § 65915(h) can be met.
      6.   Condominium Conversion.
         If a density bonus or incentive is requested for a condominium conversion, reasonable documentation that all of the requirements included in Government Code Section 65915.5 can be met.
      7.   Commercial Development Bonus.
         If a commercial development bonus is requested for a commercial development, the application shall include the proposed partnered housing agreement and the proposed commercial development bonus, as defined in subsection 16.20.100, and reasonable documentation that each of the standards included in subparagraph 16.20.100.C has been met.
      8.   Fee.
         Payment of any fee in an amount set by resolution of the City Council for staff time necessary to determine compliance of the Density Bonus Plan with State Density Bonus Law.
(Ord. 574-22, Exhibit B-3 (part), 2022; Ord. 549 § 2, 2019)

16.20.050 Density Bonus.

   All calculations are rounded up for any fractional numeric value in determining the total number of units to be granted, including base density and bonus density, as well as, the resulting number of affordable units needed for a given density bonus project.
   A.   If a housing development qualifies for a density bonus under more than one income category, or additionally as senior housing or as housing intended to serve transitional foster youth, disabled veterans, homeless persons, or lower income students, the applicant shall identify the categories under which the density bonus would be associated with and granted to. Density bonuses from more than one category can be combined up to maximum allowed under State Density Bonus law.
   B.   The density bonus units shall not be included in determining the number of affordable units required to qualify a housing development for a density bonus pursuant to State Density Bonus Law.
   C.   The applicant may elect to accept a lesser percentage of density bonus than the housing development is entitled to, or no density bonus, but no reduction will be permitted in the percentages of required affordable units contained in Government Code § 65915(b), (c), and (f). Regardless of the number of affordable units, no housing development shall be entitled to a density bonus of more than what is authorized under State Density Bonus Law.
(Ord. 549 § 2, 2019)

16.20.060 Incentives.

   A.   Incentives include incentives and concessions as defined in State Density Bonus Law. The number of incentives that may be requested shall be based upon the number the applicant is entitled to pursuant to State Density Bonus Law.
   B.   Nothing in this subsection requires the provision of direct financial incentives for the housing development, including, but not limited to, the provision of financial subsidies, publicly owned land, fee waivers, or waiver of dedication requirements. The City, at its sole discretion, may choose to provide such direct financial incentives.
(Ord. 549 § 2, 2019)

16.20.070 Review Procedures.

   All requests for density bonuses, incentives, parking reductions, waivers, or commercial development bonuses shall be considered and acted upon by the approval body with authority to approve the development within the timelines prescribed by Government Code §§ 65950 et seq., with right of appeal to the City Council.
   A.   Eligibility for Density Bonus, Incentive(s), Parking Reduction, and/or Waiver(s) for a Housing Development. To ensure that an application for a housing development conforms with the provisions of State Density Bonus Law, the staff report presented to the decision-making body shall state whether the application conforms to the following requirements of state law as applicable:
      1.   The housing development provides the affordable units or senior housing required by State Density Bonus Law to be eligible for the density bonus and any incentives, parking reduction, or waivers requested, including the replacement of units rented or formerly rented to low and very low income households as required by Government Code § 65915(c)(3).
      2.   Any requested incentive will result in identifiable and actual cost reductions to provide for affordable housing costs or rents; except that, if a mixed-use development is requested, the application must instead meet all of the requirements of Government Code § 65915(k)(2).
      3.   The development standards for which a waiver is requested would have the effect of physically precluding the construction of a development at the densities or with the concessions or incentives permitted by Government Code § 65915.
      4.   The housing development is eligible for any requested parking reductions under Government Code § 65915(p).
      5.   If the density bonus is based all or in part on donation of land, all of the requirements included in Government Code § 65915(g) have been met.
      6.   If the density bonus or incentive is based all or in part on the inclusion of a child care facility, all of the requirements included in Government Code § 65915(h) have been met.
      7.   If the density bonus or incentive is based ail or in part on the inclusion of affordable units as part of a condominium conversion, all of the requirements included in Government Code § 65915.5 have been met.
   B.   If a commercial development bonus is requested for a commercial development, the decision-making body shall make a finding that the development complies with all of the requirements of subparagraph 16.20.100.C, that the City has approved the partnered housing agreement, and that the commercial development bonus has been mutually agreed upon by the City and the commercial developer.
   C.   The decision-making body shall grant an incentive requested by the applicant unless it makes a written finding, based upon substantial evidence, of any of the following:
      1.   The proposed incentive does not result in identifiable and actual cost reductions to provide for affordable housing costs, as defined in § 50052.5 of the Health and Safety code, or for affordable rents, as defined in § 50053 of the Health and Safety Code; or
      2.   The proposed incentive would be contrary to state or federal law; or
      3.   The proposed incentive would have a specific, adverse impact upon public health or safety or the physical environment or on any real property that is listed in the California Register of Historic Resources, and there is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the specific adverse impact without rendering the housing development unaffordable to low and moderate income households. For the purpose of this subsection, specific adverse impact means a significant, quantifiable, direct, and unavoidable impact, based on objective, identified, written public health or safety standards, policies, or conditions as they existed on the date that the application for the housing development was deemed complete.
   D.   The decision-making body shall grant the waiver of development standards requested by the applicant unless it makes a written finding, based upon substantial evidence, of any of the following:
      1.   The proposed waiver would be contrary to state or federal law; or
      2.   The proposed waiver would have an adverse impact on any real property listed in the California Register of Historic Resources; or
      3.   The proposed waiver would have a specific, adverse impact upon public health or safety or the physical environment, and there is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the specific adverse impact without rendering the housing development unaffordable to low and moderate income households. For the purpose of this subsection, specific adverse impact means a significant, quantifiable, direct, and unavoidable impact, based on objective, identified, written public health or safety standards, policies, or conditions as they existed on the date that the application for the housing development was deemed complete.
   E.   If any density bonus, incentive, parking reduction, waiver, or commercial development bonus is approved pursuant to this chapter, the applicant shall enter into an affordable housing agreement or senior housing agreement with the City pursuant to subsection 16.20.080.
(Ord. 549 § 2, 2019)

16.20.080 Affordable Housing Agreement and Senior Housing Agreement.

   A.   Except where a density bonus, incentive, waiver, parking reduction, or commercial development bonus is provided for a market-rate senior housing development, the applicant shall enter into an affordable housing agreement with the City, in a form approved by the City Attorney, to be executed by the City Manager, to ensure that the requirements of this subsection are satisfied. The affordable housing agreement shall guarantee the affordability of the affordable units for a minimum of 55 years or a longer period of time if required by the construction or mortgage financing assistance program, mortgage insurance program, or rental subsidy program; shall identify the type, size and location of each affordable unit; and shall specify phasing of the affordable units in relation to the market-rate units.
   B.   Where a density bonus, waiver, or parking reduction is provided for a market-rate senior housing development, the applicant shall enter into a restrictive covenant with the City, running with the land, in a form approved by the City Attorney, to be executed by the City Manager, to require that the housing development be operated as "housing for older persons" consistent with state and federal fair housing laws.
   C.   The executed affordable housing agreement or senior housing agreement shall be recorded against the housing development prior to final or parcel map approval, or, where a map is not being processed, prior to issuance of building permits for the housing development. The affordable housing agreement or senior housing agreement shall be binding on all future owners and successors in interest.
   D.   The affordable housing agreement shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
      1.   The number of density bonus dwelling units granted;
      2.   The number and type of affordable dwelling units
      3.   The unit size(s) (square footage) of target dwelling units and the number of bedrooms per target dwelling unit;
      4.   The proposed location of the affordable dwelling units;
      5.   Schedule for production of affordable dwelling units;
      6.   Incentives or concessions or waivers provided by the city;
      7.   Where applicable, tenure and conditions governing the initial sale of the affordable units;
      8.   Where applicable, tenure and conditions establishing rules and procedures for qualifying tenants, setting rental rates, filling vacancies, and operating and maintaining units for affordable rental dwelling units
      9.   Marketing Plan; Publication and Notification of Availability of Affordable Units;
      10.   Compliance with Federal and State Laws;
      11.   Prohibition Against Discrimination;
      12.   Indemnification;
      13.   City's Right to Inspect Units and Documents;
      14.   Remedies;
      15.   Attorney(s) Fees Provision.
(Ord. 549 § 2, 2019)

16.20.090 Design and Quality.

   A.   The City may not issue building permits for more than 50 percent of the market rate units until it has issued building permits for all of the affordable units, and the City may not approve any final inspections or certificates of occupancy for more than 50 percent of the market rate units until it has issued final inspections or certificates of occupancy for all of the affordable units.
   B.   Affordable units shall be comparable in exterior appearance and overall quality of construction to market-rate units in the same housing development. Interior finishes and amenities may differ from those provided in the market rate units, but neither the workmanship nor the products may be of substandard or inferior quality as determined by the City.
   C.   The number of bedrooms of the affordable units shall at least equal the minimum number of bedrooms of the market-rate units.
(Ord. 549 § 2, 2019)

16.20.100 Commercial Density Bonus.

   A.   The following definitions shall apply to Commercial Density Bonus:
      1.   Commercial development means a development project for nonresidential uses.
      2.   Commercial development bonus means a modification of development standards mutually agreed upon by the City and a commercial developer and provided to a commercial development eligible for such a bonus under subparagraph 16.20.100.C. Examples of a commercial development bonus include an increase in floor area ratio, increased building height, or reduced parking.
      3.   Partnered housing agreement means an agreement approved by the City between a commercial developer and a housing developer identifying how the commercial development will provide housing available at affordable ownership cost or affordable rent consistent with subparagraph 16.20.100.C. A partnered housing agreement may consist of the formation of a partnership, limited liability company, corporation, or other entity recognized by the state in which the commercial developer and the housing developer are each partners, members, shareholders, or other participants, or a contract between the commercial developer and the housing developer for the development of both the commercial development and the housing development.
   B.   When an applicant proposes to construct a commercial development and has entered into a partnered housing agreement approved by the City, the City shall grant a commercial development bonus mutually agreed upon by the developer and the City. The commercial development bonus shall not include a reduction or waiver of fees imposed on the commercial development to provide for affordable housing.
   C.   The partnered housing agreement shall include all of the following provisions:
      1.   The housing development shall be located either: (A) on the site of the commercial development; or (B) on a site within the City that is within one-half mile of a major transit stop and is located in close proximity to public amenities, including schools and employment centers.
      2.   At least 30 percent of the total units in the housing development shall be made available at affordable ownership cost or affordable rent for low-income households, or at least 15 percent of the total units in the housing development shall be made available at affordable ownership cost or affordable rent for very low-income households.
      3.   The commercial developer must agree either to directly build the affordable units; donate a site consistent with subparagraph (i) above for the affordable units; or make a cash payment to the housing developer for the affordable units.
   D.   Any approved partnered housing agreement shall be described in the City's Housing Element annual report as required by Government Code § 65915.7(k).
(Ord. 549 § 2, 2019)

16.20.110 Interpretation.

   If any portion of this subsection conflicts with State Density Bonus Law or other applicable state law, state law shall supersede this subsection. Any ambiguities in this section shall be interpreted to be consistent with State Density Bonus Law.
(Ord. 549 § 2, 2019)

16.22.010 Purpose.

The purpose of this chapter is to establish requirements for fences, hedges and walls to ensure that these elements do not block views and sunlight; provide adequate buffering between different land uses; provide screening of outdoor uses and equipment; and are designed to provide aesthetic enhancement of the city.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.22.020 Applicability.

The provisions of this chapter apply to all fences, hedges and walls unless otherwise stated.
These regulations do not apply to fences or walls required by regulations of a state or federal agency, or by the city for reasons of public safety.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.22.030 General Height Limitations.

Fences, hedges and walls may be erected/maintained to the heights shown in Table 3-3.
TABLE 3-3
MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF FENCES, HEDGES, AND WALLS
 
Location
Maximum Height (within Setback Areas)
Rear and side yards (interior and street side)
Six feet*
Front yards
Three feet*
At intersections of streets, alleys and driveways within traffic safety sight areas.
Twenty-four (24) inches
 
*   The director may approve additional height to enclose or screen areas.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.22.040 Exceptions to Height Limitations.

   A.   Fences and walls otherwise limited to three feet in height, may be allowed up to five feet in height with see-through (e.g., wrought iron or grille work) fencing material;
   B.   Fences and walls otherwise limited to six feet in height, may be approved up to eight feet in height with see-through (e.g., wrought iron or grille work) fencing material; and
   C.   Fences and walls may be allowed up to ten feet when the required setbacks are maintained. Heights greater than ten feet may be allowed subject to approval of the director.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.22.050 Measurement of Fence or Wall Height.

Where there is a difference in the ground level between two adjacent parcels of less than two feet, the height of a fence or wall constructed along the property line shall be determined by using the finish grade of the highest contiguous parcel. When there is a difference in the ground level between two adjacent parcels of two feet or more, the height of a fence or wall shall be determined by the director.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.22.060 Walls Required Between Different Zoning Districts.

Walls shall be provided and maintained between different zoning districts as follows:
   A.   Where a nonresidential or multi-family zoning district abuts a residential zoning district, a solid masonry wall C feet in height shall be constructed on the zone boundary line. Walls may be constructed higher than six feet if the viewshed is not impeded subject to the approval of the director;
   B.   Where a BP or IG zoning district abuts another zoning district, a solid masonry wall six feet in height shall be constructed on the zone boundary line;
   C.   Walls shall be of solid masonry construction and shall be of a decorative design when in view of public rights-of-way subject to approval of the director; and
   D.   The director may waive or modify requirements for walls between different zoning districts where a solid masonry wall already exists on the contiguous property if the following findings can be made:
      1.   The existing wall meets or can be modified to conform to the intent of this chapter;
      2.   Suitable landscaping can be installed adjacent to the existing wall to supplement and enhance the de-sired physical separation;
      3.   The existing wall can be protected to prevent vehicle damage, if necessary; and
      4.   Concurrence of the adjacent property owner can be obtained, to modify the existing wall to meet the requirements of this chapter.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.22.070 Special Wall and Fencing Requirements.

   A.   Swimming Pools, Spas and Similar Features. Swimming pools, spas and other similar features shall be fenced in compliance with Chapter 15.48 (Swimming Pool Enclosures) of the municipal code.
   B.   Outdoor Equipment, Storage and Work Areas. Screening of outdoor uses and equipment and activities shall be provided in compliance with Section 16.18.120 (Screening and Buffering).
   C.   Temporary Fencing. Temporary fencing may be necessary to protect archaeological or historic resources and/or trees during site preparation and construction. Temporary fencing for these purposes shall be subject to the approval of the director.
   D.   Fence and Wall Design. Perimeter fences/walls adjoining public rights-of-way shall be articulated in compliance with subsection 16.08.030(A)(5)(b) (Walls). The design shall include an appropriate mix of materials and landscaping subject to the approval of the director.
   E.   Construction Fencing. Active construction sites shall be enclosed with a locked temporary construction fence or similar barrier to prevent ease of access into the site.
(Ord. 293 § 1 (part), 2004; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.22.080 Prohibited Fence Materials.

   A.   Prohibited Fencing Materials.
      1.   Barbed wire, razor wire and other similar materials shall not be permitted as part of a fence or wall except as utilized for permitted agricultural and livestock operations; and
      2.   The use of chain-link fencing shall not be allowed within the front yard setback on a residentially zoned, except in the RR and RE zones or developed property along a property line adjacent to a street.
      3.   Barbed wire, razor wire, and similar materials installed prior to the effective date of Ordinance No. 610-24 shall be allowed to continue to be utilized for security purposes.
   B.   Exceptions to Prohibited Fencing Materials. Chain-link fences may be allowed when required for security or safety reasons, subject to the director's approval, which shall be conditioned to mitigate negative visual impacts. The conditions may include, but are not limited to, the following:
      1.   Inclusion of decorative elements (i.e., varied mesh sizes, vinyl or other coating and alternative post materials);
      2.   Inclusion of landscaping or alternative fence locations; and
      3.   Maintenance of fencing materials and landscaping.
(Ord. 610-24 § 5, 2024; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.22.090 Authority to Waive or Modify Requirements.

The director may waive or modify the requirements of this chapter to a project if the following findings can be made:
   A.   That the waiver of modification, as applied to the project, will not adversely impact adjoining properties; and
   B.   That the waiver or modification will not be contrary to the public health, safety and general welfare.
(Ord. 430-10 § 2, 2010; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.24.010 Purpose.

The purpose of this chapter is to provide regulations for the development of areas in the city that, because of their topography, require special consideration to ensure that they are developed in a way that substantially maintains their natural character and environmental and aesthetic values to implement the general plan, and to provide for the safety, health, and welfare of the public by:
   A.   Providing guidelines and standards for development in visually sensitive hillside areas to minimize the ad-verse impacts of grading and to promote the goals and objectives of the general plan;
   B.   Maintaining an environmental equilibrium consistent with existing vegetation, wildlife, soils, geology, slopes, and drainage patterns, and to preserve natural topography and scenic character, including canyons, creeks, knolls, rock outcrops, and ridgelines whenever feasible;
   C.   Encouraging development proposals that feature water conservation and aquifer recharge techniques;
   D.   Encouraging development proposals that are sensitive to fire, flood, slide, erosion, pollution, or other safety hazards;
   E.   Encouraging sensitive development through flexible design and innovative arrangement of building sites by utilizing variable lot sizes, clustering, and setback variations;
   F.   Utilizing nontraditional design standards for streets and hillside grading where development quality and public safety are not affected;
   G.   Encouraging developments that incorporate desirable existing features of land (e.g., natural vegetation, viewsheds, topographic features);
   H.   Protecting significant natural areas for ecologic purposes, educational, and other scientific study purposes; 1. Encouraging the use of drought-tolerant plant material to protect slopes from soil erosion and slippage, preserve natural watershed, minimize fire hazard, and minimize the scarring and deformation of the natural landscape;
   J.   Limiting the impact of cut slopes on adjacent developed and undeveloped properties; and
   K.   Providing for appropriate intensity of development (e.g., density, massing, etc.) in hillside areas through a variety of design techniques to ensure that development intensity decreases as slopes become steeper (e.g., lot sizes appropriate for steeper topography and separation of structures sufficient to preserve the viewshed).
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.24.020 Applicability.

   A.   Hillside Area. The standards contained in this chapter apply to uses and structures within areas that have a slope of twenty (20) percent or greater and/or are designated on the significant features map on file with the department.
   B.   Basis for Slope Determinations. For the purpose of this chapter, slope shall be computed on the natural slope of the land before grading is commenced, as determined from a topographic map having a scale of not less than one inch equals one hundred (100) feet and a contour interval of not more than five feet.
   C.   Development Plan Permit Required. Hillside developments shall be subject to the approval of a development plan permit in compliance with Chapter 16.56.
   D.   The development standards, guidelines and provisions of this chapter shall be applied to those portions of land with a predominance of significant natural slopes exceeding twenty-five (25) percent and areas that are integrally contiguous or slopes determined as significant by the director. The provisions of this chapter shall apply to projects relating to subdivisions, permits, uses, structures, specific plans, master development plans, and associated site plans for development review except as specifically exempted by Section 16.02.020.
(Ord. 293 § I (part), 2004; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.24.030 Definitions.

For the purposes of this chapter the following definitions shall apply:
Clearing. The removal of vegetation (grass, brush, trees, and similar plant types) by mechanical means (also known as brushing and/or grubbing).
Cluster Development. A concept where structures are grouped on certain portions of a site, frequently of different shapes and sizes, surrounded by large expanses of open space.
Contour. A line drawn on a plan that connects points of equal elevation.
Cut. The mechanical removal of earth material.
Daylight Line. The line between the finished grade and natural terrain drawn by connecting points where pro-posed contours meet existing contours.
Elevation. Height or distance above mean sea level.
Erosion. The process by which the soil and rock components of the earth's crust are worn away and removed from one place to another by natural forces (e.g., as wind and water).
Fill. A deposit of earth material placed by artificial means.
Finished Grade. The final elevation of the ground surface after development, that is in conformance with the approved plan.
Grading. To bring an existing surface to a designed form by excavating, filling, or landforming operations in excess of fifty (50) cubic yards.
Contour Grading. A grading concept designed to result in earth forms that resemble natural terrain characteristics. Horizontal and vertical curve variations are often used for slope banks.
Conventional Grading. A grading concept that results in simple, straight forward, cut and fill lines and even planed slopes. This is the most basic type of grading often resulting in an "engineered or man-made" appearance attributable to a lack of curvilinear or natural-appearing shapes.
Landform Grading. A grading method that replicates the irregular shapes of natural slopes. Landform graded slopes are characterized by continuous series of concave and convex forms interspersed with mounds that blend into profiles, nonlinearity in plan view, varying slope gradients, and significant transition zones, between man-made and natural slopes.
Hillside. Land with an average rise or fall of twenty-five (25) percent or greater or a vertical rise of thirty (30) feet or more.
Mass Grading. The movement of large quantities of earth over large areas. Disruption of the majority of the on-site surface terrain resulting in a successive pad/terrace configuration. Modification or elimination of natural landforms may result.
Minimal Grading. A grading concept designed to minimize excavation and filling. Allows the movement of earth for projects (e.g., as individual building foundations, driveways, local roads, and utility excavation). The concept is associated with roads conforming closely to natural contours and with structures being built on natural terrain.
Pad. A level area created by grading to accommodate development.
Prominent Ridge. A ridge or hill location that is visible from Interstate 15, Interstate 215, or from an arterial or secondary street, that forms part of the skyline or is seen as a distinct edge against a backdrop of land. Ridge. An extended, narrow, conspicuous elevation of land generally between valleys.
Slope. An inclined ground surface, the inclination of which is expressed as a ratio of the vertical distance (rise), or change in elevation, to the horizontal distance (run). The percent of a given slope is determined by dividing the rise by the run, multiplied by one hundred (100).
 
Slope, Average. The method of determining average natural slope of land using the following equation:
   I x L x .0023 where
    A
I   = Contour interval in feet.
L   = Combined length in feet of contour lines measured on the project site.
.0023   = A constant that converts square feet into acres and expresses slope in percent.
A   = Project site area in acres.
Slope, Man-made. A manufactured slope consisting wholly or partially of either cut or filled material. Slope, Natural. A slope that is not man-made.
Slope, Significant Natural. A slope that is not man-made that exceeds twenty-five (25) percent and a vertical rise of thirty (30) feet or more.
Slope Ratio. The relationship of a slope's horizontal length to vertical height, with the height specified as one (e.g. 2:1).
Slope Transition. The area where a slope plane changes to meet the natural terrain or a level graded area either vertically or horizontally.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.24.040 Application Submittal Requirements.

Applications for development within the hillside overlay zoning district shall comply with the submittal requirements of this chapter. When a development project is a specific plan or master development plan, the submittal requirements shall be incorporated in the appropriate sections of the corresponding documents. If adequate detailed studies are provided with the specific plan and/or master development plan, subsequent implementing development applications shall be reviewed for substantial conformance with these plans.
Application filing requirements are as follows:
   A.   A Natural Features Map. This map shall identify slope banks, ridgelines, canyons, natural drainage courses, U.S.G.S. blueline streams, rock outcroppings, sensitive biotic habitat, cultural resources, and other natural features determined to be worthy of consideration for preservation.
   B.   A Conceptual Grading Plan. A conceptual grading plan shall be submitted at a minimum scale of one inch to two hundred (200) feet (this scale may be adjusted with the approval of the department). The plan shall include the following items:
      1.   A legend with appropriate symbols indicating high point, low point, spot elevations, pad and finished floor elevations, top of wall, top of curb, change in direction of drainage, and planned drainage improvements;
      2.   A separate map with proposed fill areas and cut areas, depths of these areas clearly shown in five-foot topographic lines. Quantities of each cut and fill area shall be clearly marked and calculated as a percentage of the total site area. The fill and cut areas shall be either colored green and red, respectively, cross-hatched, or screened to delineate the separate areas;
      3.   Contours for existing and proposed land conditions. Existing contours shall be depicted with a dashed line with every fifth contour darker, and proposed contours shall be depicted as above except with a solid line. Contours shall be shown at minimum intervals of five feet of change in elevation, with two-foot contours in the flatter areas (if using Riverside County flood control district topographic maps, a four-foot interval may be used); and
      4.   Additional information as required to assist department review of the project.
   C.   Drainage Map. A conceptual drainage and flood control facilities map describing planned drainage improvements. The map shall utilize city standards or an acceptable alternate as determined by the city engineer.
   D.   Slope Analysis Map. A slope analysis map for the purpose of determining the amount and location of land as it exists in its natural state and for calculating average slope categories. A base topographical map of the site shall be prepared and shall have a scale of not less than one inch to two hundred (200) feet. The base topographical map shall include adjoining properties within one hundred (100) feet of the site boundaries to portray the site's context. Slope bands in contrasting colors shall be delineated in the range of zero to twenty-five (0—25) percent, twenty-six to fifty (26—50) percent, and fifty (50) percent or greater. A tabulation of the land area by slope percentage shall also be provided.
The exact method for computing the percent slope and area of each slope category shall be sufficiently de-scribed and presented so that a review can be readily made. A heavy solid line indicating the twenty-five (25) percent grade differential shall be clearly marked on the plan. An eight and one-half by eleven (8 1/2 x 11) inch legible acetate reduction of the slope analysis with appropriate legend shall also be provided.
   E.   Slope Profile Drawings. A sufficient number of slope profiles shall be provided to clearly illustrate the ex-tent of the proposed grading. A minimum of four cross-section slope profiles shall be included with the slope analysis. Additional profiles may be required by the city engineer. The slope profiles shall:
      1.    Be drawn at the same scale and indexed, or keyed, to the slope analysis map, grading plan, and project site map. Both vertical and horizontal scales shall be indicated;
      2.    Show existing and proposed topography, structures, and infrastructure. Proposed topography, structures, and infrastructures shall be drawn with a thin, solid line. Existing topography and features shall be drawn with a dashed line;
      3.    Extend at least one hundred (100) feet outside the project site boundary to clearly show the impact on adjacent property.
      4.    Be drawn along those portions of the site where:
         a.   The greatest alteration of existing topography is proposed;
         b.   The most intensive or massive development is proposed;
         c.   The site is most visible from surrounding land uses; and
         d.   Where grading will impact natural drainage conditions.
      5.    At least two of the slope profiles shall be roughly parallel to each other and roughly perpendicular to existing contour lines. At least one other slope profile shall be roughly at a ninety (90) degree angle to the other slope profiles and existing contour lines.
   F.   Indicate Source of Data. Both the slope analysis and slope profiles shall indicate the datum, source, and scale of topographic data used in the slope analysis and slope profiles.
   G.   Geotechnical Report. A geotechnical and soils report, prepared by a registered geotechnical engineer to city standards and in sufficient detail to substantiate and support the design concepts presented in the application as submitted. Additional environmental studies and investigations, including, but not limited to, hydrologic, seismic, access/circulation, and biota research may also be required to help in the determination of the buildable area of a site.
   H.   Design Guidelines. Design guidelines shall be provided for projects that are to be reviewed by the commission. Otherwise, illustrative building elevations showing all sides shall be provided.
   I.   No Grading Proposed. In the event that no grading is proposed, (e.g., custom lot subdivision) a statement to that effect shall be filed with a plan that shows possible future house plotting, pad grading, driveway de-sign, and septic system location for each parcel proposed. The plan shall be prepared on a topographic map drawn at a scale of one inch to two hundred (200) feet.
   J.   Additional Information. The following items may be required if determined necessary by the director to aid in the analysis of the proposed project:
      1.   A line of sight or view analysis;
      2.   Photographic and/or computer generated graphic renderings;
      3.   A topographic model and/or large scale detailed partial model; or
      4.   Other illustrative techniques determined necessary to aid in review of the project.
   K.   Exceptions to the filing requirements shall be determined by the director.
(Ord. 293 § 1 (part), 2004; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.24.050 Project Review Procedures.

Projects within designated hillside areas shall be subject to review and approval by the director or the commission in compliance with the provisions of this chapter.
   A.   Director Approval. The director shall approve, approve with conditions, or deny development proposal applications when the following conditions apply:
      1.   Development plan permits;
      2.   Extensions of time; or
      3.   Building permit reviews.
   B.   Commission Approval. The commission shall approve, approve with conditions, or deny development proposal applications when one or more of the following conditions apply:
      1.   When padded building sites are proposed; or
      2.   Proposals referred to the commission by the director.
   C.   Modification of Requirements. The commission may modify or waive a development standard when an improved or more sensitive design will result. Further, where it can be demonstrated that imposing hillside development standards would either render a parcel unbuildable and create a loss of its reasonable economic use, or place an undue restriction on the improvement of the property, development consistent with the general plan shall be allowed subject to approval by the commission, if the following findings can be made:
         a.   The site is physically suitable for the design and siting of the proposed development. The proposed development will result in minimum disturbance of environmentally sensitive areas;
         b.   The grading proposed in connection with the development will not result in soil erosion, silting of lower slopes, flooding, severe scarring or other geological instability or fire hazard that would affect health, safety and general welfare as determined by the city engineer;
         c.   The proposed development retains the visual quality of the site, the aesthetic qualities of the area and the neighborhood characteristics by utilizing proper structural scale and character, varied architectural treatments, and appropriate plant materials; and
         d.   The proposed development is in conformance with the qualitative development standards and guidelines as established in this chapter and is conformance with the goals, objectives and policies of the general plan.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.24.060 Hillside Development Standards.

The following are minimum standards and shall apply to a use, development, or alteration of land in compliance with Section 16.24.020 (Applicability). These standards are supplemented by the provisions of the development guidelines contained in Section 16.24.070 of this chapter.
   A.   Hillside Slope Categories. The following descriptions serve as general standards for hillside slope categories to ensure that development will compliment the overall character of the landform.
DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS
 
% Natural
Slope Category
Standards
Up to 25%
This is not considered a hillside condition.
25% up to 50%
This is a hillside condition. Development within this slope category is limited to the less visually prominent slopes, and then only where it can be shown that grading, vegetation removal, safety and environmental and aesthetic impacts can be minimized. Impact of access and roadways shall be minimized by following natural contours or using grade separations. Structures shall blend with the natural landform through their shape, material, and color. Special hillside architectural and design techniques are required, which may include the use of larger lots, variable setbacks, and variable building structural techniques and clustering. Padded building sites may be considered in some instances. Where this occurs, the commission may consider padded building sites adjacent to special features when it is found that grading of padded building sites will create a better relationship between the special feature(s) and the building sites.
50% and over
This is an excessive slope condition and development is prohibited.
 
   B.    Site Design.
      1.   Projects located in hillside areas shall incorporate clustering, variable setbacks, multiple orientations, and other site planning techniques to preserve open spaces, protect natural features, and offer views to residents.
      2.   When clustering techniques are used, minimum lot sizes may be decreased to five thousand (5,000) square feet when it is necessary to preserve sensitive lands (e.g., hillsides, creeks, habitat areas, etc.). Lots may be allowed smaller than five thousand (5,000) square feet, but not smaller than four thousand (4,000) square feet, for up to twenty (20) percent of the total approved lots and only under an approved specific plan when absolutely necessary to preserve sensitive and hillside areas. Lots under five thou-sand (5,000) square feet are prohibited in slope areas of twenty-five (25) percent or greater.
   C.   Driveways and Roadways.
      1.    Driveways shall enter public/private streets maintaining adequate sight distance as determined by the city engineer.
      2.   Driveways shall not be located within three feet of a side property line. Exceptions may be considered based on lot size, percent slope, appropriate drainage facilities and use as a common (joint) driveway.
      3.   Only slopes less than fifty (50) percent (2:1) shall be allowed adjacent to driveways.
      4.   Driveway grades above fifteen (15) percent may only be considered when driveways are aligned with the natural contours of the land, are necessary to achieve effective site design, and safety considerations are met to the satisfaction of the building and safety official, city engineer, and the fire department. Proper design considerations shall be employed, including the use of vertical curves. On driveways that may be approved with a slope greater than fifteen (15) percent, a coarse, all-weather paving material, or grooves for traction, shall be incorporated into the construction.
      5.   Roadways shall conform to the natural landform. Significant alterations to the physical and visual character of a hillside shall be avoided by eliminating large notches in ridgelines and wide straight alignments. Modified or reduced width road sections and split sections shall be considered in the layout of hillside streets to reduce grading and cuts in topography while allowing access for fire trucks and other emergency vehicles.
      6.   Where road construction is proposed in hillside areas, the standards shall be consistent with those identified for high fire hazard areas.
      7.   The extent of vegetation and visual disruption shall be minimized by the combined use of retaining structures and regrading to approximate natural slopes. The view along a street front shall provide a pleasant appearance with a sense of open space and landscaping. The use of terraced walls and landscaping to reduce grading impact associated with retaining walls is encouraged.
      8.   Wet utilities shall be placed in the road right-of-way, where feasible.
      9.   Appropriate roadway drainage and grades shall be provided.
   D.   Architecture.
      1.    The building envelope for primary structures, except for padded building sites, shall be as follows:
         a.    Downhill Lot. The maximum structure height shall be thirty (30) feet, measured from finished grade at the front setback line extending towards the rear of the lot. The maximum height at the side setbacks shall be fifteen (15) feet extending up toward the center of the lot at a forty-five (45) degree angle to a maximum height of thirty (30) feet as measured from finished grade.
FIGURE 3-4
BUILDING ENVELOPE FOR DOWNHILL LOT
         b.    Uphill Lot. The maximum structure height shall be fifteen (15) feet, measured from finished grade at the front setback line extending up towards the rear of the lot at a forty-five- (45-) degree angle to a maxi-mum height of thirty (30) feet. The maximum height at the side setbacks shall be fifteen (15) feet extending up towards the center of the lot at a forty-five- (45-) degree angle to a maximum height of thirty (30) feet as measured from finished grade.
FIGURE 3-5
BUILDING ENVELOPE FOR UPHILL LOT
         c.    Cross Slope Lot. The maximum structure height shall be thirty (30) feet, measured from finished grade at the maximum front setback line extending towards the rear of the lot. The maximum height at the side setbacks shall be fifteen (15) feet extending up towards the center of the lot at a forty-five-(45-) degree angle to a maximum of thirty (30) feet as measured from finished grade.
FIGURE 3-6
BUILDING ENVELOPE FOR CROSS LOT SLOPE
         d.    Architectural Projections Allowed. Architectural projections and variations in roof design are encouraged. Projections above the maximum height limits for architectural features may be allowed subject to approval by the director.
      2.   In steeper terrain, reduction of front yard setbacks may be considered in order to minimize rear yard grading.
      3.   Architectural treatments shall be provided on all sides of a structure. Elements of the architectural treatment used on the front facade shall be repeated on all sides of a structure with additional emphasis on those elevations visible from public rights-of-way.
      4.   Building materials and color schemes shall blend with the natural landscape. Colors shall be earth tones and the value (lightness or darkness) of the specific hue shall be as close to that of the immediately surrounding landscape as possible. Where exterior stucco is used, it shall have a final coat of integrated color in a muted earth tone. Contrasting color accents shall be kept to a minimum.
      5.   Treated wood or materials of a wood-like appearance, having the necessary fire retardant characteristics. are encouraged for exterior surfaces. Use of other natural materials (e.g., river rock) is also strongly encouraged. The reflectivity of exposed surfaces (walls, roofs, windows, frames, and paved surfaces) shall be mitigated by overhangs, trellises, planting, and similar features.
      6.   Exterior lighting shall be located and shielded so as to not impact adjacent property owners in terms of glare and privacy in compliance with Section 16.18.100 (Lighting).
   E.   Walls and Fences.
      1.   Retaining walls, not exceeding six feet in height, may be allowed to reduce grading, preserve natural features, or increase soil stabilization. Within the required front yard setback, individual retaining walls shall not exceed three feet in height.
      2.    Where multiple (terraced) walls are designed to retain larger slopes they shall not exceed six feet in height and shall be separated by a minimum of six feet horizontally. A maximum of two walls shall be placed together. Walls within the required front yard setback shall not exceed three feet in height and shall be separated by a minimum of three feet and shall incorporate landscaping to screen the wall(s).
FIGURE 3-7
HEIGHT OF RETAINING WALLS
      3.    Walls that are an integral part of the primary structure may exceed six feet in height; however, their visual impact shall be mitigated through contour grading and landscape treatment.
FIGURE 3-8
RETAINING WALL AS PART OF PRIMARY STRUCTURE
      4.   Crib walls may be approved on a case by case basis if it can be demonstrated that excessive height is not being created and provisions for extensive landscaping are incorporated.
      5.   Walls and fences shall incorporate materials and colors used in an adjacent structures. Naturally occur-ring materials (e.g., river rock, flagstone, etc.) shall be used whenever possible.
      6.   Walls and fencing visible from the public right-of-way shall be designed to incorporate visual interest through variation in placement, use of planters, differing materials, and modulation of the wall plane.
      7.   Walls and fences shall follow landform grading shapes and contours.
   E.   Landscaping. Revegetation in hillside areas shall reflect the visual patterns found naturally in local canyons and valleys. The landscaping as viewed from urban areas and arterial roadway system shall mask and screen man-made structures.
      1 .    Indigenous, or naturalized plants that blend naturally with the landscape shall be utilized in areas where planting is required.
      2.    Natural landform planting shall be used to soften manufactured slopes, reduce the impact of development on steep slopes or ridgelines. and provide erosion control. These landscape techniques shall serve to reintroduce landscape patterns that occur naturally in the hillsides.
 
      3.    A "vegetative backdrop" shall be maintained by replanting with native trees or the same vegetation that was removed. The vegetation should screen structures to the extent possible at maturity and preserve the appearance of the natural skyline.
      4.    The surface of graded or disturbed slopes with three feet or greater vertical height shall be protected against damage by erosion through the planting of deep rooted ground cover. Slopes exceeding eight feet in vertical height shall be planted with ground cover and a combination of shrubs and trees that have a high "root-to-shoot" ratio. The size of shrubs and trees shall be determined based on the individual project area as deemed appropriate by the department and/or commission.
      5.    Jute mesh or an equivalent shall be required when planting occurs between August fifteenth and April fifteenth, and when determined, as necessary, by a soils engineer and/or licensed landscape architect.
      6.    Indigenous, native vegetation shall be retained and supplemented within canyons and along natural drainage courses where grading does not occur, provided that it conforms with fuel modification and tire prevention plans.
      7.    Common open areas and front and side yards adjacent to a street shall be adequately landscaped and irrigated. The areas shall be provided with native plant materials that blend with the natural character of the surrounding landscape.
      8.    In order to protect slopes from soil erosion and slippage and to facilitate revegetation, an automatic irrigation system shall be installed on slopes with planting. Design and operation of the irrigation system shall respect the special conditions that exist in hillside situations specific to maintaining slope stabilization and integrity. In all cases, the emphasis shall be toward using plant materials that may eventually not need to be irrigated: therefore, temporary irrigation systems may be used as approved by the city's landscape architect and city engineer. Water and energy conservation techniques shall be utilized (e.g., drip irrigation, alluvial rockscape, etc.) Where irrigation systems are installed above ground, ultraviolet light resistant. brown line or other approved color, shall be used.
      9.    A permanent fuel modification area shall be required around development projects that are adjacent or exposed to hazardous fire areas for the purpose of fire protection. The fuel modification area shall be maintained by its owners, a homeowners' association, or other public nonprofit agency or conveyed in a public easement. Adequate provisions shall be made for the continual maintenance of these areas and the fire chief may require brush, vegetation, or debris to be removed and cleared consistent with the provisions of Chapter 8.32 of the municipal code. Where feasible, fuel modification areas shall be designated as common open space rather than private open space. The recommended width of the fuel modification area shall be based on applicable building and fire codes and the recommendations of the fire chief with consideration given to:
         a.   A worst-case Santa Ana wind condition;
         b.   The natural ungraded slope of the land within the project and in the areas adjacent to the project;
         c.   Fuel loading:
         d.   Access to the project by fire suppression equipment. and access directly to the fuel modified area, and egress out of the project in case of evacuation;
         e.   The on-site availability of water that can be used for fire fighting purposes with regard to fire flows, water pressure, and duration:
         f.   "Built-in" fire protection within structures (i.e., sprinklers etc.);
         g.   Soil erosion and sediment control measures; and
         h.   The fire department fuel modification policy document.
      10.    Fuel modification areas shall also incorporate soil erosion and sediment control measures to alleviate permanent scarring and accelerated erosion.
   G.   Grading.
      1.   Grading shall not take place on natural slopes that exceed fifty (50) percent.
      2.   Slopes created by grading of the site shall not exceed fifty (50) percent or 2:1, without a soils report and stabilization study indicating a greater permissible slope. Slopes shall not exceed thirty (30) feet in height between terraces or benches, except that the commission may permit slopes exceeding these dimensions where the slopes will result in a natural appearance and will not create geological or erosion hazards. The soils report and stabilization study will be subject to third party review prior to approval by the city. Refer to the hillside development guidelines (16.24.070) for methods to accomplish this standard.
      3.   Structures shall not visually impair ridgeline silhouettes. Structures are not permitted closer to a prominent ridge than fifty (50) feet measured vertically on a cross-section or one hundred fifty (150) feet horizontally on a topographic map. whichever is more restrictive. Exceptions to this requirement for public facilities. utilities. and infrastructure necessary to serve the public health, safety, and welfare may be considered by the commission.
      4.   Clearing, excavation, or other earth disturbances shall not be permitted on hillside areas prior to the issuance of a grading permit. with the exception of county/state authorized soils remediation operations, drill holes, and exploratory trenches for the collection of geologic and soil data. Trenches are to be properly backfilled and in addition, erosion treatment provided where slopes exceed twenty-five (25) percent.
      5.   Manufactured cut and fill slopes exceeding ten feet in height which will be either exposed to public view, or are adjacent to environmentally sensitive areas, shall be landform or contour graded, where physically feasible, so that their ultimate appearance will resemble a natural slope. This will include slopes along streets and highways, slopes, adjacent to parks, schools, open spaces, and other public facilities and other prominent slopes. Refer to the hillside development guidelines (16.24.070) for methods to accomplish this standard.
      6.   Landform grading shall be used where zero to twenty-five (0-25) percent (nonhillside) slopes intersect with twenty-five to fifty (25-50) percent (hillside) slopes. Proper transitioning from manufactured slopes created by conventional grading methods to natural slopes shall be achieved gradually and naturally through the use of radii or irregular curvilinear shapes that will blend into the adjoining topography tangentially and not create abrupt changes.
      7.   Fill slopes shall not be placed perpendicular across a canyon. Straight line cut ofF fill slopes shall not be made to appear like a dam. The terminus of the fill shall, instead, be concave in shape to restore the can-yon appearance. This concave configuration shall be in combination with the use of substantially flatter slope ratios (4:1, 3.5:1, 3: I ) at or near the center of this indentation. Symmetrical or unsymmetrical con-cave configurations shall be used depending upon the adjoining or underlying topographic characteristics.
      8.   Minimal radius rounding at the edges of cut and fill slopes is not acceptable. Proper transitioning from manufactured slopes to natural slopes shall be achieved gradually and naturally through the use of radii or irregular curvilinear shapes that will blend into the adjoining topography tangentially and not create abrupt changes.
      9.   In the planning, design, and development of public utilities and infrastructure, every reasonable effort shall be made to minimize grading impacts and harmonize with the natural contours and character of the land.
      10.   Side yard slopes and low (less than twenty (20) feet in height) rear yard slopes whose view is blocked by future structures need not have landform design applied.
      11.   Grading shall be phased so that prompt revegetation or construction will control erosion. Where possible. only those areas that will be built on, resurfaced, or landscaped shall be disturbed. Top soil shall be stockpiled during rough grading and used on pads or revegetated habitat areas, upon the recommendation of the soils engineer. Refer to the hillside development guidelines for methods to accomplish this standard.
      12.    Applicable requirements of the city and state shall be complied with in conjunction with a National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit prior to the issuance of a grading permit, which may include, but is not limited to, an Erosion Control Plan, Best Management Plan (including Notice of Intent to be filed with the state Water Resources Control Board) and Construction Monitoring Program.
   H.   Drainage.
      1.    Debris basins, energy dissipating devices, and down drains shall be provided, where necessary, to reduce erosion when grading is undertaken in the hillside areas. Natural drainage courses should be retained where health and safety are not jeopardized. Drainage courses retained in a natural state shall be protected from grading activity. In instances where a crossing is required. a natural crossing and bank protection shall be preferred over steel and concrete systems. Where drainage structures are required, they shall be naturalized with coloration, plant materials, native rocks and/or concealment with grading techniques.
      2.    Drainage channels, slope drainage devices, interceptor drains and terrace drains should be placed in less visible locations. Down drains shall be hidden in swales diagonally or curvilinear across a slope face. In this manner they will be built into the overall landform of the slope. They should also receive a naturalizing treatment which may include native rock, colored concrete, and/or landscaping so that the structure appears as an integral part of the environment. In all cases, a concrete liner shall be used in addition to a naturalizing treatment.
      3.   Cross lot drainage usage shall be minimized. In situations where this is not possible using conventional design. optional techniques (e.g., single loaded streets, reduced densities, etc.) shall be considered. Use of cross lot drainage may be considered only after demonstration that this method will not adversely affect the proposed lots or adjacent properties, and that it is absolutely required in order to minimize the amount of grading which would result with conventional drainage practices.
      4.   Where cross lot drainage is utilized, the following shall apply:
         a.    Project Interiors. One lot may drain across one other lot if a maintenance easement is provided within either an improved, open V-swale gutter which has a naturalized appearance, or within a closed drainage pipe that shall be a minimum twelve (12) inches in diameter. This drainage shall be conveyed to either a public street or to a drainage easement. If drainage is conveyed to a private easement, it shall be maintained by its owners or a Homeowners' Association; otherwise. the drain-age shall be conveyed to a public easement. The easement width shall be determined on an individual basis and shall be dependent on appropriate hydrologic studies and access requirements. Irrigation lines shall be placed above swales to minimize the impacts in the event of a system failure. When irrigation lines cross an open V-swale they shall be placed in a galvanized pipe which is to be clamped to the soil on both sides of the swale subject to the review of the director.
         b.    Project Boundaries. On-site drainage shall be conveyed in an improved open V-swale gutter, which has a naturalized appearance, or within an underground pipe in either a private drainage easement, that is to be maintained by its owners or a homeowners' association, or it shall be conveyed in a public easement. The easement width shall be a minimum often feet. A greater width may be determined necessary on an individual basis and shall be dependent on appropriate hydrologic studies and access requirements.
   I.   Public Safety.
      1.    Residential developments shall be constructed in a manner so as to reduce the potential for spread of brushfires as follows:
         a.   In the case of a conflict where more restrictive provisions are contained in the uniform building code or in the uniform fire code, the more restrictive provisions shall apply.
         b.   Roofs shall be covered with noncombustible materials (e.g., clay tile, concrete shake, tile, or similar materials). Open ends shall be stopped in order to prevent bird nests, or other combustible material, lodging within the roof and to prevent entry of flames.
         c.   Exterior walls and fences shall be surfaced with noncombustible or flame resistive materials. Alternate surface materials may be approved subject to the approval of the fire chief and Building Official. Except as otherwise provided herein, exterior walls shall extend to the ground.
         d.   Balconies. patio roofs, eaves and other similar overhangs shall be of noncombustible or flame resistive materials.
         e.   Plastic webbing, split or whole bamboo, reed or straw-like materials, corrugated plastic or fiberglass materials, and similar flammable materials are not permitted for use on patio covers.
         f.   Vents for attics and underfloor areas shall be designed and located to minimize the likelihood of spreading of fire.
         g.   Chimneys shall be provided with approved spark arresters.
      2.    Adequate water supply and pressure for proposed development shall be required in compliance with fire department Standards.
      3.    The fire chief shall require brush, vegetation, or debris to be removed and cleared within ten feet on each side of every roadway and access drive, and may enter upon private property to do so. This requirement shall not apply to single specimens of trees, ornamental shrubbery, or cultivated groundcover provided they do not form a means of readily transmitting fire.
      4.   If the fire chief determines in a specific case that difficult terrain, danger of erosion, or other unusual circumstances make strict compliance with the clearance of vegetation undesirable or impractical, he or she may suspend enforcement thereof and require reasonable alternative measures designed to advance the purposes of this chapter.
      5.    Site design shall provide for all-weather equipment access to publicly maintained slope areas for maintenance and emergency purposes.
      6.    Structures and facilities shall be restricted in geologically hazardous areas.
      7.    Special construction features shall be required in the design of structures where site investigations con-firm potential geologic hazards.
      8.    Development not on public sewers shall be permitted only after site specific investigations have been conducted that demonstrate the soils are suitable for on-site wastewater disposal and the disposal of wastewater will not degrade the subsurface water quality.
      9.    Due to the hazard associated with saturated soils in areas of steep slopes, irrigation systems in critical areas that have the potential for failure in the judgement of the city engineer shall be required to be equipped with potentiometers to make sure that the systems will not operate when there is sufficient moisture in the soil.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.24.070 Hillside Development Guidelines.

The hillside development guidelines are intended to illustrate and amplify the appropriate development concepts for hillside areas. The guidelines are not intended to be an exhaustive list of standards, but rather policy statements, to encourage development that is sensitive to the unique characteristics common to hillside properties. The guidelines allow for flexibility and they encourage creativity, especially where a specific plan is prepared. How-ever, the development standards provided in Section 16.24.060 shall be considered as a "benchmark" against which hillside development proposals will be reviewed for compliance with the purposes of this chapter.
The guideline's purpose is to allow for innovative or alternate methods of design in hillside areas. Innovation is encouraged as long as the end result is one that respects the natural character of the hillside and is consistent with the purposes of this chapter and the goals, objectives and policies of the general plan .
Conformance with the guidelines will be incorporated in the preparation and approval of subdivisions and individual site developments. During the application review process, the city will evaluate the consistency of the proposal with the purposes of this chapter. Prior to the start of the design effort, it is recommended that the project design team members read the general plan and become familiar with its policies.
   A.   Site Design.
      1.   Design of building sites should be sensitive to the natural terrain. Structures should be located in a way that minimizes grading and preserves natural features (e.g., prominent knolls, ridgelines, etc.)
      2.   Preserve views of significant visual features, as designated on the hillside overlay zone map, as seen from both within and outside a hillside development. When designing lots and plotting homes, the following provisions should be considered:
         a.   Dwellings should be oriented to allow view opportunities. even though views may be limited. Residential privacy should not be unreasonably sacrificed; and
         b.   A significant public vista, skyline, open space corridor, or vertical open space corridor as seen from an interstate, an arterial, or a secondary street should be a major design element in the site planning process.
      3.   Where possible, graded areas should be designed with manufactured slopes located on the uphill side of structures.
      4.   To the extent possible. the width of a building, measured in the direction of the slope, should be minimized in order to limit the amount of cutting and tilling and to better "fit" the house to the natural terrain. The degree of slope will dictate how this is accomplished.
      5.   Clustering of development is encouraged in hillside areas regardless of size. This is particularly important in environmentally sensitive areas in order to reduce the potential for tire hazard, erosion and excess runoff, and to preserve existing natural features and open space.
   B.   Driveways and Roadways.
1. Driveways that serve more than one parcel are encouraged as a method of reducing unnecessary grading, paving, and site disturbance.
   C.   Architecture.
      1.    The form, mass, and profile of the individual buildings and architectural features should be designed to blend with the natural terrain and preserve the character and profile of the natural slope. Techniques that should be considered include:
         a.   Detaching the garage:
         b.   Integrating retaining walls into garage walls on sloping lots to reduce grading and minimize visibility of walls: and
         c.   Including architectural enrichments and variations in roof massing. Roofs should have low profiles to minimize their visual impact. On sloping land, the roof pitch should follow the slope of the hill-side, instead of being perpendicular to the hillside or opposing hillside slope. Care should be taken to avoid the use of gabled ends on downhill elevations. Upper stories should not be cantilevered out of the opposite direction of the hillside slope.
      2.   The design of the structure should give consideration to the lot's size and configuration in order to avoid the appearance of overbuilding and to minimize the blocking of views. For example, within a development, the majority of the units should not be designed with minimum setback to minimum setback.
      3.   Large expanses of a single material on walls, roofs, or paving areas should be avoided. Create interesting, small scale patterns by breaking up building mass, varying building materials, and through design and placement of windows and doors. Building plans and elevations should be varied throughout a development to avoid a monotonous "cookie-cutter" look.
   D.   Walls and Fences.
      1.   Walls and fences can be used to define a sense of place and create an attractive appearance. However, walls should not dominate a view, and their height should be limited adjacent to a street or trail or within a rear yard. Extensive landscaping should be used to reduce the visual impact of walls. In addition, street front walls should incorporate varying design and natural materials. The use of open view fencing is encouraged, so long as adequate public safety and residential privacy are maintained.
      2.   When possible, walls and fences should be designed as an integral part of the building in order to minimize the visual impact on surrounding areas.
      3.   Visually obtrusive solid fencing should be avoided in highly visible areas (unless required for sound attenuation), with the preference being for open (wrought iron) fencing.
   E.   Landscaping.
      1.   Street trees should be provided in select areas to enhance the natural character of the areas and create a more rural appearance. Street tree species selection, and spacing of trees, should be sensitive to the context in which they are planted. Species selection should also be respectful of potential impact on infra-structure improvements (i.e. root damage to streets, sidewalks, etc.).
      2.   Slopes should be designed with informal clusters of trees and shrubs to soften and vary the slope planes, consistent with landform grading concepts.
   F.   Grading.
There are three distinct types of grading proposed in these guidelines, each with a unique quality, each with an individual and appropriate application. Larger sites will most likely incorporate all three concepts in various parts of the plan.
      1.   Minimal Grading. This is typically used for large lot single family homes, custom homes with variable foundations that conform to the existing slopes, and other uses that utilize the least amount of grading in order to get the facility and structures built. This technique embraces the following concepts:
         a.   Grading should be limited to individual flat graded pad areas for residential building sites. Grading should be limited to only the required building areas and adjacent outdoor amenities in steep hillside areas;
         b.   Foundation systems that require little or no grading are encouraged, forcing the architecture to con-form to the land rather than the land to conform to the dwelling:
         c.   Roadways, driveways, and individual building pads should be designed to conform with the contours and to attempt to daylight in the center of the road or building pad to ensure a minimum cut and fill situation; and
         d.   The grading concept minimizes the amount of cubic yards of earth excavated and filled.
      2.    Contour Grading. This concept results in post-development landforms that exhibit many of the characteristics present within natural landforms. Contour grading is typically used in situations where conventional, terraced, grading with benches and slopes might be used but a "softened" grading look is desired. This would be desirable for areas that are limited in public view (i.e. concealed rear yards). Typically, contour grading can reduce required cut and fill volumes as compared with traditional, terraced, grading. The design elements associated with this type of grading include: (See Figure 3-9)
         a.   The use of horizontal and vertical curve variations for slope banks creating a curvilinear pattern;
         b.   Post-development landforms that exhibit natural terrain characteristics (without the heavy modeling effects of landform grading);
         c.   A general rounding of slopes at slope intersections and transition zones with natural grade;
         d.   Pad configurations that are curvilinear; and
         e.   Slopes that are designed with contour grading techniques (e.g., the location of slopes behind structure (not in side yards), slopes in hidden locations, or slopes less than ten feet in height).
FIGURE 3-9
CONTOUR GRADING
 
FIGURE 3-10
LANDFORM GRADING
 
      3.    Landform Grading. Graded slopes in this category will replicate the irregular shapes of natural slopes. Landform grading techniques should be used whenever slopes are created that will be open to public view. This is particularly true for slopes that exceed ten feet in height.
The intent of these grading guidelines, is to incorporate the basic principles of the landform grading concept as the preferred method in the design and construction of hillside development projects so that they w ill be in harmony with the natural topography and reflect natural plant distribution patterns. (See Figure 3-10)
Landform grading techniques embrace the following concepts:
         a.   Land plans should flow with the natural topography rather than against it. This means that street pat-terns and building pad configurations follow the underlying topographic features rather than cutting across them:
         b.   Landform graded slopes are characterized by continuous series of concave and convex forms interspersed with mounds that blend into profiles with varying slope gradients and with significant transition zones between man-made and natural slopes;
         c.   Pad configurations are irregular. Slope down-drain devices either follow natural lines of the slopes or are tucked away in special Swale and berm combinations in order to conceal the drains from view. Exposed segments in visible areas are treated with natural rock for a more aesthetically pleasing appearance;
         d.   The technique should be used wherever possible to provide a variety of both slope percentage, slope direction, and topographical detailing in a three-dimensional, undulating. pattern similar to existing terrain: and
         e.   Manufactured cut and fill slopes exceeding ten feet in height that will be either exposed to permanent public view or are adjacent to environmentally sensitive areas should be designed with features characteristic of natural slopes, where physically feasible so that their ultimate appearance will resemble a natural slope. This will include slopes along streets and highways, adjacent to parks, schools, open spaces. other public facilities, and other prominent and visible slopes.
      4.    The following basic grading guidelines and techniques serve to implement preferred landform grading techniques and help avoid unnecessary cut and fill:
         a.    Cuts. When convex shaped natural features. (e.g., protruding minor landforms) are cut, the residual landform should not be a flat slope face, but rather should be restored to resemble the original. This will require more than just rounding at the edges but, in effect, reconfiguring it so the final result will give the appearance of a protruding ridgeline.
         b.    Use of variable slope ratios. Because Landform grading designs require the use of variable slope ratios at greater than 2:1 and may create valleys or concave indentations on building pad areas, they may result in loss of usable area. In addition, engineering and construction costs may increase. Be-cause of this, segments of a cut or fill slope may be designed with variable slope ratios less than 2:1, but not less than 1.5: I within the following guidelines and subject to third party review at the applicant's expense:
            1)   A geotechnical engineer shall certify that slopes will meet standard stability requirements;
            2)   The overall ratio from top to toe will be 2:1 or flatter; and
            3)   Ratios flatter than 2:1 will also be used in the slope design.
         c.    Grading operations should be planned to avoid the rainy season, October fifteenth (15th) to April fifteenth (I 5th). Grading permits shall only be issued when a plan for erosion control and silt retention has been approved by the city without regard to time of year.
         d.    A rounded and smooth transition should be made when the planes of man-made and natural slopes intersect. Where cut or fill conditions are created, slopes should be varied rather than left at a constant angle or create an unnatural, rigid, `'engineered" appearance. The angle of a graded slope should be gradually adjusted to the angle of the natural terrain.
         e.    Manufactured slopes adjacent to roadways shall be consistent with the landform grading and revegetation technique, where physically feasible to create visually interesting and pleasing streetscapes. The higher the slope becomes, the more important the modeling effect of landform grading becomes.
         f.    Top of slope berms shall be used to eliminate the possibility of drainage sheet flow over the slope that would potentially cause an unstable condition. Tops of slopes should be rounded in conformance with landform grading techniques, or increased in size to reduce the visual impact of the back of a home.
   G.   Drainage.
      1.   Natural drainage courses should be preserved and enhanced to the extent possible. Rather than filling them in, drainage features should be incorporated as an integral part of the project design in order to enhance the overall quality and aesthetics of a site, to provide attractive open space vistas, and to preserve the natural character of the site. Encourage the use of natural drainage courses as natural boundaries between neighborhoods.
      2.   Storm drainage runoff resulting from project development should be minimized. Where possible, flood control plans for storm waters should encourage the detention of water for percolation in to the ground-water to conserve it for future uses and to mitigate downstream flooding.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.26.010 Purpose.

The purpose of the cultural resource preservation ordinance codified in this chapter is to establish a mechanism by which community resources such as buildings, structures and sites within the city of Murrieta, which are of pre-historic and historic interest or value. or which exhibit special elements of the city's architectural. cultural or social heritage may be identified, protected. enhanced, perpetuated and used in the interest of the public's health. safety. welfare and enrichment. The cultural resource preservation ordinance is also established to implement the provisions of the conservation and open space element of the general plan.
(Ord. 237 (part), 2001)

16.26.020 Applicability.

The provisions of the cultural resource preservation ordinance are applicable to any cultural and archaeological resource, archaeological district, or historic preservation district, within the city boundaries.
(Ord. 237 (part), 2001)

16.26.030 Definitions.

   "Adaptive Re-use" means converting a building to a use other than that for which it was originally designed.
   "Alteration" means any exterior change or modification, through public or private action, on any cultural re-source, or structures located in any historic preservation district, including but not limited to. exterior changes to or modification of structure. architectural details or visual characteristics such as paint color and surface texture, grading, surface paving, new structures, cutting or removal of trees and other natural features, and the placement or removal of any exterior objects such as signs, plaques, light fixtures, street furniture, walls, fences, steps, plantings, and landscape accessories affecting the exterior visual qualities of the property.
   "Archaeological district" means any associated archaeological resources whose composite content affords in-formation about the past.
   "Archaeological resource" refers to any prehistoric Native American resource situated above ground or in a subsurface context. Archaeological resources include, but are not limited to, habitation and material processing sites, rock art, and artifact scatters.
   Certificate of appropriateness is the permit granted after an approval issued by the city council, which grants permission for the demolition or relocation of a designated cultural resource or contributing resource within the city.
   "Contributing resource" means a cultural resource that does not warrant designation on its own merits but is designated as a contributing element to a historic preservation district.
   "Cultural resource" means improvements, buildings, structures, signs, features, sites, scenic areas, places (including vacant land), trees or other objects of aesthetic, educational, cultural, architectural or historical significance to the citizens of Murrieta.
   "Demolition" means any act or process that destroys in part or in whole a designated cultural resource or contributing resource within the city.
   "Design guidelines" means the design principles/criteria contained in a document which illustrate appropriate and inappropriate methods of rehabilitation and construction. The purpose of using design guidelines is to aid design and decision-making with regard to retaining the integrity of scale, design intent, materials, feeling, patterns of development and historical character of a cultural resource.
   "Designated cultural resource" means any archaeological resource or cultural resource that has been designated in compliance with the ordinance codified in this chapter and placed on a city register of cultural resources.
   "Designated site" means a parcel or part thereof on which a designated cultural resource is or has been situated and which has been designated a cultural resource under the provisions of the ordinance codified in this chapter.
   "Development plan approval" means a development review process conducted by the planning division in compliance with the provisions of any applicable specific plan and the development code.
   "Historic preservation district" means any geographic area containing a concentration of cultural resources which have a special character, historical interest or aesthetic value, which possess integrity of location, design, setting. materials, workmanship and feeling, or which represent one or more architectural periods or styles typical to the history of the city and that has been designated a historic preservation district pursuant to the ordinance codified in this chapter and the provisions of the development code.
   "Improvement" means any building, structure, fence, wall, parking facility, work of art or other object constituting a physical man-made improvement or any part of such improvement.
   "Inventory" is the list of cultural resources in the city identified through a survey of such resources. It includes a physical description and a photograph of each historic resource. legal information from title or assessment re-cords, statements of significance according to the criteria in the ordinance codified in this chapter, and a statement of any threat to the integrity or continued existence of the cultural resource. The information for each cultural re-source is recorded on the appropriate community services district forms.
   "Natural feature" means any tree, plant life, geographical or geological site or feature subject to the provisions of the ordinance codified in this chapter.
   "Ordinary maintenance and repair" means any work, for which a building permit is not required, where the purpose of the work is to correct any deterioration of or damage to an improvement and to restore it to its condition prior to the deterioration or damage.
   "Qualified professional" means an individual meeting the Secretary of the Interior Qualification Standards. For archaeological resources, in addition to this qualified professional, a Native American representative shall provide input.
   "Register of cultural resources" means a working list of designated cultural resources.
   "Rehabilitation" means to restore the fabric of a building or structure to its original state.
   "Relocation" means to move any archaeological resource or cultural resource to a new location.
   "Secretary of the Interior Standards for Rehabilitation" means the guidelines prepared by the National Park Service for Rehabilitating Historic Buildings and the Standards for Historic Preservation Projects prepared by the National Park Service with guidelines for applying the standards.
   "Significant feature" means the natural or man-made elements embodying style or type of cultural resource, design or general arrangement and components of an Improvement, including, but not limited to, the kind, color and texture of the building materials, and the type and style of windows, doors, lights. signs and other fixtures appurtenant to such improvement.
(Ord. 237 (part), 2001)

16.26.040 Historic Preservation Advisory Commission.

There is hereby created a city of Murrieta historic preservation advisory commission (HPAC) whose membership and duties shall be prescribed by the Murrieta city council.
   A.   Membership.
      1.   The HPAC shall consist of the Murrieta community services commission (CSC) with an additional two to four members appointed by the city council. To the extent possible, the HPAC shall have among its membership at least one business owner or one resident from each preservation district, one member from a citizens historic interest group, and two at large members with backgrounds in one of the following disciplines: architecture, urban planning, history. cultural geography/archaeology or other closely related fields. Non-voting members are to include a Native American representative and staff liaison. On matters pertaining to archaeological resources, the Native American representative shall be a voting member.
      2.    The appointment of members to the HPAC shall be for staggered terms. Appointments shall be made for a three-year term, following initial appointments.
   B.   Meetings.
      1.   A quorum of the HPAC shall be a simple majority of voting members.
      2.   The HPAC shall operate under procedural rules and bylaws consistent with its authority as set forth be-low. Rules and bylaws shall be approved by the city council.
      3 .    The HPAC shall meet at least four times per year, with meetings at regular intervals and/or when re-quested by the community services director or the city council.
      4.    The HPAC shall keep minutes and records of all meetings and proceedings. All materials shall be of public record.
   C.   Duties. The historic preservation advisory' commission shall have the following duties and other specific tasks as may be assigned on an ad-hoc basis by the city council:
      1.   The HPAC shall act solely in an advisory capacity to the city council, through the CSC, staff and other city commissions in matters affecting the preservation of cultural and archaeological resources. The HPAC shall not exercise any independent final decision-making authority or expend city funds. Actions of the HPAC shall not be considered actions of the city and shall not be represented as such:
      2.   Recommend to the city council, through the CSC, the designation of cultural resources, including individual properties, archaeological districts and historic preservation districts;
      3.   Maintain the register of cultural resources within the city, including all pertinent information for each designation;
      4.   Review and comment on land use, redevelopment, municipal improvement and other planning matters and programs undertaken by the city. as they relate to cultural resources of the community when so directed by the community services director or city council:
      5.   Make recommendations to the city council, through the CSC, on the use of various federal, state, local or private funding sources and mechanisms available to promote cultural resource preservation in the city;
      6.   Review applications for certificates of appropriateness related to demolition permits for any designated cultural resource within the city and make recommendations to the city council, through the CSC, including considerations of economic hardship. (See "Demolition/Relocation Permit," Section 16.26.100);
      7.   Review and make recommendations on applications for development plan approval in compliance with the development code when so requested by the community services director. In general, the following projects shall be submitted to the HPAC for their review and recommendation:
         a.   Any exterior alteration or addition to and improvement that requires a building permit and that is a designated cultural resource or contributing resource; and
         b.   The new construction of a non-residential structure over five thousand (5,000) square feet within a historic preservation district. (Modifications and approvals to the town square project are exempt from this review.)
      8.   Make recommendations to the city council, through the CSC, for recognition of owners of cultural re-sources who have rehabilitated their property in an exemplary manner; and
      9.   Undertake any other action or activity directed by the city council to fulfill the objectives of cultural re-source preservation in the city.
(Ord. 237 (part), 2001)

16.26.050 Designation Criteria for Cultural Resources Archaeological Districts and Historic Districts.

For the purposes of the ordinance codified in this section, an improvement or natural feature may be designated a cultural resource by the city council and any area within the city may be designated as an archaeological district or historic preservation district by the city council if it meets any of the following criteria:
   A.   individual Resource Designation.
      1.   It exemplifies or reflects special elements of the city's cultural, architectural, aesthetic, social, economic, political, artistic and/or engineering heritage;
      2.   it is identified with persons, a business use or events significant in local, state or national history;
      3.   it embodies distinctive characteristics of style. type, period or method of construction or is a valuable ex-ample of the use of indigenous materials or craftsmanship;
      4.   It is representative of the notable work of a builder, designer or architect; or
      5.   Its unique location or singular physical characteristic represents an established and familiar visual feature of a neighborhood, community or the city:
   B.   Local District Designation.
A geographic area may be designated as a local archaeological district or historic preservation district if the city council, after hearing(s) finds that all of the requirements set forth below are met. Concurrent with the designation of a historic preservation district, design guidelines shall be developed and shall apply to all properties within the historic preservation district.
      1.   Archaeological District.
         a.    The area is a geographically definable area:
         b.    The area possesses either:
            1.   A significant concentration or continuity of archaeological resources; or
            2.   The area is associated with the prehistory of Murrieta.
         c.    The designation of the geographic area as an archaeological district is reasonable, appropriate, and necessary to protect, promote and further the goals and purposes of the ordinance codified in this chapter and is not inconsistent with other goals and policies of the city.
      2.   Historic Preservation District.
         a.    The area is a geographically definable area:
         b.    The area possesses either:
            1.   A significant concentration or continuity of buildings unified by past events or aesthetically by plan or physical development; or
            2.   The area is associated with an event, person, or period significant or important to Murrieta history.
         c.    The designation of the geographic area as a historic preservation district is reasonable, appropriate, and necessary to protect, promote and further the goals and purposes of the ordinance codified in this chapter and is not inconsistent with other goals and policies of the city.
         d.    Determining Factors. In determining whether to designate a historic preservation district, the following factors shall be considered:
            1.   District should have integrity of design, setting, materials, workmanship, and association.
            2.   The collective value of the buildings and structures in a district taken together may be greater than the value of each individual building or structure.
      3.   Contributing Resources. Contributing resources may be included in a historic preservation district if the city council finds, after a hearing(s) that all of the following requirements are satisfied:
         a.   The nominated resource is within a historic preservation district;
         b.   The nominated resource either embodies the significant features and characteristics of the district or adds to the historical associations. architectural qualities or archaeological values identified for the district;
         c.   The nominated resource was present during the period of historical significance of the district and relates to the documented historical significance of the district;
         d.   The nominated resource possesses historic integrity or is capable of yielding important information about the period of historical significance or the district; and
         e.   The nominated resource has important historic or architectural worth, and its designation as a contributing resource is reasonable, appropriate and necessary to protect, promote and further the goals and purposes of the ordinance codified in this chapter.
(Ord. 237 (part), 2001)

16.26.060 Cultural Resource Designation Procedures.

Archaeological districts, historic preservation districts and designated cultural resources shall be established by the city council as follows:
   A.   Any person may request the designation of an improvement or natural feature as a cultural resource or the designation of a district by submitting a written request and a supporting document prepared by a qualified professional justifying the designation to the community services director. The HPAC or city council may also initiate such proceedings on their own motion;
   B.   The community services director shall refer the request and document to the HPAC for their review and recommendation to the city council;
   C.   The HPAC shall deliberate the merits of the proposed designation and make a recommendation to the city council based on available documentation as to its appropriateness for consideration;
   D.   No permits for the alteration, demolition or removal of any improvement, building or structure within an existing or proposed historic preservation district or relative to a proposed cultural resource shall be is-sued while the designation is still under consideration which must be processed within sixty (60) days of nomination; and
   E.   After receipt of the recommendations from the HPAC for designation of a cultural resource or a district, the city council shall consider the matter, taking into account the HPAC's recommendations.
(Ord. 237 (part). 2001)

16.26.070 Mechanism for Appealing Designation.

The process for proposing the removal from a historic designation status shall be as follows:
   A.   The owners of a designated cultural resource or contributing resource may propose deletion.
   B.   All applications to delete a designated cultural resource or contributing resource shall be submitted to the HPAC which shall determine whether an application is or is not complete.
   C.   The HPAC shall make a determination whether or not the designated cultural resource or contributing resource is eligible for consideration for deletion based on analysis from qualified professional and shall make an advisory determination about whether the designation shall be removed. This process shall follow that of the process for original designation approval.
   D.   The city council shall make final determination.
(Ord. 237 (part), 2001)

16.26.080 Certificates of Appropriateness.

A certificate of appropriateness shall be required prior to the demolition or relocation of any designated cultural resource or contributing resource. The following process shall occur:
   A.   Application for a certificate of appropriateness shall be made on forms provided by the community services department and shall contain whatever information is determined by the community services department to be necessary to act on the request.
   B.   The city council shall have the authority to approve, approve with conditions or deny a certificate of appropriateness for the demolition or relocation of a designated cultural resource or contributing resource. The council shall request a recommendation from the HPAC prior to taking action on the application.
   C.   Prior to the city council's final action. the HPAC shall hold at least one public meeting to consider the application and to make a recommendation to the city council.
   D.   A certificate of appropriateness for the demolition of a designated cultural resource or contributing resource may be approved if the city council finds that one or more of the following conditions exist:
      1 .   The structure/site is a hazard to public health or safety and repairs or stabilization are not physically possible (as ascertained by the building official);
      2.   The site is required for a public use which will be of more benefit to the public than the cultural resource and there is no feasible alternative location for the public use; or
      3.   It is not feasible to preserve or restore the structure, taking into consideration the economic feasibility of alternatives to the proposal.
   E.   A certificate of appropriateness shall lapse and become void one year following the date on which it was approved unless the conditions of the approval specify a lesser or greater time or unless, prior to the expiration date, a demolition/relocation permit is issued and work is commenced and diligently pursued. A certificate may be renewed once for an additional period of up to one year provided that prior to the expiration of the time period granted, an application for renewal of the permit is filed with the community services department and processed in the same manner as the original application.
(Ord. 237 (part), 2001)

16.26.090 Adaptive Re-Use.

As a policy, the ordinance codified in this chapter encourages the adaptive re-use of existing buildings and structures to the fullest extent possible.
(Ord. 237 (part), 2001)

16.26.100 Demolition/Relocation Permit Requirements.

No person shall carry out or cause to be carried out any demolition or relocation of a designated cultural resource or contributing resource without first receiving approval of a demolition/relocation permit from the city. A permit shall not be issued unless one of the following events has occurred:
   A.   A certificate of appropriateness has been applied for and approved by the city council: or
   B.   An initial certificate of appropriateness for relocation only has been applied for and denied and a period of ninety (90) days has expired from the date of the initial city council denial.
When a designated cultural resource or contributing resource has been lawfully demolished, relocated or altered pursuant to any provisions of the ordinance codified in this chapter, the provisions of the ordinance codified in this chapter shall be considered removed and the remaining property shall not be further encumbered. Designated resources shall be considered lawfully demolished, relocated or altered if fifty (50) percent of their features and characteristics are destroyed by natural disaster(s) or other forces of nature, but not including arson. The ninety (90) day delay period may be reduced by the city council where it finds that the owner of a cultural resource would suffer economic hardship or be deprived of beneficial use of or return from the property by virtue of the delay.
During the ninety (90) day delay period the city may negotiate with the owner and with any other parties in an effort to find a means of preserving the cultural resource, including relocating it to another site within the city.
(Ord. 237 (part), 2001)

16.26.110 Minimum Maintenance Requirements.

The owner, lessee or other person legally in possession of a designated cultural resource or contributing resource shall comply with all applicable codes, laws, and regulations governing the maintenance of a subject property. Additionally, it is the intent of the ordinance codified in this chapter to preserve from deliberate or inadvertent neglect the exterior features of designated cultural resources or contributing resources, and the interior portions thereof when such maintenance is necessary to prevent deterioration and decay of the exterior. Designated cultural resources and contributing resources shall he preserved against such decay and deterioration and shall remain free from structural defects through prompt corrections of any of the following defects:
   A.   Facades which could fall and cause injury to people or property:
   B.   Deteriorated or inadequate foundations, defective or deteriorated flooring or floor supports, deteriorated wall or other vertical structural supports;
   C.   Members of ceilings, roofs, ceiling and roof supports or other horizontal members which sag, split or buckle due to defective materials or deterioration;
   D.   Deteriorated or ineffective waterproofing of exterior walls, roofs, foundations or floors, including broken windows or doors;
   E.   Defective or insufficient weather protection for exterior wall coverings, including lack of paint or other protective covering; and/or
   F.   Any fault or defect in the building which renders it not properly watertight or structurally unsafe.
(Ord. 237 (part), 2001)

16.26.120 Preservation Incentives.

The HPAC, with city council approval, is authorized to develop and implement preservation incentive programs that are consistent with the ordinance codified in this chapter. These shall include, but are not limited to. the following:
   A.   State Historical Building Code.
      The building and safety division is authorized to use and shall use the state Historical Building Code for projects involving designated cultural resources or contributing resources. The HPAC is authorized and shall use the state historical building code for projects subject to review under the ordinance codified in this chapter.
   B.   Mills Act Contracts.
      1.   Mills Act contracts granting property tax relief shall be made available by the city of Murrieta only to owners of locally designated cultural resources or contributing resources, as well as properties that are listed in the California Register of Historic Places or the National Register of Historic Places. Properties that have been previously listed on the above-named registers but that have been removed and are no longer listed shall not be eligible for a Mills Act contract with the city.
      2.   Mills Act contracts shall be made available pursuant to California law. The community services department shall make available appropriate Mills Act application materials.
      3.   Mills Act contract applications shall be submitted to the community services department, which shall within sixty (60) days of receipt of a completed application, prepare and make recommendations on the content of the contract for consideration by the city council. A fee for the application to cover all or portions of the costs of the preparation of the contract in the amounts set by city council resolution may be charged.
      4.   The city council shall, in public hearing, resolve to approve, approve with conditions. or deny the proposed contract. Should the council fail to act on the proposed contract within one year of the receipt of the proposal, the proposal shall be deemed eligible.
      5 .   A Mills Act contract application that has been denied by the city council cannot be resubmitted for one year from the date of city council action.
(Ord. 237 (part), 2001)

16.26.130 Reconsideration by City Council.

The decision of the city council under the ordinance codified in this chapter shall be subject to reconsideration within the time limit often days after the issuance of the council's notice of decision and findings, provided new information not previously heard can be presented. Under such conditions, the city council may reverse a previous decision.
   A.   Finality of City Council Decisions.
Any decision or order of the city council under the ordinance codified in this chapter shall become final if no re-consideration is taken from such decision or ordered within the time limits prescribed by the applicable reconsideration provisions of the ordinance codified in this chapter. No permit regulated by the provisions of the ordinance codified in this chapter shall issue, nor shall any rights therein vest, until the decision of the city council is final or any appeal therefrom is disposed of in the manner prescribed by the ordinance codified in this chapter.
   B.   Requesting Reconsideration of City Council Actions.
Except as expressly provided herein, any person dissatisfied with any decision of the city council may request a reconsideration of the decision to the council, provided previously unheard information can be presented not later than ten days after the issuance of the council's notice of decision and findings. Such a request for reconsideration is made by tiling a notice of reconsideration with the community services department and paying a fee as established by the city council. Upon receipt of a timely request for reconsideration, the community services department shall forthwith transmit all papers and documents on file relating to the request. Written notice of the hearing before the city council shall be provided at least seven days prior to the hearing.
(Ord. 237 (part), 2001)

16.26.140 Enforcement and Penalties.

   A.   Any person who violates a requirement of the ordinance codified in this chapter or fails to obey an order issued by the city or comply with a condition of approval of any certificate or permit issued under the cultural re-source preservation ordinance shall be subject to the penalty provisions as set forth in the city of Murrieta municipal code.
Any person who willfully and unlawfully relocates, demolishes or alters a designated cultural resource shall be subject to either a one hundred fifty thousand dollar ($150,000) fine or shall pay the appraised market value of the subject property as determined by a third party appraisal. whichever is greater. The amount of the one hundred fifty thousand dollar ($150,000) fine shall be reviewed every twenty-four (24) months for adequacy and shall be tied to the CPI for Southern California or its succeeding index.
Any person who willfully and unlawfully relocates. demolishes or alters a contributing resource or a cultural re-source included in the Murrieta historical resources inventory, shall be subject to a ten thousand dollar ($10,000) fine or a fine of ten percent of the appraised land and building values as determined by a third party appraisal. Any action to enforce these provisions shall be brought by the city or any other interested party. This civil remedy shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any criminal prosecution, penalty and other remedy provided by law.
   B.   Applicable Mitigation Measures for Projects Impacting Historic Resources Under CEQA. 
Any cultural or archaeological resource identified in the course of planning for a development project under the terms of the development code shall be subject to review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA). In the event a new project is found to create significant impacts to cultural or archaeological resources. one or more of the following mitigation measures shall be enforced:
      1.   The cultural or archaeological resource shall be preserved and impacts shall be eliminated through avoidance.
      2.   Impacts to the cultural or archaeological resource shall be avoided through redesign of the project.
      3.   Impacts shall be reduced to below a level of significance by relocating the resource off-site.
      4.   Impacts shall be reduced to below a level of significance by the thorough documentation and/or interpretation of a resource prior to its demolition.
      5.   The applicant shall pay in-lieu fees for the demolition of the resource.
   C.   Use of Funds Collected from Fines, Penalties, or Fees.
All funds collected either from tines, penalties, or fees shall be deposited into a cultural resource preservation fund to be used, as available, exclusively for:
      1.   Rehabilitation or preservation of designated cultural resources or contributing resources in the city of Murrieta.
      2.   Purchase of component parts necessary for the rehabilitation or preservation of designated cultural re-sources or contributing resources in the city of Murrieta.
      3.   Purchase of designated cultural resources or contributing resources in the city of Murrieta.
      4.   Maintenance of designated cultural resources or contributing resources in the city of Murrieta.
      5.   Costs associated with designated cultural resource or contributing resource relocation.
      6.   Educational programs including school programs, education exhibits and materials, and creation and maintenance of a historic museum.
(Ord. 237 (part). 2001)

16.28.010 Purpose.

The purpose of this chapter is to achieve the following:
A.   Enhance the appearance of all development by providing standards relating to the quality, quantity and functional aspects of landscaping and landscape screening;
B.   Protect public health, safety and welfare by minimizing the impact of all forms of physical and visual pollution, controlling soil erosion, screening incompatible land uses, preserving the integrity of neighborhoods and enhancing pedestrian and vehicular traffic and safety;
C.   Promote water efficient landscaping, water use management, and water conservation through the use of water efficient landscaping, wise use of turf areas and appropriate use of irrigation technology and management;
D.   Provide landscape design, installation, maintenance and management that is water efficient;
E.   Protect California's economic prosperity as it is dependent on the availability of adequate supplies of water for future uses;
F.   Protect the waters of the state as they are of limited supply and are subject to ever increasing demands;
G.   Promote the conservation and efficient use of water and to prevent the waste of this valuable resource;
H.   Provide landscapes with areas for active and passive recreation and as an enhancement to the environment by cleaning air and water, preventing erosion, offering fire protection, and replacing ecosystems lost to development;
I.   Use water efficiently without waste by setting a Maximum Applied Water Allowance as an upper limit for water use and reduce water use to the lowest practical amount;
J.   Eliminate water waste from overspray and/or runoff;
K.   Achieve water conservation by raising the public awareness of the need for an effective management program through education and incentives;
L.   Promote the values and benefits of landscaping practices that integrate and go beyond the conservation and efficient use of water;
M.   Assure the attainment of water-efficient landscape goals by requiring that landscapes serviced by potable water not exceed a maximum water demand of fifty-five percent (55%) for residential landscape projects and forty-five percent (45%) for non-residential projects of its reference evapotranspiration (ETO);
N.   Implement the requirements to meet the State of California Water Conservation in Landscaping Act 2006, the California Code of Regulations Title 23, Division 2, Chapter 2.7, and Executive Order B-29-15 of April 1, 2015;
O.   Establish a structure for planning, designing, installing, maintaining, and managing water efficient landscapes in new construction and rehabilitated projects by encouraging the use of a watershed approach that requires cross-sector collaboration of industry, government and property owners to achieve the many benefits possible; and
P.   Establish provisions for water management practices and water waste prevention.
(Ord. 539 § 3, 2018; Ord. 443 § 1, 2010; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.28.020 Applicability.

A.   After December 1, 2015, and consistent with Executive Order No. B-29-15, This chapter applies to:
   1.    New construction projects with an aggregate landscape area equal to or greater than 500 square feet requiring a building or landscape permit, plan check or design review;
   2.   Rehabilitated landscapes projects with an aggregate landscape area equal to or greater than two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet requiring a building or landscape permit, plan check or design review.
   3.   New and rehabilitated cemeteries, but solely as to Sections 16.28.060A (Water Efficient Landscape Worksheet), 16,28.090 (Maintenance of Landscaping), and 16.28.100 (Enforcement of Landscaping Water Use Efficiency), and existing cemeteries, but solely as to Sections 16 28.090B (Irrigation Audits) and 16.28.100 (Enforcement of Landscaping Water Use Efficiency).
   4.   All other existing landscapes, but solely as to Section 16.28.100 (Enforcement of Landscaping Water Use Efficiency).
   5.   This chapter shall not be construed as requiring landscaping of common areas or open space that is intended to remain natural.
B.   The reporting requirements of this ordinance shall become effective December 1, 2015 and the remainder of this ordinance shall be effective no later than February 1, 2016.
   1.   Reports shall be prepared by the Planning Department and submitted by the Development Services Director or his/her designee to the Department of Water Resources. Reporting requirements are contained in California Code of Regulations (CCR) 495 et seq.
C.   Any project with an aggregate landscape area of 2,500 square feet or less may comply with the performance requirements of this ordinance or conform to the prescriptive measures contained in Appendix D of California Code of Regulations (CCR) 490 et seq.
D.   For projects using treated or untreated graywater or rainwater captured on site, any lot or parcel within the project that has less than 2,500 sq.ft. of landscape and meets the lot or parcel's landscape water requirement (Estimated Total Water Use) entirely with treated or untreated gray water or through stored rainwater captured on site is subject only to Appendix D section (5).
E.   This chapter does not apply to (except for prohibition against water waste according to Section 16.28.100A);
   1.   Registered local, state or federal historical sites.
   2.   Ecological restoration projects that do not require a permanent irrigation system;
   3.   Mined-land reclamation projects that do not require a permanent irrigation system; or
   4.   Plant collections, as part of botanical gardens and arboretums open to the public.
(Ord. 539 § 4, 2018; Ord. 443 § 3, 2010; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.28.030 Definitions.

For purposes only of this chapter, the terms used in this chapter have the meaning set forth below:
Applied Water. The portion of water supplied by the irrigation system to the landscape.
Automatic Irrigation Controller. A timing device used to remotely control valves that operate an irrigation system. Automatic irrigation controllers are able to self-adjust and schedule irrigation events using either evapotranspiration (weather-based) or soil moisture data.
Backflow Prevention Device. A safety device used to prevent pollution or contamination of the water supply due to the reverse flow of water from the irrigation system.
Certificate of Substantial Completion. The document required under Section 16.28.050C 3.
Certified Irrigation Designer. A person certified to design irrigation systems by an accredited academic institution, a professional trade organization or other program such as the US Environmental Protection Agency's WaterSense irrigation designer certification program or the Irrigation Association's Certified Irrigation Designer program
Certified Landscape Irrigation Auditor. A person certified to perform landscape irrigation by an accredited academic institution, a professional trade organization or other program such as the US Environmental Protection Agency's WaterSense irrigation auditor certification program or the Irrigation Association's Certified Landscape Irrigation Auditor program.
Check Valve or Anti-Drain Valve. A valve located under a sprinkler head, or other location in the irrigation system, to hold water in the system to prevent drainage from sprinkler heads when the sprinkler is off.
Compost. The safe and stable product of controlled biologic decomposition of organic materials that is beneficial to plant growth.
Conversion Factor (0.62). The number that converts acre-inches per acre per year to gallons per square foot per year.
Distribution Uniformity. The measure of the uniformity of irrigation water over a defined area.
Drip Irrigation. Any non-spray low volume irrigation system utilizing emission devices with a flow rate measured in gallons per hour. Low volume irrigation systems are specifically designed to apply small volumes of water slowly at or near the root zone of plants.
Established Landscape. The point at which plants in the landscape have developed significant root growth into the soil. Typically, most plants are established after one or two years of growth.
ET Adjustment Factor or ETAF. A factor of.55 for residential areas and .45 for non-residential areas, that, when applied to reference evapotranspiration, adjusts for plant factors and irrigation efficiency, two major influences upon the amount of water that needs to be applied to the landscape. The ETAF for new and existing (non-rehabilitated) Special Landscape Areas shall not exceed 1.0. The ETAF for existing non-rehabilitated landscapes is 0.8.
Evapotranspiration. The process by which a quantity of water evaporates from adjacent soil and other surfaces and is transpired by plants during a specified time.
Flow Sensor. An inline device installed at the supply point of the irrigation system that produces a repeatable signal proportional to flow rate. Flow sensors must be connected to an automatic combination flow sensor/controller may also function as a landscape water meter or submeter.
Fuel Modification Plan Guideline. Guidelines from the City of Murrieta Fire and Rescue to assist residents and businesses that are developing land or building structures in a fire hazard severity zone.
Hardscapes. Any durable material (pervious and non-pervious).
Hydrozone. A portion of the landscaped area having plants with similar water needs and rooting depth that are served by one irrigation valve or set of valves with the same schedule. A hydrozone may be irrigated or non-irrigated.
Invasive Species. Non-indigenous species (e.g., plants or animals) that adversely affect the habitats they invade economically, environmentally, or ecologically and includes those species listed within the Western Riverside County Multi-Species Habitat Conservation Plan as such plan may be amended from time to time and any invasive species identified as such by the city. Lists of invasive plants are maintained at the California Invasive Plant Inventory and USDA invasive and noxious weeds database.
Irrigation Audit. An in-depth evaluation of the performance of an irrigation system conducted by a certified landscape irrigation auditor. An irrigation audit includes, but is not limited to: inspection, system tune-up, system test with distribution uniformity or emission uniformity reporting overspray or runoff that causes overland flow, and preparation of an irrigation schedule. The audit must be conducted in a manner consistent with the Irrigation Association's Landscape Irrigation Auditor Certification program or other U.S Environmental Protection Agency "Watersense" labeled auditing program.
Licensed landscape architect. A person who holds a license to practice landscape architecture in the State of California pursuant to the California Business and Professions Code section 5615.
Landscape Area or LA. All the planting areas, turf areas, and water features in a landscape design plan subject to the maximum applied water allowance calculation. The landscape area does not include footprints of buildings or structures, sidewalks, driveways, parking lots, decks, patios, gravel or stone walks, other pervious or non-pervious hardscapes, and other nonirrigated areas designated for non-development (e.g., open spaces and existing native vegetation). Landscape Area includes Special Landscape Areas as defined below.
Landscape Contractor. A person licensed by the State of California to construct, maintain, repair, install, or subcontract the development of landscape systems.
Local Water Purveyor. Any entity, including a public agency, city, county, or private water company that provides retail water service.
Low Volume Irrigation. The application of irrigation water at low pressure through a system of tubing or lateral lines and low-volume emitters such as drip, drip lines, and bubblers. Low volume irrigation systems are specifically designed to apply small volumes of water slowly at or near the root zone of plants.
Maximum Applied Water Allowance or MAWA. The upper limit of annual applied water for the established landscaped area calculated using the following formula:
   MAWA = (ETo)(0.62)[(ETAF x LA) + ((1-ETAF) x SLA)]
   MAWA = Maximum Applied Water Allowance (gallons per year)
   ETo = Reference Evapotranspiration (inches per year) (55.0 for Murrieta)
   0.62 = Conversion Factor (to gallons)
   ET Adjustment Factor (ETAF) =   .55 for residential areas and .45 for non-residential areas. The ETAF for new and existing (non-rehabilitated) Special Landscape Areas shall not exceed 1.0. The ETAF for existing non-rehabilitated landscapes is 0.8.
   LA = Landscape Area including SLA (square feet)
   SLA = Special Landscape Area (square feet)
Mulch. Any material placed on the soil to conserve soil moisture, moderate soil temperature, prevent soil erosion and/or prevent weed growth, including such materials as bark, wood chips, rock, gravel, decomposed granite, or other suitable material.
Non-Residential Landscape. Landscapes in commercial, institutional, industrial and public settings that may have areas designated for recreation or public assembly. It also includes portions of common areas of common interest development with designated recreational areas.
Overspray. The irrigation water which is delivered beyond the target area.
Pervious. Any surface or material that allows the passage of water through the material and into the underlying soil.
Plant Factor. Or "plant water use factor" is a value that, when multiplied by ETO, estimates the amount of water needed by plants. For purposes of this chapter, the plant factor range for very low water use plants is 0 to 0.1, the plant factor range for low water use plants is 0.1 to 0.3, the plant factor range for moderate water use plants is 0.4 to 0.6, and the plant factor range for high water use plants is 0.7 to 1.0. Plant factors used pursuant to the requirements of this chapter shall be derived from the publication "Water Use Classification of Landscape Species" as the same may be amended from time to time. Plant factors may also be obtained from horticultural researchers from academic institutions or professional associations as approved by the California Department of Water Resources (DWR).
Recreational Area. Areas, excluding private single family residential areas, designated for active play, recreation or public assembly in parks, sports fields, picnic grounds, amphitheaters or golf courses, tees, fairways, roughs, surrounds and greens.
Recycled Water. Any kind of treated, reclaimed, or recycled waste water of a quality suitable for non-potable uses such as landscape irrigation and water features. This water is not intended for human consumption.
Reference Evapotranspiration or ETo. A standard measurement of environmental parameters which affect the water use of plants and is 55.0 inches per year for purposes of this chapter.
Rehabilitated Landscape. Any re-landscaping project that requires a permit, plan check, or design review, meets the applicability requirements of Section 16.28.020 and the modified landscape area is equal to or greater than two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet.
Residential Landscapes. Landscaping surrounding single or multi-family homes.
Runoff. Water which is not absorbed by the soil or landscape to which it is applied and flows from the landscape area. For example, runoff may result from water that is applied at too great a rate (application rate exceeds infiltration rate) or when there is a slope.
Special landscape Area or SLA. An area of the landscape dedicated solely to edible plants, recreational areas, areas irrigated with recycled water, or water features using recycled water.
Synthetic Turf. An artificial product manufactured from synthetic materials that effectively simulate the appearance of natural turf, grass, sod, or lawn. The use of indoor or outdoor plastic or nylon carpet as a replacement of synthetic turf or natural turf shall be prohibited.
Water Feature. A design element where open water performs an aesthetic or recreational function. Water features include ponds, lakes, waterfalls, fountains, artificial streams, spas, and swimming pools (where water is artificially supplied). The surface area of water features is included in the high water use hydrozone of the landscape area. Constructed wetlands used for on-site wastewater treatment or stormwater best management practices that are not irrigated and used solely for water treatment or stormwater retention are not water features and, therefore, are not subject to the water budget calculation.
WUCOLS. The Water Use Classification of Landscape Species published by the University of California Cooperative Extension, and the Department of Water Resources as amended from time to time.
(Ord. 539 § 5, 2018; Ord. 443 § 3, 2010; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.28.040 General Provisions.

A.   All landscape plan approvals are subject to and dependent upon the applicant complying with all applicable city ordinances, codes, regulations, and adopted policies.
B.   If the water purveyor for a proposed project has adopted more restrictive water efficient landscaping requirements, all landscaping and irrigation plans submitted shall comply with the water purveyor's requirements. Said plans shall be accompanied by a written document from the water purveyor delineating the more restrictive requirements.
C.   Landscape design shall facilitate the implementation of landscape maintenance practices which foster long-term water conservation and plant viability. These practices may include, but not be limited to, scheduling irrigation based on established industry standards, conducting irrigation audits and establishing a water budget to limit the amount of water applied per landscape acre.
D.   Landscaping for fuel modification zones shall be subject to standards required by the city's Fire Department, and they shall include plant materials, plant spacing, and irrigation as directed by the Fire Department, in consultation with the Development Services Department, and/or Community Services Department.
E.   Landscaping adjacent to the Western Riverside County Multi-Species Habitat Conservation Plan ("MSHCP") conservation areas shall avoid invasive species as listed in the MSHCP.
F.   To the extent feasible, existing mature trees that represent the existing significant landscaping elements shall be preserved as identified in Chapter 16.42 (Tree Preservation).
G.   In the event covenants, conditions, and restrictions are required by the city for any permit subject to this chapter, a condition shall be incorporated into any project approval prohibiting the use of water-intensive landscaping and requiring the use of low water use landscaping pursuant to the provisions of this chapter in connection with common area/open space landscaping. Additionally, such a condition shall also require the covenants, conditions, and restrictions to incorporate provisions concerning landscape irrigation system management and maintenance. Covenants, conditions, and restrictions shall not prohibit use of low-water use plants. Covenants, conditions, and restrictions shall not prohibit the replacement of natural turf with less water-intensive plant species.
(Ord. 539 § 6, 2018; Ord. 443 § 3, 2010; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.28.050 Procedures.

The following required landscape and irrigation plans shall be submitted and reviewed in accordance with the applicable Development Code review procedures for the permit, map or other land use entitlement requested.
A.   Landscape Concept Plan. A landscape concept plan shall be submitted as part of an application for a land use entitlement. The land use entitlement application shall not be deemed complete without a complete Landscape Concept Plan.
   1.   The Landscape Concept Plan shall provide a design layout that demonstrates the desired landscaping program for the project in terms of location, size/scale, function, theme, and similar attributes, as identified in the application submittal requirements.
   2.   The Landscape Concept Plan shall provide the review authority with a clear understanding of the landscaping program prior to the preparation of detailed construction landscape and irrigation plans.
B.   Landscape Documentation Package. After discretionary land use entitlement approval and prior to the issuance of a building permit for a project, a landscape documentation package (as further described in Section 16.28.060) shall be prepared for the project and submitted for review and approval by the director.
   A licensed landscape architect shall sign all documents and plans required as part of the landscape documentation package verifying compliance with this Chapter. Any plans submitted without the signature of a licensed landscape architect shall not be accepted for review. Homeowner provided landscape projects may be designed by any person authorized to design a landscape in accordance with State law.
C.   Certificate of Completion and Security. Prior to the issuance of a certificate of use and occupancy or final inspection, the applicant shall:
   1.   Complete installation of landscaping and irrigation components.
   2.   Conduct and submit an irrigation audit as further described in Section 16.28.090B, which shall be conducted by a certified landscape irrigation auditor prior to the final field observation. See State of California Landscape Irrigation Auditor Handbook.
   3.   Prepare and submit to the city a Certificate of Completion for review which shall be signed and certified by a either a licensed landscape architect following a field observation conducted by a landscape architect or landscape contractor, certified irrigation designer, or other licensed or certified professional who has installed the landscape project per the Landscape Documentation Packet. Such certification shall indicate:
      a.   All plant materials and irrigation system components have been installed in accordance with the approved final landscape and irrigation plans approved as part of the Landscape Documentation Packet;
      b.   The automatic irrigation controller has been set according to the irrigation schedule;
      c.   The irrigation system has been adjusted to maximize irrigation efficiency and eliminate overspray and runoff; and
      d.   That a copy of the irrigation and maintenance schedule has been given to the property owner and placed in the irrigation controller enclosure after lamination.
      e.   Landscapes shall be maintained to ensure water use efficiency. A regular maintenance schedule shall be submitted with the Certificate of Completion.
      f.   Irrigation audit report (See 16.28.090(B))
      g.   Soil analysis report, if not submitted with the Landscape Documentation Package, and documentation verifying implementation of soil report recommendations.
      h.   A diagram of the irrigation plan showing hydrozones shall be kept with the irrigation controller for subsequent management purposes.
   4.   Deliver a copy of the certification of substantial completion to the retail water supplier, and the property owner of record.
   5.   All landscape projects, except for developer and homeowner-installed single family residential landscaping, and other landscapes as determined by the Director, shall post performance securities to guarantee the adequate maintenance of the landscaping and irrigation system in accordance with the approved plans for a period of one (1) year from the date of occupancy subject to the following requirements:
      a.   The security amount and agreement shall be posted with the Planning Department.
      b.   The performance securities shall be released one (1) year after final clearance of the installed landscaping by the city, upon written request by the owner, if the landscaping has been adequately maintained. The Director shall determine the condition of the landscape and whether the bond will be released. A deposit to cover re-inspection of the landscape, at the current city rate shall be posted prior to re-inspection for maintenance bond release.
D.   The Director shall have the right to enter upon the project site at any time before, during and after installation of the landscaping to conduct inspections for the purpose of enforcing this chapter.
(Ord. 539 § 7, 2018; Ord. 443 § 3, 2010; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.28.060 Landscape Documentation Package.

A landscape documentation package shall be prepared following approval of the land use entitlement application by the review authority and shall be comprised of the following elements, each as further described below: a Water Efficient Worksheet, a Landscape Design Plan, an Irrigation Design Plan, a Grading Design Plan, and a Soil Management Report.
A.   Water Efficient Landscape Worksheet.
   1.   A water efficient landscape worksheet contains information on the plant factor, irrigation method, irrigation efficiency, and area associated with each hydrozone. Calculations are then made to show that the evapotranspiration adjustment factor (ETAF) for the landscape project does not exceed a factor of 0.55 for residential areas and 0.45 for non- residential areas, exclusive of Special Landscape Areas. The ETAF for a landscape project is based on the plant factors and irrigation methods selected. The Maximum Applied Water Allowance is calculated based on the maximum ETAF allowed (0.55 for residential areas and 0.45 for non-residential areas) and expressed as annual gallons required. The Estimated Total Water Use (ETWU) is calculated based on the plants used and irrigation method selected for the landscape design. ETWU must be below the MAWA.
   2.   A project's water budget calculations shall adhere to the following requirements:
      a.   The plant factor used shall be from WUCOLS or from horticultural researchers with academic institutions or professional associations as approved by the California Department of Water Resources (DWR). The plant factor ranges from 0 to 0.1 for very low water using plants, 0.1 to 0.3 for low water use plants, from 0.4 to 0.6 for moderate water use plants, and from 0.7 to 1.0 for high water use plants.
      b.   All surface area of water features shall be included in the high water use hydrozone and temporarily irrigated areas shall be included in the low water use hydrozone.
      c.   All special landscape areas shall be identified and their water use calculated as described below.
      d.   ETAF for new and existing (non-rehabilitated) Special Landscape Areas shall not exceed 1.0.
B.   Landscape Design Plan. Projects subject to these regulations shall comply with the following plant and irrigation requirements:
   1.   Plant and Materials Requirements. Consistent with the landscape standards established in Section 16.28.080, plant and material selections shall comply with the following;
      a.   The applicant shall choose and group plant species with similar water demands to facilitate efficient irrigation. Estimated total water use in the landscape area shall not exceed the maximum applied water allowance.
      b.   Methods to achieve water efficiency shall include one or more of the following:
         1)   Selection of water-conserving plant, tree and natural turf species, especially local native plants;
         2)   Selection of plants based on local climate suitability, disease and pest resistance;
         3)   Protection and preservation of native species and natural vegetation;
         4)   Selection of trees based on applicable tree ordinance or tree shading guidelines, and size at maturity as appropriate for the planting area;
         5)   Selection of plants from local and regional landscape program lists; and
         6)   Selection of plants from local Fuel Modification Plan Guidelines.
      c.   Each hydrozone shall have plant materials with similar water use, with the exception of hydrozones with plants of mixed water use as identified in section 16.060(C)(17)(c)(4) and (5).
      d.   Plants shall be selected and planted appropriately based upon their adaptability to the climatic, geologic, and topographical conditions of the project site. Methods to achieve water efficiency shall include on or more of the following:
         1)   Use the Sunset Western Climate Zone System, or approved equal, which takes into account temperature, humidity, elevation, terrain, latitude, and varying degrees of continental and marine influence on local climate;
         2)   Recognize the horticultural attributes of plants (i.e., mature plant size, invasive surface roots) to minimize damage to property or infrastructure (i.e., buildings, sidewalks, power lines), allow for adequate soil volume for healthy root growth; and
         3)   Consider the solar orientation for plant placement to maximize summer shade and winter solar gain.
      e.   High water use plants, characterized by a plant factor of 0.7 to 1.0, are prohibited in street medians.
      f.   Turf is not allowed on slopes greater that 25% where the toe of the slope is adjacent to an impermeable hardscape and where 25% means 1 foot of vertical elevation change for every 4 feet of horizontal length.
      g.   Natural turf areas shall be used in response to functional needs and in compliance with the approved project water budget.
      h.   Plant selection for projects in fire-prone areas shall address fire safety and prevention. A defensible space or zone around a building or structure is required per Public Resources Code sections 4291 (a) and (b). Fire-prone plant materials and highly flammable mulches shall be avoided. Refer to the local Fuel Modification Plan guidelines.
      i.   Invasive species of plants shall be avoided especially near parks, buffers, greenbelts, water bodies, and open spaces because of their potential to cause harm to environmentally sensitive areas.
      j.   Water quality management plan best management practices that affect the landscaping shall be identified on the detailed construction landscape plans (i.e., swales, permeable paving, sub-grade tanks).
   2.   Water Features.
      a.   Decorative water features shall use recirculating water systems.
      b.   Where available, recycled water shall be used as the source for irrigation and decorative water features.
   3.   Soil Preparation.
      a.   Prior to planting of any materials, compacted soils shall be transformed to a friable condition to maximize water retention and infiltration. On engineered slopes, only amended planting holes need meet this condition.
      b.   Soil amendments such as compost shall be provided to improve water holding capacity of soil where soil conditions warrant. No sewage sludge shall be allowed. All fertilizers and soil amendments shall consist of organic materials.
      c.   Soil amendments shall be incorporated according to recommendations of the soil report and what is appropriate for the plants selected.
      d.   All exposed surfaces of non-turf areas within the developed landscape area shall be mulched with a minimum four- (4) inch layer of material except in areas with groundcover planted from flats. In this instance, the mulch depth shall be a minimum of three (3) inches of approved material. To provide habitat for beneficial insects and other wildlife, up to 5% of the landscape area may be left without mulch. Designated insect habitat must be included in the landscape design plan as such.
      e.   Stabilizing mulching products shall be used on slopes that meet current engineering standards.
      f.   For landscape installation, compost at a rate of a minimum of four cubic yards per 1,000 square feet of permeable area shall be incorporated to a depth of six inches into the soil. Soils with a greater than 6% organic matter in the top 6 inches of soil are exempt from adding compost and tilling.
      g.   Organic mulch materials made from recycled or post-consumer shall take precedence over inorganic materials or virgin forest products unless the recycled post-consumer organic products are not locally available. Organic mulches are not required where prohibited by local Fuel Modification Plan Guidelines or other applicable local ordinances.
   4.   Minimum Design Plan Detail. The landscape design plan shall be prepared by a licensed landscape architect (homeowner provided landscaping projects may also use any other person authorized to design a landscape in accordance with State law) using water budget calculations described in Section 16.28.060A 2, and, at a minimum, shall:
      a.   Delineate and label each hydrozone by number, letter, or other method; identify each hydrozone as low, moderate, high water, or mixed water use. Temporarily irrigated areas of the landscape shall be included in the low water use hydrozone for the water budget calculation;
      b.   Identify recreational areas;
      c.   Identify areas permanently and solely dedicated to edible plants;
      d.   Identify areas irrigated with recycled water;
      e.   Identify type of mulch and application depth;
      f.   Identify soil amendments, type, and quantity;
      g.   Identify type and surface area of water features;
      h.   Identify hardscapes (pervious and non-pervious);
      i.   Identify location of any applicable stormwater best management practices that encourage on-site retention and infiltration of stormwater. Stormwater best management practices are encouraged in the landscape design plan and examples included, but are not limited to:
         1)   Grade impervious surfaces, such as driveways, during construction to drain to vegetated areas.
         2)   Minimize the area of impervious surfaces such as paved areas, roof and concrete driveways.
         3)   Incorporate pervious or porous surfaces (e.g., gravel, permeable pavers or blocks, pervious or porous concrete) that minimize runoff.
         4)   Direct runoff from paved surfaces and roof areas into planting beds or landscaped areas to maximize site water capture and reuse.
         5)   Incorporate rain gardens, cisterns, and other rain harvesting or catchment systems.
         6)   Incorporate infiltration beds, swales, basins and drywells to capture storm water and dry weather runoff and increase percolation into the soil.
         7)   Consider constructed wetlands and ponds that retain water, equalize excess flow, and filter pollutants.
         8)   Vegetation utilized in and around detention basins in projects within Compatibility Zones B through E of French Valley Airport Influence Area (AIA) shall not include landscaping that would provide food or cover for bird species that would be incompatible with airport operations. Additionally, landscaping in projects that are located within Compatibility Zones B and C, shall provide sufficient separation between trees to avoid the creation of a continuous canopy, and landscaping in and around a detention basins shall not include vegetation that produces seeds, fruits, or berries.
      j .   Identify any applicable rain harvesting or catchment technologies as discussed in Section 16.060(B)(4)(i);
      k.   Identify any applicable graywater discharge piping, system components and areas(s) of distribution; and
      l.   Contain the following certification from the landscape architect: "I have complied with the criteria established in Chapter 16.28 of the Murrieta Municipal Code and applied them for the efficient use of water in the landscape design plan.
C.   Irrigation Design Plan. The irrigation design plan shall be prepared and signed by a licensed landscape architect, certified irrigation designer, licensed landscape contractor, or any other person authorized to design an irrigation system in accordance with state law and shall include system design and hydrozones that are consistent with planting plan requirements that outline a project's equivalent water demand and irrigation efficiency.
   1   Irrigation systems shall be designed, maintained, and managed to meet or exceed an average irrigation efficiency of 0.75 for overhead spray devices and 0.81 for drip system devices.
   2.   All irrigation systems shall be designed to prevent runoff, over-spray, low-head drainage and other similar conditions where water flows off-site on to adjacent property, non-irrigated areas, walk, roadways, or structures. Irrigation systems shall be designed, constructed, managed, and maintained to achieve as high an overall efficiency as possible. The irrigation system shall be designed to ensure that the dynamic pressure at each emission device is within the manufacturer's recommended pressure range for optimal performance.
   3.   Landscaped areas shall be required to provide automatic irrigation controllers, utilizing either evapotranspiration or soil moisture sensor data utilizing non-volatile memory which automatically adjusts the frequency and/or duration of irrigation events in response to changing weather conditions for irrigation scheduling in all irrigation systems unless the use of the property would otherwise prohibit use of a timer. The planting areas shall be grouped in relation to moisture-control zones based on similarity of water requirements (i.e., turf separate from shrub and groundcover, full sun exposure areas separate from shade areas, top of slope separate from toe of slope). Additional water conservation technology may be required, where necessary, at the discretion of the Community Development Director, or designee.
   4.   Water systems for common open space areas shall use non-potable water, if approved facilities are made available by the water purveyor. Provisions for the conversion to a nonpotable water system shall be provided within the landscape plan. Water systems designed to utilize non-potable water shall be designed to meet all applicable standards of the California Regional Water Quality Control Board, the Riverside County Health Department, and the water purveyor.
   5.   Separate valves shall be provided for separate water use planting areas, so that plants with similar water needs are irrigated by the same irrigation valve. All installations shall rely on highly efficient state-of-the-art irrigation systems to eliminate runoff, and maximize irrigation efficiency.
   6.   Static water pressure, dynamic or operating pressure and flow reading of the water supply shall be measured. These pressure and flow measurements shall be conducted at the design stage. If the measurements are not available at the design stage, the measurements shall be conducted at the installation.
   7.   The capacity of the irrigation system shall not exceed:
      a.   The capacity required for peak water demand based on water budget calculations;
      b.   Meter capacity; and
      c.   Backflow preventer type and device capacity.
   8.   Sprinkler heads and other emission devices shall have matched precipitation rates, unless otherwise directed by the manufacturer.
   9.   In mulched planting areas, the use of low-volume irrigation is required to maximize water infiltration into the root zone.
   10.   Non-turf areas shall be irrigated with drip irrigation.
   11.   Landscape areas including turf less than ten (10) feet in width in any direction shall be irrigated with subsurface irrigation or other means that produces no runoff or overspray.
   12.   Overhead irrigation shall not be permitted within twenty-four (24) inches of any nonpermeable surface, unless:
      a.   The landscape area is adjacent to permeable surfacing and no runoff to the public right-ofway or storm drain system occurs; or
      b.   The adjacent non-permeable surfaces are designed and constructed to drain entirely to landscaping area.
      c.   Allowable irrigation within the setback from non-permeable surfaces may include drip, drip line, or other low flow non-spray technology.
      d.   The irrigation designer specifies an alternative design or technology, as part of the Landscape Documentation Package and clearly demonstrates strict adherence to irrigation design plan in Section 16.28.060(C)(2). Prevention overspray and overspray and runoff must be confirmed during the irrigation audit.
   13.   Overhead irrigation shall be limited to the hours of 8:00 p.m. to 9:00 a.m.
   14.   All irrigation systems shall be equipped with the following:
      a.   An automatic irrigation controller;
      b.   A rain sensing device to prevent irrigation during rainy weather;
      c.   Anti-drain valves or check valves installed at strategic points to minimize or prevent lowhead drainage;
      d.   A manual shut-off valve shall be required as close as possible to the point of connection of the water supply, to minimize water loss in case of an emergency or routine repair;
      e.   A pressure regulator when the static water pressure is above or below the recommended operating pressure of the irrigation system;
      f.   Backflow prevention devices;
      g.   Flow sensors that detect high flow conditions created by system damage or malfunction are required for all non-residential landscapes and residential landscape of 5,000 sq. ft. or larger;
      h.   Master shut-off valves are required on all projects except landscapes that make use of technologies that allow for the individual control of sprinklers that are individually pressurized in a system equipped with low pressure shut down features; and
      i.   All irrigation emission devices must meet the requirements set in the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standard, American Society of Agricultural and Biological Engineers/International Code Council (ASABE/ICC) 802-2014 "Landscape Irrigation Sprinkler and Emitter Standard". All sprinkler heads installed in the landscape must document a distribution uniformity low quarter of 0.65 or higher using the protocol defined in ASABE/ICC 802-2014.
   15.   Landscape water meters, defined as either a dedicated water service meter or private submeter shall be installed for all non-residential irrigated landscapes of 1,000 sq. ft. but not more than 5,000 sq.ft. and residential irrigated landscapes of 5,000 sq. ft. or greater.
   16.   Slopes greater than 25% shall not be irrigated with an application rate exceeding 0.75 inches per hour. This restriction may be modified if the landscape designer specifies an alternative design or technology, as part of the Landscape Documentation Package, and clearly demonstrates no runoff or erosion will occur. Prevention of runoff and erosion must be confirmed during the irrigation audit.
   17.   Irrigation design plans shall identify and site the following:
      a.   Hydrozones;
      b.   Each hydrozone shall be designated by number, letter, or other designation;
      c.   A hydrozone information table shall be prepared for each hydrozone;
         1)   Each valve shall irrigate a hydrozone with similar site, slope, sun exposure, soil conditions, and plant materials with similar water use.
         2)   Sprinkler heads and other emission devices shall be selected based on what is appropriate for the plant type within that hydrozone.
         3)   Where feasible, trees shall be place on separate valves from shrubs, groundcovers, and turf to facilitate the appropriate irrigation of trees. The mature size and extent of the root zone shall be considered when designing irrigation for the tree.
         4)   Individual hydrozones that mix plants of moderate and low water use, or moderate and high water use may be allowed if the plant factor calculation is based on the proportions of the respective plant water uses and their plant factor or if the plant factor of the higher water using plant is used for calculations.
         5)   Individual hydrozones that mix high and low water use plants shall not be permitted.
         6)   On the landscape design plan and irrigation design plan, hydrozone areas shall be designated by number, letter or other designation. On the irrigation design plan, designate the areas irrigated by each valve, and assign a number to each valve. Use this valve number in the hydrozone table included in the Landscape Documentation Packet. This table can also assist with the irrigation audit and programming the controller.
      d.   The areas irrigated by each valve;
      e.   Irrigation point of connection (POC) to the water system;
      f.   Static water pressure at POC;
      g.   Location and size of water meter(s), service laterals, and backflow preventers;
      h.   Location, size, and type of all components of the irrigation system, including automatic controllers, main and lateral lines, valves, sprinkler heads and nozzles, pressure regulator, drip and low volume irrigation equipment;
      i.   Total flow rate (gallons per minute), and design operating pressure (psi) for each overhead spray and bubbler circuit, and total flow rate (gallons per hour) and design operating pressure (psi) for each drip and low volume irrigation circuit;
      j.   Precipitation rate (inches per hour) for each overhead spray circuit;
      k.   Irrigation legend with the manufacturer name, model number, and general description for all specified equipment, separate symbols for all irrigation equipment with different spray patterns, spray radius, and precipitation rate;
      l.   Irrigation system details for assembly and installation;
      m.   Recommended irrigation schedule for each month, including number of irrigation days per week, number of start times (cycles) per day, minutes of run time per cycle, and estimated amount of applied irrigation water, expressed in gallons per month and gallons per year, for the established landscape; and
      n.   Irrigation design plans shall contain the following statement, "I agree to comply with the criteria contained in Chapter 16.28 of the Murrieta Municipal Code and to apply them for the efficient use of water in this irrigation design plan.
   18.   For each valve, two (2) irrigation schedules shall be prepared, one for the initial establishment period of six (6) months and one for the established landscape, which incorporate the specific water needs of the plants and turf throughout the calendar year.
   19.   The irrigation design plan (Section 16.28.060C) and the landscape design plan (Section 16.28.060B) shall be drawn to the same size and scale.
D.   Grading Design Plan. The grading design plan shall be drawn on base sheets, be fully dimensioned, and include information specified below.
   1.   Indicate finished configurations and elevations of the landscaped area, including the height of graded slopes, drainage patterns, pad elevations, and finish grade.
   2.   Include rough/precise grade elevations prepared in accordance with Chapter 15.52 (Grading, Erosion and Sediment Control) of the Murrieta Municipal Code for the project by a licensed civil engineer.
E.   Soil Management Report. A soil management report shall be prepared based upon soils analysis and shall include recommendations for soil preparation for the project approved plant material, in accordance with the following:
   1.   Soils sampling and analysis shall be conducted by a certified soils analysis laboratory and in accordance with laboratory protocol, including protocols regarding adequate sampling depth for the intended plants.
   2.   The soils analysis shall include:
      a.   Soil texture;
      b.   Infiltration rate determined by laboratory test or soil texture infiltration rate table;
      c.   pH;
      d.   Total soluble salts;
      e.   Sodium;
      f.   Nutrients-macro;
      g.   Nutrients-micro;
      h.   Percent organic matter; and
      i.   Soil preparation recommendations.
   3.   In projects with multiple landscape installation (i.e. production home developments) a soil sampling rate of 1 in 7 lots or approximately 15% will satisfy this requirement. Large landscape project shall sample at a rate equivalent to 1 in 7 lots.
   4.   The soil management report shall be made available, in a timely manner, to the professionals preparing the landscape design plans and irrigation design plans to make any necessary adjustments to the design plans.
   5.   The applicant shall submit documentation verifying implementation of soil management report recommendations to the local agency with certificate of substantial completion.
F.   Recycled Water.
   1.   The installation of recycled water irrigation systems shall allow for the current and future use of recycled water.
   2.   All recycled water irrigation systems shall be designed and operated in accordance with all applicable local and State laws.
   3.   Landscapes using recycled water are considered Special Landscape Areas. The ET adjustment Factor for new and existing (non-rehabilitated) Special Landscape Areas shall not exceed 1.0.
G.   Graywater systems. Promote the efficient use of water and are encouraged to assist in on-site landscape irrigation. All graywater systems shall conform to the California Plumbing Code and any applicable local ordinances standards.
(Ord. 539 § 8, 2018; Ord. 443 §3, 2010; Ord. 293 § 1 (part), 2004; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.28.070 Landscape Area Requirements.

A.   General Requirements. Landscaping shall be provided as follows:
   1.   Setbacks. All setback and open space areas required by this development code shall be landscaped, except where a required setback is occupied by a sidewalk or driveway, or where a required setback is screened from public view and it is determined by the director that landscaping is not necessary to fulfill the purposes of this chapter.
   2.   Unused Areas. All areas of a project site shall be landscaped unless it is determined by the director. The director shall determine the level or intensity of landscaping to be provided for vacant areas based on an approved phasing plan. Landscaping within vacant pad sites shall not be counted towards meeting the landscape area requirements of this section.
   3.   Parking Areas. Parking areas shall be landscaped in compliance with Chapter 16.34 (OffStreet Parking and Loading Standards). Parking lot landscaping, including perimeter screening, may be counted in order to meet the landscape area requirements of this section.
B.   Zoning District Landscaping Requirements. Each land use shall provide and maintain landscaped areas in compliance with Table 16.28-1 for the applicable zoning district. The landscape area requirements identified in the following table (Table 16.28-1) may include setback areas and other unused areas of the site that are not intended for future use. Parking lot landscaping may be counted towards meeting the requirements of this section.
 
Table 16.28-1
MINIMUM LANDSCAPED AREA BY ZONING DISTRICT
Zoning District
Minimum % of Site Area Required to be Landscaped
Multi-Family 1, Residential (MF1)
Multi-Family 2, Residential (MF2)
Multi-Family 3, Residential (MF3)
Ten (10) percent
Neighborhood Commercial (NC)
Business Park (BP)
Fifteen (15) percent
Office (O)
Office Research Park (ORP)
Innovation (INN)
Community Commercial (CC)
Regional Commercial (RC)
Twenty (20) percent
Rural Residential (RR)
Estate Residential ER-1)
Estate Residential (ER-2)
Estate Residential (ER-3)
Single-Family 1, Residential (SR-1)
Single-Family 2, Residential (SR-2)
Twenty-five (25) percent of front yard area
General Industrial (GI)
General Industrial - A (GI-A)
Five (5) percent
 
C.   New Single-family Residences. New single-family developments and custom homes shall provide landscaping with an automatic irrigation system for the area of the site between the street curb and the front of the structure from side property line to side property line. The landscape design should include a combination of trees, shrubs, groundcover, mulch, and hardscape, and shall emphasize water-conserving plant materials and irrigation to the greatest extent feasible.
   1.   Front yard landscaping shall be provided in all residential zoning districts. The minimum landscaped area should be located within the front yard setback, whenever possible, as identified in Table 3-4.
   2.   A minimum of one (1) street tree (24 inch-box) forty (40) feet on center (two (2) feet on private side of property) and two (2) shade trees (1 5-gallon) on the property shall be provided. Corner lots shall provide a minimum of three shade trees (15-gallon minimum).
   3.   Front yard landscaping shall also include a variety of drought-tolerant shrubs, ground cover, and planting at a minimum of ten (10) 5-gallon size shrubs and twelve (12) I-gallon size shrubs. The quantity of shrubs and groundcover may be adjusted due to irregular lot size (i.e. cul-de-sac lots, flag lots), subject to the director's determination.
   4.   For purposes of this section, landscape area shall consist of a variety of plantings and hardscape that should be selected and provided appropriately for their intended use and as an integral part of the overall project design.
   5.   Synthetic turf may be incorporated as an element of a landscaping plan as a substitute for natural turf and for the purposes of water conservation. The Community Development Director shall review and approval all requests to install synthetic turf subject to the following criteria:
      a.   Synthetic turf shall consist of lifelike individual blades of grass that emulate real grass in look and color and have a minimum pile height of one and one-half (1 1/2) inches. The use of indoor or outdoor plastic or nylon carpeting as a substitute for synthetic turf or natural turf is prohibited.
      b.   Synthetic turf shall be permitted only in combination with other live plant materials (i.e. trees, shrubs, and groundcovers) that are designed to achieve an overall natural landscaped appearance for the property.
      c.   In no case shall synthetic turf be used in combination with natural turf in the same landscape areas, or in a landscaping scheme where both elements can be viewed together.
      d.   Property drainage shall be provided for all synthetic turf installations to prevent excess runoff or pooling of water. In some cases, a drainage plan prepared by a Registered Civil Engineer may be required.
      e.   Synthetic turf shall be installed in a professional manner and routinely maintained to effectively simulate the appearance of a well-maintained lawn.
      f.   Synthetic turf shall not be included as part of the landscape area when calculating the MAWA.
`      6.   Residential model home requirements. All model homes that are landscaped shall use signs and written information to demonstrate the principles of water efficient landscapes described in this chapter.
         a.   Signs shall be used to identify the model as an example of a water efficient landscape featuring elements such as hydrozones, irrigation equipment, and others that contribute to the overall water efficient theme.
         b.   Information shall be provided about designing, installing, managing, and maintaining water efficient landscapes.
D.   Hardscaping.
   1.   Hardscaped materials may be allowed as a portion of the minimum required landscaping in Table 3-4. The requirements in Table 3-4 may be reduced by up to twenty-five (25) percent for projects of fifteen (15) acres or larger that include enhanced hardscape materials, and shall include public art, sculpture and/or water features. The hardscape shall be stone or masonry, and shall provide a distinctively different visual appearance from the normal paved and concrete surfaces of the project. The hardscape materials shall be used in areas of pedestrian circulation, seating areas, pedestrian corridors crossing driveways, at project entries and in similar locations within a project site. The use of permeable materials that provide a varied visual appearance is highly encouraged.
   2.   This condition shall apply to all commercial and industrial projects over fifteen (15) acres. For the purposes of this section, "public art" shall mean the creation of an original work including but not limited to earthworks, mosaics, murals and sculptures. For the purposes of this section, "water feature" shall include but is not limited to fountains or pools designed as an architectural feature.
   3.   The minimum standard of performance shall be that the public art and water feature components shall have a value of not less than one (1) percent of the building permit valuation. Prior to issuance of the building permit, the proposed public art and/or water feature shall be approved by the Planning Commission.
(Ord. 559-20 § 6, 2020; Ord. 539 § 9, 2018; Ord. 492 Exhibit 9, 2014; Ord. 443 § 3, 2010; Ord. 367 § 8, 2006; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.28.080 Landscape Standards.

Landscape areas and materials shall be designed, installed, and maintained in compliance with the following:
A.   General Design Standards. The following features shall be incorporated into the design of the proposed landscape and shown on required landscape plans:
   1.   Landscaping shall be planned as an integral part of the overall project design and not simply located in excess space after parking areas and structures have been planned;
   2.   Pedestrian access to sidewalks and structures shall be considered in the design of all landscaped areas;
   3.   Landscape planting shall be provided for all adjacent public rights-of-way, in compliance with Chapter 16.108 (Improvements);
   4.   With the exception of single-family residential units, landscape adjacent to driveways and parking areas shall be protected from vehicle damage through the provision of minimum six (6) inch high concrete curbs or other types of barriers as approved by the director;
   5.   Landscaped areas shall not be less than five (5) feet in width, except where determined by the director;
   6.   Concrete strips, a minimum of four (4) inches in width, shall be provided to separate all turf areas from other landscaped areas, except for single-family residential landscape projects;
   7.   Permeable surfaces shall be used wherever permissible in place of impervious paving, to encourage on-site water infiltration and support water conservation measures. Permeable surfaces shall be identified on plans; and
   8.   Protective tree grates shall be provided for trees planted in pedestrian areas, except for single-family residential landscape projects and as determined by the director.
B.   Plant Materials. Plant materials shall be selected and installed to comply with the following requirements:
   1.   A mix of plant materials shall be provided in compliance with the following table (Table 3-5). Calculations documenting the required mix shall be shown on the landscape plan;
Table 3-5
MINIMUM REQUIRED MIX OF PLANT MATERIALS
Plant Material
Minimum Required Percentage
Table 3-5
MINIMUM REQUIRED MIX OF PLANT MATERIALS
Plant Material
Minimum Required Percentage
Trees
 
Twenty-four (24) inch box
35%*
Fifteen- (15)-gallon
65%
Shrubs
 
Five- (5-) gallon
 
One- (1-) gallon (herbaceous only) with city approval
 
Groundcover
 
Coverage within two (2) years
100%
A greater percentage of specimen trees may be utilized with a corresponding reduction in the number of fifteen- (15-) gallon trees subject to the review of the director.
 
   2.   Trees for shade shall be provided for buildings/structures, as well as for parking lots and open space areas. These trees can be deciduous or evergreen and are to be incorporated to provide natural cooling opportunities for the purpose of energy and water conservation;
   3.   Trees shall be planted in areas of public view adjacent to and along structures, at an equivalent of at least one (1) tree per thirty (30) linear feet of structure. Other areas shall provide trees at a ratio of one (1) tree for each three hundred (300) square feet of landscaped area. The clustering of trees is encouraged;
   4.   Mature specimen trees in thirty-six (36) inch and forty-eight (48) inch boxes shall be provided for large projects in sufficient quantity subject to the approval of the director, to provide variety and emphasis at main focal areas;
   5.   All trees shall be staked or guyed (on a case-by-case basis) subject to the review of the director and in compliance with city standards;
   6.   Trees and shrubs shall be planted so that at maturity they do not interfere with service lines and traffic safety sight areas;
   7.   Trees and shrubs shall be planted and maintained in a manner that protects the basic rights of adjacent property owners, particularly the right to solar access;
   8.   Trees planted near public sidewalks or curbs shall be of a species and installed in a manner that prevents physical damage to sidewalks, curbs, gutters and other public improvements; and
   9.   Groundcover shall be of live plant material. Limited quantities of gravel, colored rock, bark, and similar materials may be used in combination with a living groundcover.
(Ord. 539 § 10, 2018; Ord. 443 §3, 2010; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.28.090 Maintenance of Landscaping and Irrigation Audits.

A.   Maintenance. Landscapes shall be maintained to ensure water use efficiency. A landscape maintenance schedule consistent with Section 16.28.060(C)(17)(m) shall be prepared and submitted with the Certificate of Completion and provided to the property owner and director. The maintenance schedule shall identify plant types (i.e., turf, shrubs, groundcover, trees, etc.), mulch and/or inorganic groundcover, and shall indicate the frequency of pruning and fertilizer applications by plant type and the replenishment of mulch.
Maintenance of approved landscaping shall consist of regular watering, mowing, pruning, fertilizing, clearing of debris and weeds, monitoring for pests and disease, the removal and timely replacement of dead plants, and the repair and timely replacement of irrigation systems and integrated architectural features.
Repair of irrigation equipment shall be done with originally specified material or their equivalent or with components with greater efficiency.
B.   Irrigation Audits. New or rehabilitated landscape areas, subject to the provisions of this chapter, shall be subject to an irrigation audit. The irrigation audit shall include inspection of plant materials and irrigation systems in accordance with the State of California Landscape Water Management Program, as described in the Landscape Irrigation Auditors Handbook (latest edition).
In large projects or projects with multiple landscape installation (i.e. production home developments) an auditing rate of 1 in 7 lots or approximately 15% will satisfy this requirement.
Irrigation audits will be coordinated with the water purveyor and shall be conducted by a certified landscape irrigation auditor. Landscape audits shall not be conducted by the person who designed the landscape or installed the landscape.
(Ord. 539 § 11, 2018; Ord. 443 §3, 2010; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.28.100 Enforcement of Landscaping Water Use Efficiency.

A.   Prohibition Against Wasteful and Inefficient Use of Water. It is hereby declared that the willful and knowing waste of water from inefficient landscape irrigation shall be a public nuisance. It shall be unlawful for any firm, corporation, person, or persons to knowingly allow water waste resulting from inefficient landscape irrigation runoff leaving the target landscape due to low head drainage, overspray, or other similar conditions in which water flows onto adjacent property, non-irrigated areas, walks, roadways, parking lots, or structures.
   Restrictions regarding overspray and runoff may be modified if:
   1.   The landscape area is adjacent to permeable surfacing and no runoff occurs; or
   2.   The adjacent non-permeable surfaces are designed and constructed to drain entirely to landscaping.
B.   Enforcement. The city will rely on water purveyors to enforce landscape water use efficiency requirements for existing landscaping. The city shall coordinate with local water purveyors and identify programs that enhance and encourage landscape water use efficiency, which shall apply to existing and new landscaping, such as:
   1.   Tiered water rate structure;
   2.   Allocation-based conservation water pricing structure;
   3.   A rate structure at least as effective as the above options;
   4.   Irrigation audits and/or irrigation surveys; or
   5.   Penalties for water waste.
   Nothing in this section shall preclude city's authority to enforce violation of provisions of Chapter 16.28 as provided in Chapter 16.84 (Enforcement Provisions) of the development code.
(Ord. 539 § 12, 2018; Ord. 443 §3, 2010; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.30.010 Purpose.

The purpose of this chapter is to establish standards to protect the health, safety, and welfare of those living and working in the city and to implement policies of the general plan noise element.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.30.020 Declaration of Policy.

Excessive noise levels are detrimental to the health and safety of individuals. Noise is considered a public nuisance and the city discourages unnecessary, excessive or annoying noises from all sources. Creating, maintaining, causing or allowing to be created. caused or maintained any noise or vibration in a manner prohibited by the provisions of this chapter is a public nuisance and shall be punishable as a misdemeanor.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.30.030 Definitions.

The following words. terms and phrases. when used in this chapter, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this chapter, except where the context clearly indicates a different meaning:
A-Weighted Sound Level. The sound level in decibels as measured on a sound level meter using the A-weighting network. The level so read is designated dB(A) or dBA.
Ambient Noise Histogram. The composite of all noise from sources near and far, excluding the alleged intrusive noise source. In this context, the ambient noise histogram shall constitute the normal or existing level of environmental noise at a given location.
Cumulative Period. An additive period of time composed of individual time segments which may be continuous or interrupted.
Decibel. A unit for measuring the amplitude of a sound, equal to twenty (20) times the logarithm to the base of ten of the ratio of the pressure of the sound measured to the reference pressure, which is twenty (20) micropascals.
Emergency Machinery, Vehicle or Alarm. Any machinery, vehicle or alarm used, employed, performed or operated in an effort to protect, provide or restore safe conditions in the community, or work by private or public utilities when restoring utility service.
Emergency Work. Work performed for the purpose of preventing or alleviating the physical trauma or property damage threatened or caused by an emergency.
Fixed Noise Source. A stationary device which creates sounds while fixed or motionless, including, but not limited to, residential, agricultural, industrial and commercial machinery and equipment, pumps, fans, compressors, air conditioners and refrigeration equipment.
Impulsive Noise. A sound of short duration, usually less than one second and of high intensity, with an abrupt onset and rapid decay.
Intrusive Noise. The alleged offensive noise that intrudes over and above the existing ambient noise at the receptor property.
Mobile Noise Source. A noise source other than a fixed noise source.
Noise Disturbance. An alleged intrusive noise that violates an applicable noise standard of this chapter. Noise Histogram. A graphical representation of the distribution of frequency of occurrence of all noise levels near and far measured over a given period of time.
Noise Level (LN). The noise level expressed in decibels that exceeds the specified (L,) value a percentage of total time measured. For example, an L25 noise level means that noise level that is exceeded twenty-five (25) percent of the time measured.
Noise-Sensitive Area. An area designated for the purpose of ensuring exceptional quiet (e.g.. around hospitals, nursing homes, libraries, and similar uses).
Noise Zone. A defined area of a generally consistent land use.
Pure Tone Noise. A sound that can be judged as audible as a single pitch or a set of single pitches by the code enforcement officer. For the purposes of this chapter, a pure tone shall exist if the one-third octave band sound pressure level in the band with the tone exceeds the arithmetic average of the sound-pressure levels of the two contiguous one-third octave bands by five dB for center frequencies of five hundred (500) Hertz and above, and by eight dB for center frequencies between one hundred sixty (160) and four hundred (400) Hertz, and by fifteen (15) dB for center frequencies less than or equal to one hundred twenty-five (125) Hertz.
Sound Level Meter. An instrument, including a microphone, an amplifier, an output meter and frequency weighting network, for the measurement of sound levels, that satisfies the requirements pertinent for Type S2A meters in American National Standards Institute specifications for sound level meters.
Vibration. The minimum ground or structure-borne vibrational motion necessary to cause a normal person to be aware of the vibration including, but not limited to, sensation by touch or visual observations of moving objects. The perception threshold shall be presumed to be a motion velocity of 0.01 in/sec over the range of one to one hundred (100) Hertz.
Weekday. Any day. Monday through Friday, that is not a legal holiday.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.30.040 Enforcement of Regulations.

The code enforcement officer shall have primary responsibility for the enforcement of the noise regulations contained in this chapter. The code enforcement officer shall make all noise-level measurements required for the enforcement of this chapter.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.30.050 Initial Violations.

In the event of an initial violation of the provisions of this chapter, a written notice of violation shall be given the alleged violator. specifying the time by which the condition shall be corrected or an application for a permit or variance shall be filed. No further action shall be taken if the cause of the violation has been removed, the condition abated, or fully corrected within the time period specified in the written notice.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.30.060 Activities Exempt from Regulations.

The following activities shall be exempt from the provisions of this chapter:
   A.   Emergency Exemption. The emission of sound for the purpose of alerting persons to the existence of an emergency, or the emission of sound in the performance of emergency work.
   B.   Warning Device. Warning devices necessary for the protection of public safety, (e.g., police, tire and ambulance sirens, and train horns).
   C.   Outdoor Activities. Activities conducted on public playgrounds and public or private school grounds. including, but not limited to, school athletic and school entertainment events.
   D.   Motion Picture Production and Related Activities. Activities in connection to production of motion pictures.
   E.   Railroad Activities. All locomotives and rail cars operated by any railroad which is regulated by the state Public Utilities Commission.
   F.   Federal or State Pre-Exempted Activities. Any activity, to the extent regulation thereof has been pre-empted by state or federal law,
   G.   Public Health and Safety Activities. All transportation, flood control, and utility company maintenance and construction operations at any time on public right-of-way, and those situations that may occur on private real property deemed necessary to serve the best interest of the public and to protect the public's health and well being, including, but not limited to, street sweeping, debris and limb removal, removal of downed wires, restoring electrical service, repairing traffic signals, unplugging sewers, house moving, vacuuming catchbasins, removal of damaged poles and vehicles, repair of water hydrants and mains, gas lines, oil lines, sewers, etc.
   H.   Motor, Vehicles on Public Right-of-Way and Private Property. Except as provided in this chapter, all vehicles operating in a legal manner in compliance with local, state, and federal vehicle noise regulations within the public right-of-way or on private property.
      1.   Minor Maintenance to Residential Real Property. Noise sources associated with the minor maintenance of residential real property, provided the activities take place between the hours of seven a.m. and eight p.m. on any day except Sunday, or between the hours of nine a.m. and eight p.m. on Sunday.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.30.070 Decibel Measurement.

Decibel measurements made in compliance with the provisions of this chapter shall be based on a reference sound-pressure of twenty (20) micropascals, as measured with a sound level meter using the A-weighted network (scale) at slow response, or at the fast response when measuring impulsive sound levels and vibrations.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part). 1997)

16.30.080 Noise Zones Designated.

Receptor properties described in this chapter are hereby assigned to the following noise zones:
   A.   Noise zone I, noise-sensitive area:
   B.   Noise zone II, residential properties;
   C.   Noise zone Ill, commercial properties: and
   D.   Noise zone IV, industrial properties.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.30.090 Exterior Noise Standards.

   A.   Standards for Noise Zones. Unless otherwise provided in this chapter, the following exterior noise levels shall apply to all receptor properties within a designated noise zone:
TABLE 3-6
EXTERIOR NOISE STANDARDS
 
Noise Zone
Designated Noise Zone Land Use
(Receptor Property)
Time Interval
Allowed Exterior Noise Level (dB)
I
Noise-sensitive area
Anytime
45
II
Residential properties
Residential properties within
five hundred (500) feet of a
kennel(s)
10:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m. (nighttime)
7:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. (daytime)
7:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m.
45
50
70
III
Commercial properties
10:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m. (nighttime)
7:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. (daytime)
55
60
IV
Industrial properties
Anytime
70
 
   B.    Noise Standards. No person shall operate or cause to be operated. any source of sound at any location within the city or allow the creation of any noise on property owned, leased, occupied or otherwise controlled by a person that causes the noise level, when measured on any other property to exceed the following exterior noise standards:
      1.   Standard No. 1. Standard No. 1 shall be the exterior noise level which shall not be exceeded for a cumulative period of more than thirty (30) minutes in any hour. Standard No. 1 may be the applicable noise level from Table 3-6 above.
      2.   Standard No. 2. Standard No. 2 shall be the exterior noise level which shall not be exceeded for a cumulative period of more than fifteen (15) minutes in any hour. Standard No. 2 shall be the applicable noise level from Table 3-6 above, plus five dB.
      3.   Standard No. 3. Standard No. 3 shall be the exterior noise level which shall not be exceeded for a cumulative period of more than five minutes in any hour. Standard No. 3 shall be the applicable noise level from Table 3-6 above plus ten dB.
      4.   Standard No. 4. Standard No. 4 shall be the exterior noise level which shall not be exceeded for a cumulative period of more than one minute in any hour. Standard No. 4 shall be the applicable noise level from Table 3-6 above plus fifteen (15) dB.
      5.   Standard No. 5. Standard No. 5 shall be the exterior noise level which shall not be exceeded for any period of time. Standard No. 5 shall be the applicable noise level from Table 3-6 above plus twenty (20) dB.
   C.   Noise at Zone Boundaries. If the measurement location is on a boundary property between two different zoning districts, the exterior noise level utilized in subsection B of this chapter to determine the exterior standard shall be the arithmetic mean of the exterior noise levels. as specified in Table 3-6, of the subject zones.
   D.   Measurement of Ambient Noise Histogram. The ambient noise histogram shall be measured at the same location along the property line utilized in subsection B. above, with the alleged intruding noise source inoperative. If the alleged intruding noise source cannot be turned off, the ambient noise histogram shall be estimated by performing a measurement in the same general area of the alleged intruding noise source but at a sufficient distance so that the noise from the alleged intruding noise source is at least ten dB below the ambient noise histogram.
   E.   Abatement Notice in Lieu of Citation. If the intrusive noise exceeds the exterior noise standards provided in subsections A and B above, at a specific receptor property and the code enforcement officer has reason to believe that this violation was unanticipated and due to abnormal conditions, the code enforcement officer shall issue an abatement notice in lieu of a citation. lithe specific violation is abated, no citation shall be is-sued. If the specific violation is not abated, the code enforcement officer shall issue a citation.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.30.100 Interior Noise Standards for Multi-Family Residential.

   A.   Noise Standards for Residential Units. No person shall operate or cause to be operated within a residential unit. any source of sound, or allow the creation of any noise, that causes the noise level when measured inside a neighboring receiving residential unit to exceed the following standards:
      1.   Standard No. 1. The applicable interior noise level for cumulative period of more than five minutes in any hour;
      2.   Standard No. 2. The applicable interior noise level plus five dB for a cumulative period of more than one minute in any hour; or
      3.   Standard No. 3. The applicable interior noise level plus ten dB for any period of time.
   B.   Interior Noise Levels for Multi-Family Residential. The following interior noise levels shall apply within multi-family dwellings with windows in their normal seasonal configuration.
 
Noise Zone
Designated Land Use
Time Interval
Allowable Interior
Noise Level(dBl
All
Multi-family
Residential
10:00 p.m.—7:00 a.m.
7:00 a.m.—10:00 p.m.
40
45
 
If the measured ambient noise level reflected by the L50 exceeds that permissible within the interior noise standards in subsection A above. the allowable interior noise level shall be increased in five dB increments to reflect the ambient noise level (L5„ ).
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.30.110 Correction for Certain Types of Sounds.

For any source of sound that emits a pure tone or impulsive noise, the allowed noise levels provided in Sections 1 6.30.090 (Exterior Noise Standards) and 16.30.100 (Interior Noise Standards for Multi-family Residential) shall be reduced by five decibels.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part). 1997)

16.30.120 Measurement Methods.

   A.   A-weighting Scale. The noise level shall be measured at a position(s) at any point on the receiver's property utilizing the A-weighting scale of the sound-level meter and the slow meter response (use fast response for impulsive type sounds). Calibration of the measurement equipment, utilizing an acoustic calibrator, shall be performed immediately prior to recording any noise data.
   B.   Microphone Location. The microphone shall be located four to five feet above the ground and ten feet or more from the nearest reflective surface except in those cases where another elevation is deemed appropriate.
   C.   Interior Noise. Interior noise measurements shall be made within the affected residential unit. The measurements shall be made at a point at least four feet from the wall, ceiling or floor nearest the noise source, with windows in the normal seasonal configuration.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.30.130 Acts Deemed Violations of Chapter.

The following acts are a violation of this chapter.
   A.   Construction Noise.
      1.   Operating or causing the operation of tools or equipment used in construction, drilling, repair, alteration, or demolition work between weekday hours of eight p.m. and seven a.m., or at any time on Saturdays, Sundays, or holidays so that the sound creates a noise disturbance across a residential or commercial property line, except for emergency work of public service utilities.
      2.    Construction activities shall be conducted in a manner that the maximum noise levels at the affected structures will not exceed those listed in the following schedule:
         a.    Residential Structures:
            1)   Mobile Equipment. Maximum noise levels for nonscheduled, intermittent, short-term operation (less than ten days) of mobile equipment:
 
Single-family
Residential
Multi-family
Residential
Commercial
Daily, except Sundays and legal holidays, 7:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.
75 dBA
80 dBA
85 dBA
Daily, 8:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m. and all day Sunday and legal holidays
60 dBA
64 dBA
70 dBA
 
            2)   Stationary Equipment. Maximum noise level for repetitively scheduled and relatively long-term operation periods (three days or more) of stationary equipment:
 
Single-family
Residential
Multi-family
Residential
Commercial
Daily, except Sundays and legal holidays, 7:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.
60 dBA
65 dBA
70 dBA
Daily, 8:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m. and all day Sunday and legal holidays
50 dBA
55 dBA
60 dBA
 
         b.    Business Structures. Maximum noise levels for nonscheduled, intermittent, short-term operation of mobile equipment: daily. including Sundays and legal holidays, all hours: maximum of eighty-five (85) dBA.
      3.    All mobile or stationary internal combustion engine powered equipment or machinery shall be equipped with suitable exhaust and air-intake silencers in proper working order.
   B.   Loading and Unloading Operations. Loading, unloading, opening, closing or other handling of boxes. crates, containers, building materials, garbage cans or similar objects between the hours of ten p.m. and six am. in a manner to cause a noise disturbance is prohibited.
   C.   Noise Disturbances in Noise-Sensitive Zones. Creating or causing the creation of a noise disturbance within a noise-sensitive zone is prohibited, provided that conspicuous signs are displayed indicating the presence of the zone. Noise-sensitive zones shall be indicated by the display of conspicuous signs in at least three separate locations within five hundred (500) feet of the institution or facility (e.g., health care facility)
   D.   Places of Public Entertainment. Operating, playing, or permitting the operation or playing of a radio, television. phonograph, drum, musical instrument, sound amplifier or similar device that produces, reproduces, or amplifies sound in a place of public entertainment at a sound level greater than ninety-five (95) dBA, (read by the slow response on a sound level meter) at any point that is normally occupied by a customer is prohibited, unless conspicuous signs are located near each public entrance stating, "Warning: Sound Levels Within May Cause Hearing Impairment."
   E.   Emergency Signaling Devices.
      1.   The intentional sounding or permitting the sounding outdoors of an emergency signaling device, including fire, burglar or civil defense alarm, siren, whistle, or similar stationary emergency signaling device, except for emergency purposes or for testing is prohibited.
      2.   Testing of a stationary emergency signaling device shall not occur before seven a.m. or after seven p.m. Testing shall use only the minimum cycle test time. Test time shall not exceed sixty (60) seconds. Testing of the complete emergency signaling system, including the functioning of the signaling device, and the personnel response to the signaling device, shall not occur more than once in each calendar month. Testing shall not occur before seven a.m. or after ten p.m.
      3.   Sounding or permitting the sounding of an exterior burglar or fire alarm, or motor vehicle burglar alarm
is prohibited, unless the alarm is terminated within fifteen (15) minutes of activation.
   F.   Stationary Nonemergency Signaling Devices. Sounding or permitting the sounding of an electronically amplified signal from a stationary bell, chime, siren. whistle, or similar device intended primarily for nonemergency purposes, from any place, for more than ten consecutive seconds in any hourly period is prohibited.
   G.   Refuse Collection Vehicles.
      1.   Operating or permitting the operation of the compacting mechanism of any motor vehicle that compacts refuse and that creates, during the compacting cycle, a sound level in excess of eighty-six (86) dBA when measured at fifty (50) feet from any point of the vehicle is prohibited.
      2.   Collecting refuse, or operating or permitting the operation of the compacting mechanism of any motor vehicle that compacts refuse between the hours often p.m. and six a.m. the following day in a residential area or noise-sensitive zone is prohibited.
   H.   Sweepers and Associated Equipment. Operating or permitting the operation of sweepers or associated sweeping equipment (i.e., blowers) between the hours often p.m. and six a.m. the following day in, or adjacent to, a residential area or noise-sensitive area is prohibited.
   I.   Residential Air Conditioning.or Refrigeration Equipment. Operating or permitting the operation of air conditioning or refrigeration equipment in a manner that exceeds the following sound levels is prohibited:
 
Measurement Location
Maximum Noise level
Any point on neighboring property line, five feet above grade level, no closer than three feet from any wall.
55
Center of neighboring patio, five feet above grade level, no closer than three feet from any wall.
50
Outside the neighboring living area window nearest the equipment location, not more than three feet from the window opening, but at least three feet from any other surface.
50
 
   J.   Vehicle or Motorboat Repairs and Testing. Repairing, rebuilding, modifying or testing any motor vehicle, motorcycle or motorboat in a manner as to cause a noise disturbance across property lines or within a noise-sensitive zone is prohibited.
   K.   Vibration. Operating or permitting the operation of any device that creates vibration that is above the vibration perception threshold of an individual at or beyond the property boundary of the source if on private property, or at one hundred fifty (150) feet from the source if on a public space or public right-of-way is prohibited. The perception threshold shall be a motion velocity of 0.01 in/sec over the range of 1 to 100 Hertz.
(Ord. 610-24 § 6, 2024; Ord. 544 § 3, 2019; Ord. 182 §2 (part), 1997)

16.30.140 Modification of Standards.

Modifications to the requirements of this chapter may be granted by the director for a period of up to two years, subject to any terms, conditions, or requirements to minimize adverse effects on the surrounding neighborhood reasonable. Modifications may be granted only if one of the following findings can be made:
   A.   Additional time is necessary for the applicant to alter or modify the activity, operation, or noise source to comply with this chapter: or
   B.   The activity, operation, or noise source cannot feasibly be done in a manner that would comply with the provisions of this chapter. and no other reasonable alternative is available to the applicant.

16.32.010 Purpose.

This chapter establishes uniform provisions for the regulation of legal nonconforming land uses, structures, and parcels. Within the zoning districts established by this development code, there exist land uses, structures, and parcels that were lawful before the adoption, or amendment of this development code, but that would be prohibited, regulated, or restricted differently under the terms of this development code or future amendments. It is the intent of this development code to discourage the long-term continuance of nonconformities, but to permit them to exist under the limited conditions outlined in this chapter. This chapter is intended to be administered in a manner that encourages the eventual abatement of nonconformities.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.32.020 Definitions.

Nonconformities are defined as follows:
Nonconforming Parcels. A parcel of record that was legally created before the adoption of this development code and which does not comply with the access, area or width requirements of this development code for the zoning district in which it is located.
Nonconforming Structure. A structure that was legally constructed before the adoption of this development code and which does not conform to current Code provisions/standards (e.g., open space, distance between structures, etc.) prescribed for the zoning district in which the structure is located.
Nonconforming Use. A use of a structure (either conforming or nonconforming) or land that was legally established and maintained before the adoption of this development code and which does not conform to the current provisions governing allowable land uses for the zoning district in which the use is located. Nonconformity Upon Annexation. A use, structure, or parcel that legally existed in the unincorporated territory and after annexation does not comply with the provisions of this development code.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.32.030 Restrictions on Nonconforming Uses and Structures.

Nonconformities may be continued subject to the following provisions:
   A.   Nonconforming Uses of Land. A nonconforming use of land may be continued, transferred, or sold, provided that the use shall not be enlarged or intensified, nor be extended to occupy a greater area than it lawfully occupied before becoming a nonconforming use (exception: see subsections (C)(1) and (E), below).
   B.   Nonconforming Structures. A nonconforming structure may continue to be used as follows:
      1.   Building Envelope Exemptions. Structures shall not be deemed nonconformities due solely to nonconformance with building envelope regulations (i.e., height or setback requirements);
      2.   Changes to a Structure. The addition, enlargement, extension, reconstruction, relocation, or structural alteration of a nonconforming structure, may be allowed by the director only if the director finds that the addition, enlargement, extension, reconstruction, relocation or structural alteration of the nonconforming structure would not result in the structure becoming:
         a.   Incompatible with other structures in the neighborhood;
         b.   Inconsistent with the general plan or any applicable specific plan;
         c.   A restriction to the eventual/future compliance with the applicable regulations of this development code;
         d.   Detrimental to the health, safety and general welfare of persons residing in the neighborhood; and
         e.   Detrimental and/or injurious to property and improvements in the neighborhood.
      3.   Conversion of an Existing Residential Structure. The use of a preexisting residential structure for commercial or industrial purposes may be allowed with conditional use permit (16.52) approval, if the conversion, additions and improvements conform to the applicable provisions of this development code. The commission may approve a conditional use permit only if the following findings can be made, in addition to those contained in Section 16.52.040 (Findings and Decision).
      4.   Nonconforming Due to Parking. A nonconforming structure, rendered nonconforming due to lack of compliance with current standards for off-street parking, may undergo changes in compliance with Section 16.32.030(B)(2) (Changes to a Structure), above, subject to the following provisions:
         a.   Residential Uses. Additional parking spaces or driveway paving shall not be required provided the change does not result in an increase in the number of dwelling units nor the elimination of required/existing parking or access; or
         b.   Nonresidential Uses. Additional parking spaces or driveway paving may be required in compliance with 16.34 (Off-Street Parking and Loading Standards) and further provided the change does not result in the elimination of existing parking or access.
      5.   Maintenance and Repair. A nonconforming structure may undergo normal and necessary maintenance and repairs, provided no structural alterations are made, and the work does not exceed twenty-five (25) percent of the current appraised value of the structure as shown in the County Assessor's records in a one year period. The director may allow more extensive work only if the following findings can be made:
         a.   That the additional maintenance and repairs will not, in this case, adversely impact adjoining properties;
         b.   That the additional maintenance and repairs will not extend the expected life of the structure; and
         c.   That the additional maintenance and repairs will not be contrary to the public health, safety and general welfare.
      6.   Seismic Retrofitting/Building Code Compliance. Repairs or alterations otherwise required by law shall be allowed. Reconstruction required to reinforce unreinforced masonry structures or to comply with Building Code requirements shall be allowed without cost limitations, provided the retrofitting/Code compliance is limited exclusively to compliance with earthquake safety standards and other applicable Building Code requirements, including. State law (e.g., Title 24, California Code of Regulations, etc); and
      7.   Other Modifications Allowed. The addition, enlargement, extension, reconstruction, or structural alteration of a nonconforming structure may be allowed provided the modification(s) is necessary to secure added safety or to reduce the fire hazard and/or to secure aesthetic advantages through closer conformity to surrounding structures with minor conditional use permit approval in compliance with 16.52.
   C.   Nonconforming Use of a Conforming Structure. The nonconforming use of a structure that otherwise conforms with applicable provisions of this development code may be continued, transferred, and sold, as follows, provided that no structural alterations, except those required by law, are made:
      1.   Expansion of Use. The nonconforming use of a portion of a conforming structure may be extended throughout other portions of the structure. However, an expansion shall not:
         a.   Be granted more than one time; nor
         b.   Exceed a maximum of ten percent of the total floor area of the structure before the expansion.
      2.    Relocation of Use. A nonconforming use located in a conforming structure may be relocated within the same structure or to an adjacent conforming structure(s) on the same parcel.
   D.   Prior Building Permits. A use or structure which does not conform to the regulations for the zoning district in which it is located, but for which a building permit, minor variance, variance, minor conditional use permit or conditional use permit, was issued and exercised before the applicability of this development code, may be completed, provided that the work is pursued continuously and without delay. These uses or structures, or parts thereof, shall be deemed to be nonconforming and shall thereafter be subject to the provisions of this chapter. For the purposes of this section, the provisions of Chapter 16.80 (Permit Implementation, Time Limits, and Time Extensions) shall govern the determination of whether the permit or entitlement has been legally exercised in a timely manner.
   E.   Accessory Structures for Non-Conforming Residential Uses. Legal, non-conforming residential uses may construct new or replace accessory structures subject to compliance with the development and design standards contained in section 16.44.150 Residential Accessory Uses and structure Subsection (A).
(Ord. 492-14 Exhibit 10, 2014; Ord. 430-10 § 3, 2010; Ord. 215 § 2 (part), 2000; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.32.040 Single- and Multi-Family Dwelling Unit Exemptions.

Nonconforming single- and multi-family residential dwelling units damaged or destroyed due to a catastrophic event may be reconstructed or replaced with a new structure(s) using the same development standards applied to the damaged or destroyed structure(s) (e.g., building envelope and footprint standards). The new construction shall comply with the current building and fire code requirements.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.32.050 Loss of Nonconforming Status.

   A.   Termination by Discontinuance.
      1.   If a nonconforming use of land or a nonconforming use of a conforming structure is discontinued for a continuous period of at least one hundred eighty (180) days or more, rights to a legal nonconforming status shall terminate, regardless of the owner's intention to abandon.
      2.   The determination of abandonment shall be supported by evidence, satisfactory to the director (e.g., the actual removal of equipment, furniture, machinery, structures, or other components of the nonconforming use, the turning-off of the previously connected utilities, or where there are no business receipts/records available to provide evidence that the use is in continual operation).
      3.   Without further action by the city, further use of the site or structure shall comply with all of the regulations of the applicable zoning district and all other applicable provisions of this development code.
   B.   Termination by Destruction. If a nonconforming structure, or a conforming structure used for a nonconforming use, is damaged, destroyed or demolished, the right to continue occupancy of the nonconforming structure, or to continue the nonconforming use shall cease; provided however, that the structure may be re-paired or rebuilt and reoccupied only as follows:
      1.   If the cost of repairing or replacing the damaged portion of the structure does not exceed fifty (50) per-cent of the current appraised value of the structure, as shown in the county assessor's records, the structure may be restored and the use continued if the restoration is started within one year of the date of damage or destruction and is diligently pursued to completion; and
      2.    If the cost of repairing or replacing the damaged portion of the structure exceeds fifty (50) percent of the current appraised value of the structure, as shown in the county assessor's records, a minor conditional use permit (16.52) shall be required to authorize the restoration of the structure and continue the use. The minor conditional use permit shall include a finding, in addition to those contained in Section 16.52.040 (Findings and Decision), that the benefit to the public health, safety or welfare exceeds a detriment inherent in the restoration.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.32.060 Nonconforming Parcels.

A nonconforming parcel of record that does not comply with the access, area, or width requirements of this development code for the zoning district in which it is located, shall be considered a legal building site if it meets at least one of the criteria specified below. This section does not apply to parcels created by an approved undeveloped subdivision which do not meet the density, area and/or width requirements of the underlying zone, unless otherwise vested prior to the zone change or general plan amendment which rendered the subdivision map non-conforming. New development on nonconforming parcels shall conform to the current development standards established by this development code and other applicable city regulations. It shall be the responsibility of the applicant to produce sufficient evidence to establish the applicability of one or more of the following:
   A.   Recorded Lot. A validly existing recorded lot prior to any general plan amendment or zone change which rendered such lot nonconforming.
   B.   Individual Parcel Legally Created by Deed. The parcel is under one ownership and of record, and was legally created by a recorded deed before the effective date of the zoning amendment that made the parcel nonconforming;
   C.   Variance or Lot Line Adjustment. The parcel was approved through the variance procedure, in compliance with Chapter 16.72 or resulted from a lot line adjustment.
   D.   Partial Government Acquisition. The parcel was created in compliance with the provisions of this development code, but was made nonconforming when a portion of the parcel was acquired by a governmental entity so that the parcel size is decreased not more than twenty (20) percent and the yard facing a public right-of-way was decreased not more than fifty (50) percent.
(Ord. 227 § 2 (part), 2000; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.32.070 Previous Conditional Use Permits in Effect.

A use in existence by virtue of a conditional use permit issued in compliance with the regulations in effect at the time of application for a land use activity which, under the new regulations is not allowable by conditional use permit, may continue, but only in compliance with the provisions and terms of the original conditional use permit. If the conditional use permit specified a termination date, then the use shall terminate in compliance with the original permit.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.32.080 Unlawful Uses and Structures.

Uses and structures which did not comply with the applicable provisions of this development code or prior planning and zoning regulations when established are violations of this development code and are subject to the pro-visions of Chapter 16.84 (Enforcement Provisions). No right to continue occupancy of property containing an illegal use or structure is granted by this chapter. The activity shall not be lawfully allowed to continue unless/until permits and entitlements required by this development code and the municipal code are first obtained.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.32.090 Nuisance Abatement.

In the event that a legal nonconforming use or structure is found to constitute a public nuisance, appropriate action shall be taken by the city, in compliance with Chapter 8.20 of the municipal code.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.34.010 Purpose.

The purpose of this chapter is to provide off-street parking and loading standards to:
   A.   Provide for the general welfare and convenience of persons within the city by ensuring sufficient parking facilities to meet the needs generated by specific uses;
   B.   Provide accessible, attractive, secure, and well-maintained off-street parking and loading facilities;
   C.   Increase public safety by reducing congestion on public streets;
   D.   Ensure access and maneuverability for emergency vehicles; and
   E.   Provide loading and delivery facilities in proportion to the needs of allowed uses.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.34.020 Applicability.

Every use. including a change or expansion of a use or structure shall have appropriately maintained off-street parking and loading areas in compliance with the provisions of this chapter. A use shall not be commenced and structures shall not be occupied until improvements required by this chapter are satisfactorily completed.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part). 1997)

16.34.030 General Parking Regulations.

   A.   Parking and Loading Spaces to be Permanent. Parking and loading spaces shall be permanently available, marked and maintained for parking or loading purposes for the use they are intended to serve. The director may approve the temporary reduction of parking or loading spaces in conjunction with a seasonal or intermittent use with the approval of a temporary use permit (16.70).
   B.   Parking and Loading to be Unrestricted. Owners, lessees, tenants or persons having control of the operation of a premises for which parking or loading spaces are required by this chapter shall not prevent, prohibit or restrict authorized persons from using these spaces without prior approval of the director.
   C.   Vehicles for Sale. Vehicles, trailers, or other personal property shall not be parked upon a public or private street, parking lot, or public or private property for the purpose of displaying the vehicle, trailer, or other personal property for sale, hire, or rental, unless the property is appropriately zoned, the vendor is licensed to transact the applicable business at that location, and has obtained appropriate land use entitlements.
   D.   Nonconforming Status. Existing uses or structures shall not be deemed to be nonconforming solely because of the lack of off-street parking or loading spaces or parking lot improvements; provided that facilities being used for off-street parking or loading as of the date of adoption of this chapter shall not be further reduced in number. Structures with parking or loading space deficiencies shall be allowed to be occupied by new uses allowed in the zoning district provided that:
      1.   The new use has the same or lesser parking or loading space requirement as the existing or previous use; or
      2.   The new use has a greater parking or loading requirement than the existing or previous use. and a sufficient number of additional parking or loading spaces have been provided to accommodate the increased amount of spaces required for the new use.
   E.   Electric Vehicle Parking. Electric vehicle parking spaces shall be implemented consistent with Section 16.44.115 (Electric Vehicle Parking Requirements) and California Vehicle Code Section 22511.2.
   F.   Clean-Air-Vanpool-Electric Vehicle Parking. Parking allocation and quantities for non-residential and residential locations shall be provided in accordance with the latest version of the California Green Building Code.
(Ord. 556 § 9, 2020; Ord. 544 §§ 4, 5, 2019; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.34.040 Number of Parking Spaces Required.

   A.   Parking Requirements by Land Use. Each land use shall be provided the number of off-street parking spaces required by Table 3-7. Additional spaces may be required/approved through discretionary entitlement approval.
   B.   Expansion of Structure, Change in Use. When a structure is enlarged or increased in capacity or intensity, or when a change in use requires more off-street parking, additional parking spaces shall be provided in compliance with this chapter. Also see Section 16.34.030(D) (Nonconforming Status) above.
   C.   Single-family Uses. A single-family use that does not conform to the provisions of this chapter shall be brought into compliance at the time additions or alterations are made that cumulatively increase the existing floor area by more than twenty-five (25) percent, as measured over a five-year period preceding and including the proposed modification.
   D.   Multi-tenant Sites. A site with multiple tenants shall provide the aggregate number of parking spaces required for each separate use; except where the site was developed comprehensively as a shopping center, the parking ratio shall be that required for the shopping center as a whole as provided in Table 3-7.
   E.   Parking Required by Entitlements, Development Agreements and Specific Plans. Parking requirements established by conditional use permits. development agreements, specific plans or similar entitlements supersede the provisions of this chapter.
   F.   Uses Not Listed. Land uses not specifically listed by subsection A (Parking Requirements by Land Use), above, shall provide parking as required by the director. The director shall use the requirements of Table 3-7 as a guide in determining the minimum number of off-street parking spaces to be provided.
   G.   Rounding of Quantities. When calculating the number of parking spaces required, fractional spaces shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number.
   H.   Excessive Parking. The parking standards established in this chapter are both minimum and maximum standards. Off-street parking spaces in excess of these standards may be approved in conjunction with a discretionary entitlement, and when commensurate landscaping and pedestrian improvements are also provided.
   I.   Bench or Bleacher Seating. Where fixed seating is provided in the form of benches or bleachers, a seat shall be construed to be not less than eighteen (18) inches of continuous bench space for the purpose of calculating the number of required parking spaces.
   J.   Company-owned Vehicles. The number of parking spaces required by this chapter does not include spaces needed for the parking of company-owned vehicles. Parking spaces for company-owned vehicles shall be provided in addition to the requirements for a particular land use.
   K.   Electric Vehicle Parking. Electric vehicle parking spaces shall be implemented consistent with Section 16.44.115 (Electric Vehicle Parking Requirements) and California Vehicle Code Section 22511.2.
   L.   Clean-Air-Vanpool-Electric Vehicle Parking. Parking allocation and quantities for non-residential and residential locations shall be provided in accordance with the latest version of the California Green Building Code.
   TABLE 3-7
   PARKING REQUIREMENTS BY LAND USE
   Agricultural Uses
   Vehicle Spaces Required
   Agricultural Uses
   Vehicle Spaces Required
Produce stands (issued by temporary use permit)
Minimum of 3 on-site parking spaces.
The parking area shall be set back from any public right-of-way in compliance with the underlying zone. This area shall be kept clear to provide unobstructed visibility for motorists.
Agriculture processing
1 per 1,500 sq. ft. of use area.
The parking area shall be set back from any public right-of-way in compliance with the underlying zone. This area shall be kept clear to provide unobstructed visibility for motorists.
Equestrian facilities
1 per 3 corrals plus 1 horse trailer space for every 10 corrals plus 2 for a caretaker’s unit.
The parking area shall be set back from any public right-of-way in compliance with the underlying zone. This area shall be kept clear to provide unobstructed visibility for motorists.
   Assembly/Quasi-Public Uses
 
Churches, other places of worship, and mortuaries
One space for each three fixed seats or one space for every 35 square feet (s.f.) of gross assembly area, meeting rooms, classroom, where there are no fixed seats.
Libraries, museums, art galleries
One space for every 500 s.f. of gross floor area, plus one space for each official vehicle.
Cinemas
Single screen: One space for each three seats, plus six spaces for employees.
Multi screen: One space for each four seats, plus ten spaces for employees.
Performance theaters, meeting halls, lodges and membership organization
One space for every three fixed seats, or one space per 50 s.f. of gross assembly or viewing area, plus parking for ancillary uses (e.g. bar restaurant).
Day-care centers
One space per child/adult based on 15% of the maximum number of children/adults allowed on site as set forth by the licensing agency, plus one space for each employee.
Hospital and medical centers
One space for every three patient beds the facility is licensed to accommodate, plus one space for every 400 s.f. of office area, plus required spaces for ancillary uses as determined by the Director.
   Indoor/Outdoor Recreation
 
Bowling alley
Five spaces per lane, plus required spaces for ancillary uses.
Indoor recreation/fitness centers - arcades
One space for each 200 s.f. of gross floor area.
Pool and billiard rooms
Two spaces per table, plus required spaces for ancillary uses.
Skating rink - ice or roller
One space for each 400 s.f. of gross floor area for public use, plus required spaces for ancillary uses.
Tennis, racquetball, handball and other courts
Two spaces for each court, plus one space for each 300 s.f. of floor area for ancillary uses.
Golf courses - golf driving ranges
Ten spaces for each hold, plus clubhouse spaces as required for ancillary uses; two spaces for each driving range tee.
Health/fitness clubs
One space for each 300 s.f. of gross floor area.
Outdoor commercial recreation
Determined by conditional use permit.
Personal instruction
(See 2 under Private School/Training Uses)
One space for every 200 s.f. of gross floor area
Research and development, laboratories
One space for every 250 s.f. of gross floor area, plus one space for each company vehicle.
   Industrial Uses
   Vehicle Spaces Required
General manufacturing, industrial and processing uses
Two spaces for every 1,000 s.f. of gross floor area for the first 25,000 s.f., and one space for every 1,000 s.f. thereafter. Gross floor area shall include incidental office space comprising less than 20% of the total gross floor area. The parking requirements for additional office space shall be calculated separately as provided by this table for “offices.”
Warehouses and storage facilities (single tenant - see below for multi-tenant)
One space for every 1,000 s.f. of gross floor area for the first 20,000 s.f., and one space for every 2,000 s.f. thereafter. Gross floor area shall include incidental office space comprising less than 20% of the total gross floor area. The parking requirements for additional office space shall be calculated separately as provided by this table for “offices.”
Storage, personal storage facilities
Four spaces for the manager’s office, plus one additional space if an on-site residential unit is provided.
Wholesale and distribution operations not used exclusively for storage (single tenant only - see below for multi-tenant)
One space for every 1,000 s.f. of gross floor area for the first 10,000 s.f., and one space for every 2,000 s.f. thereafter. Gross floor area shall include incidental office space comprising less than 20% of the total gross floor area. The parking requirements for additional office space shall be calculated separately as provided by this table for “offices.”
Recycling facilities
Determined by conditional use permit.
Multi-tenant buildings
New construction shall provide parking at the rate of one space for each 500 s.f. of gross floor area for one-half of the total building area, and one space for every 1,000 s.f. of gross floor area for remaining one-half of the building area.
   Office and Medical Services
 
Offices, administrative, corporate
One space for each 250 s.f. of gross floor area for the first 5,000 s.f. and one space for each 350 s.f. thereafter.
Clinics, medical/dental offices
One space for each 200 s.f. of gross floor area.
Medical/dental labs
One space for each 300 s.f. of gross floor area.
Veterinary clinics and hospitals
One space for each 250 s.f. of gross floor area, plus one space for each 800 s.f. of boarding area.
   Private School/Training Uses
   Vehicle Spaces Required
Elementary and junior high
Two spaces per classroom, plus one space for every 200 s.f. of assembly area in an auditorium or gym.
High school
Three spaces for each classroom, plus one space for every six students.
College or university
Determined by conditional use permit.
Schools - specialized education and training1
One space for every 50 s.f. of gross classroom floor area.(Murrieta 12-21)   256-156   16.34.040
Personal instruction2
One space for every 200 s.f. of gross floor area.
Studios, professional3
One space for every 400 s.f. of gross floor area.
(1)   Schools—Specialized Education and Training. (One space per 50 sq. ft.) An institution with two or more classrooms and/or meeting rooms that is capable of serving 40 or more students in attendance at any time, and which offers specialized trade and commercial courses intended to achieve a degree, certificate or training in a trade, occupation or field of employment. This includes, but is not limited to, the following types of programs: academics, art, bartending, building trades, business, cabinetry, casino trades, computer technician, construction inspection, cooking, cosmetology, dance, drama, driver education, engine mechanics, heating and air conditioning, language, medical and dental, music, paralegal, secretarial, athletics, vocational and web design. Also includes seminaries and other facilities/institutions providing training for religious ministries, establishments furnishing educational courses by mail or the internet, and institutions that offer specialized programs in personal growth and development.
   Student capacity shall be based upon the current UBC maximum occupancy factor for classrooms (1 per 20 square feet), unless an alternative occupancy factor is approved by the Building Official and the Planning Director based upon such things as: (1) the number of fixed tables and/or desks; (2) the number of permanent computer work stations; or (3) the number of other permanent work-related fixtures such as cosmetology stations, mechanical equipment, engine blocks, cook tops, etc.
(2)   Instruction, Personal. (One space per 200 sq. ft.) A use with two or less class or meeting rooms that serves fewer than 40 students in attendance at any time, where an individual or individuals provides instruction to an individual or group of individuals primarily for personal interest or self improvement in such activities as: academics, art, athletics, computers, dance, drama, fitness, martial arts, music and similar activities. Student capacity shall be based upon the current UBC maximum occupancy factor for exercise rooms (1 per 50 square feet), unless an alternative occupancy factor is approved by the Building Official and the Planning Director.
(3)   Studios, Professional. (One space per 400 sq. ft.) A facility designed and equipped to assist in the practice of a specialized activity and/or provide the means by which an individual or small group (less than 10) can create a product or improve one’s skill in a particular endeavor. Includes, but is not limited to, studios for: (1) the creation of works of art; (2) photography; (3) practicing, composing or recording of music; (4) acting; (5) writing; (6) dance; (7) design; and (8) the production of television, movies and other media.
   Residential Uses
 
Single family housing
Two spaces in a fully enclosed garage.
Duplex housing units
Two spaces for each unit, with at least one space in a fully enclosed garage.
Multi-family dwellings and other attached dwellings
Studio and one bedroom units: 1.5 spaces for each unit, plus guest parking. Two bedrooms or more: 2 spaces for each unit, plus 0.5 additional spaces for each bedroom over 2, plus guest parking equal to 25% of the total number of units.
Mobile homes (in mobile home parks)
Two spaces for each mobile home (tandem parking allowed in an attached carport), plus one guest parking space for each four units.
Condominiums
Studio, one bedroom and two bedroom units: Two covered spaces for each unit, plus guest parking. Three bedrooms or more: Two spaces for each unit plus 0.5 additional spaces for each bedroom over two; plus guest parking equal to 33% of the total number of units evenly spread throughout the entire project.
Mixed-use developments (residential portion)
Determined by conditional use permit.
Accessory dwelling units
See Section 16.44.160
Senior housing projects
One space for each unit with half the spaces covered, plus one guest parking space for each ten units.
Senior congregate care
0.5 space for each residential unit, plus one space for each four units for guests and employees.
Short-term vacation rentals
Parking for the short-term vacation rental shall comply with the requirements as specified under Table 3-7, Table 5.27-01 for required on-site quantities, and Section 16.44.260 of this municipal code. Required parking shall be allocated on-site of the single-family residential dwelling, or within designated parking spaces for condominiums, as prescribed by Table 5.27-01. All garage, driveway, carport and tandem parking spaces associated with the single-family residential dwelling or condominium unit shall, at all times, be available for parking of transient occupant and guest vehicles, as those terms are defined in Title 5.27. Temporary parking passes issued by the city shall be provided to all transient occupants and for their guest(s). The observable parking passes shall be displayed in the vehicle’s front-windshield for the duration of the stay.
Density Bonus
On-site parking for a density bonus project shall be consistent with the requirements as described under Government Code
Section 65915(p). See Section 16.20.040.B.4 for additional details.
   Retail Uses
 
General merchandise
One space for each 200 s.f. of gross sales area, plus one space for each 600 s.f. of storage area, plus one space for each company vehicle, plus one space for every 1,000 s.f. of outdoor display area.
Appliance, furniture and bulk goods
One space for each 500 s.f. of gross sales area and one space for each company vehicle, plus one space for every 1,000 s.f. of outdoor display area.
Automobile, mobile home, vehicle, machinery and parts
One space for every 400 s.f. of gross floor area, plus one space for every 3,000 s.f. of outdoor display area, plus one space for every 300 s.f. of gross floor area for a parts department, plus one space for each two employees.
Building materials, hardware stores and plant nurseries
One space for each 300 s.f. of indoor display area, plus one space for every 1,000 s.f. of outdoor display area.
Convenience stores
One space for each 200 s.f. of gross floor area.
Restaurants/delicatessens - take out only, no customer seating
One space for each 250 s.f. of gross floor area.
Restaurants, fast food
One space for each 100 s.f. of gross floor area, plus one space for every 100 s.f. of outdoor dining area.
Restaurants (except fast food), cafes, cafeterias, nightclubs, taverns, lounges, or similar establishments for the consumption of food and beverages on the premises
One space for each 75 s.f. of gross floor area for patrons, plus one space for every 300 s.f. of service area, plus one space for every 100 s.f. of outdoor dining area.
Shopping centers (shall use un-segregated parking areas)
One space for each 250 s.f. of the gross floor area of all centers of more than 20,000 square feet; plus one space for every 1,000 s.f. of outdoor display area. Restaurant uses that exceed the percentage allowed under the definition of a shopping center shall provide parking at the appropriate restaurant requirement.
   Service Uses
 
Copy and reproduction centers
One space for each 400 s.f. of gross floor area.
Consumer products repair and maintenance
One space for each 250 s.f. of gross floor area.
Banks and financial services
One space for each 300 s.f. of gross floor area.
Barber/beauty shops (and other personal services - tattoo studio, nail salon, massage establishment, massage accessory use)
One space for each 250 s.f. of gross floor area.
Dry cleaning pick-up facilities
One space for each 400 s.f. of activity area, plus one space for each 1,000 s.f. of storage area.
Laundries and dry cleaning plants
One space for each 1,000 s.f. of gross floor area.
Laundromats
One space for each 250 s.f. of gross floor area.
Kennels and animal boarding
One space for each 500 s.f. of gross floor area, plus one space for each 800 s.f. of boarding area, plus one space for each employee.
Pet grooming
One space for each 400 s.f. of gross floor area.
Equipment rental
One space for each 300 s.f. of gross floor area, plus one space for each 1,000 s.f. of outdoor use area.
Hotels and motels
One space for each guest room, plus one space for each two employees on the largest shift, plus required spaces for ancillary uses.
Bed and breakfast inn
One space for each guest room, plus the required parking for the residential use.
   Vehicle Maintenance, Repair and Related Uses
   Vehicle Spaces Required
Repair garage
Four spaces for each service bay, plus adequate queuing lanes.
Depots for bus, freight or rail
Determined by conditional use permit.
Service stations (including multi-use stations)
One space for each 250 s.f. of gross floor area, plus three spaces per service bay, plus parking required for ancillary uses (stores, restaurants, car washes). 50% of the parking provided at the pump island(s) may be credited towards meeting the parking requirements for ancillary uses.
Full service vehicle washing
Ten spaces, plus ten spaces for each wash lane for drying area, plus queuing area for five vehicles ahead of each lane.
Self-service vehicle washing
2.5 spaces per each washing stall for queuing and drying.
 
(Ord. 610-24 § 7, 2024; Ord. 598-23 § 6, 2023; Ord. 574-22, Exhibit B-3 (part), 2022; Ord. 565-21, Exhibit B (part), 2021; Ord. 561-20, Exhibit B (part), 2020; Ord. 556 §§ 10, 11, 2020; Ord. 544 §§ 6, 7, 2019; Ord. 538, Exhibit A (part), 2018; Ord. 537, Exhibit A (part), 2018; Ord. 388 § 3, 2007; Ord. 372 §

16.34.050 Adjustments to Off-Street Parking Requirements.

A.   Shared Parking Reduction. Where two or more adjacent nonresidential uses have distinct and differing peak parking usage periods, (e.g. a theater and a bank), a reduction in the required number of parking spaces may be approved by the director, provided that the most remote space is located within three hundred (300) feet of the use it is intended to serve or as approved by director. The amount of reduction may be up to the amount of spaces required for the least intensive of the uses sharing the parking.
B.   Large Family Day-care Homes. The number and location of the parking spaces is subject to the review and approval of the director.
C.   Deviation from Parking Requirements. Each use shall provide at least the minimum number of off-street parking spaces required by this chapter, except where a greater number of spaces is required through land use entitlement approval or where an exception has been granted through approval of a discretionary permit.
D.   Parking In-Lieu Fee. The onsite parking requirements established by the Downtown Murrieta Specific Plan may be satisfied by payment of a parking in-lieu fee as specified herein.
   1.   Applicability. This provision shall apply only to non-residential uses in the Mixed Use [MU] and Civic/Institutional [C/I] zones of the Downtown Murrieta Specific Plan Area.
   2.   Project Eligibility.
      a.   Changes in use and/or building expansion for which a greater number of off-street parking spaces are required may pay a parking in-lieu fee in order to satisfy any portion up to one hundred percent (100%) of required onsite parking.
      b.   Development located within 600 feet of a planned public parking structure as determined by the Director may pay a parking in-lieu fee in order to satisfy any portion up to one hundred percent (100%) of required onsite parking.
      c.   Development located within % mile of a planned public parking structure as determined by the Director may pay a parking in-lieu fee in order to satisfy any portion up to fifty percent (50%) of required onsite parking.
      d.   Development located greater than % mile of the planned public parking structure as determined by the Director may pay a parking in-lieu fee in order to satisfy any portion up to twenty-five percent (25%) of required onsite parking.
   3.   Fee Calculation. The parking in-lieu fee shall be calculated per space and paid in a lump sum, due prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy, or as determined by the Director.
   4.   Fee Amount. The in-lieu fees payable under this provision shall be established by resolution of the City Council and may be adjusted annually based on the Cost of Living Index.
   5.   Rights and Obligations. Payment of a parking in-lieu fee, in combination with any parking spaces provided onsite, shall constitute full satisfaction of the onsite parking requirements set forth in the Downtown Murrieta Specific Plan. No other guarantees, rights, or privileges are conveyed to the payer.
   6.   Transferability. Onsite parking satisfied by payment of in-lieu fee is not assignable or transferable to any other property.
   7.   Use of Funds. Funds collected by the City pursuant to this provision shall be deposited into a dedicated Downtown Parking Fund to be used by the City for the acquisition, development, and maintenance of public off-street parking, and in furtherance of general parking improvements, in the Downtown Murrieta Specific Plan Area.
(Ord. 546 § 1, 2019; Ord. 544 § 8, 2019; Ord. 343 § 4 (part), 2005; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.34.060 Disabled/Handicapped Parking Requirements.

Parking areas shall include parking spaces accessible to the disabled in the following manner:
   A.   Number of Spaces, Design Standards. Parking spaces for the disabled shall be provided in compliance with Section 1129B of the Uniform Building Code (UBC), Section 16.44.115(B)(2) (Electric Vehicle Parking Requirements), and California Vehicle Code Section 22511.2;
   B.   Reservation of Spaces Required. Disabled access spaces required by this chapter shall be reserved by the
property owner/tenant for use by the disabled throughout the life of the approved land use;
   C.   Upgrading of Markings Required. If amendments to state law change standards for the marking, striping, and signing of disabled parking spaces, disabled accessible spaces shall be upgraded in compliance with the new state standards. Upgrading shall be completed by affected property owners within sixty (60) days of being notified in writing by the department of new state standards; and
   D.   Fulfilling of Requirements. Disabled accessible parking spaces required by this chapter shall count toward fulfilling off-street parking requirements.
(Ord. 556 § 12, 2020; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.34.070 Development Standards for Off-Street Parking.

Off-street parking areas shall be provided in the following manner:
   A.   Access. Access to off-street parking areas shall be provided in the following manner:
      1.   Parking areas shall provide suitable maneuvering room so that vehicles enter an abutting street in a for-ward direction. Parking lots shall be designed so as to prevent access at any point other than at designated access drives. The director or city engineer may approve exceptions for single-family homes and duplexes;
      2.   Parking spaces shall not be located within twenty (20) feet of an access driveway, measured from the property line, except for single-family homes and duplexes; and
      3.   A minimum unobstructed clearance height of fourteen (14) feet shall be maintained above areas accessible to vehicles.
FIGURE 3-11
SETBACK OF PARKING SPACES AT ACCESS DRIVES
   B.   Access to Adjacent Sites. Applicants for nonresidential developments are encouraged to provide shared vehicle and pedestrian access to adjacent nonresidential properties for convenience, safety and efficient circulation. A joint access agreement guaranteeing the continued availability of the shared access between the properties and running with the land shall be recorded by the owners of the abutting properties, as approved by the director or city engineer.
   C.   Location. Off-street parking areas shall be located in the following manner:
      1.   Parking spaces shall be accessible by drives and aisles in compliance with Section 16.34.080.
      2.   Required parking shall be located on the same parcel as the uses served, except that parking may be located on a parcel adjacent to the parcel served subject to a recorded covenant running with the land re-corded by the owner of the parking lot guaranteeing that the required parking will be maintained exclusively for the use or activity served.
      3.   Car pool and bicycle spaces shall be located as close as is practical to the entrance(s) to the use they are intended to serve. Spaces shall be situated so that they do not obstruct the flow of pedestrians at en-trances or sidewalks.
   D.   Parking Space Dimensions.
      1.   Residential Uses. Minimum enclosed parking dimensions shall be ten feet in width by twenty (20) feet in length. Multi-family minimum unenclosed parking space dimensions shall be nine feet in width by eighteen (18) feet in length.
      2.   Nonresidential Uses. Minimum parking dimensions shall be as follows:
         a.   The minimum standard parking space dimensions shall be nine feet by eighteen (18) feet.
         b.   Parallel parking spaces shall be eight feet by twenty-two (22) feet.
         c.   The minimum width of parking spaces adjacent to walls, columns, or other vertical obstructions shall be the minimum parking space width plus one foot.
         d.   Every parking space shall maintain a vertical height clearance of seven feet.
Standard Size Parking Space Dimensions
Dimension Indicator
Description
Parking Angle
45º
60º
90º
Standard Size Parking Space Dimensions
Dimension Indicator
Description
Parking Angle
45º
60º
90º
A1
Overall module dimension - one way
56.0'
59.0'
60.0'
A2
Overall module dimension - two way
60.0'
63.0'
60.0'
B
Width of parking stall
9.0'
9.0'
9.0'
C
Width of parking stall parallel to island or curb
12.7'
10.4'
9.0'
D
Length of parking stall
18.0'
18.0'
18.0'
E
Depth of parking stall to wall or curb
20.0'
20.5'
18.0'
F1
Drive aisle width - one way1
16.0'
18.0'
24.0'
F2
Drive aisle width - two way1
20.0'
22.0'
24.0'
1   Drive aisles are subject to the requirements set forth in Section 16.34.080 and to fire access requirements.
 
   E.   Drainage.
      1.   Surface water from parking lots shall not drain over sidewalks or adjacent parcels.
      2.   Parking lots shall be designed in compliance with the storm water quality and quantity standards of the city's best management practices.
   F.   Directional Arrows and Signs.
      1.   In parking facilities, parking spaces, aisles, approach lanes and maneuvering areas shall be clearly marked with directional arrows and lines to ensure the safe and efficient flow of vehicles.
      2.   The director may require the installation of the traffic signs in addition to directional arrows to ensure the safe and efficient flow of vehicles in a parking facility.
      3.   The exit from a parking area which provides parking for forty (40) or more vehicles shall be clearly marked with a vehicle "STOP" sign in conformance with the state Highway Manual for uniform traffic control devices.
   G.   Grades of Entrances, Spaces and Driveways.
      1.   Entrance Driveways. Driveways shall not exceed a maximum grade of plus fifteen (15) percent or minus six percent measured along the driveway centerline. Where there is a change in the slope of the driveway, it shall be demonstrated that vehicles will be able to pass over the change in slope without interference with the vehicle's undercarriage.
      2.   Interior Driveways. Ramps or driveways within the interior of a parking area (beyond twenty (20) feet from ultimate right-of-way line) shall have a maximum grade of twenty (20) percent. If a ramp or driveway exceeds ten percent, the design shall include transitions (at each end of the ramp) not less than eight feet in length, having a slope equal to one-half the ramp or driveway slope.
      3.   Parking Spaces. Parking spaces and abutting access aisles shall have a maximum grade of seven per-cent, measured in any direction.
   H.   Landscaping. Landscaping shall be provided in compliance with the following requirements.
      1.   Landscape Plan Required. A comprehensive landscape and irrigation plan shall be submitted for re-view and approval by the review authority in compliance with Chapter 16.28 (Landscaping Standards).
      2.   Landscape Materials. Landscaping materials shall be provided throughout the parking lot area using a combination of trees, shrubs and ground cover. Drought-tolerant landscape materials shall be emphasized in compliance with Chapter 16.28 (Landscaping Standards).
      3.   Curbing, Irrigation. Areas containing plant materials shall be bordered by a concrete curb at least six inches high and six inches wide, and provided with an automatic irrigation system. Alternative barrier designs may be approved by the director. End stalls adjacent to parking spaces or other obstructions shall incorporate an additional curbing width of six inches.
      4.   Location of Landscaping. Parking lot landscaping shall be located so that pedestrians are not required to cross landscaped areas to reach building entrances from parked cars. This should be achieved through proper orientation of the landscaped fingers and islands.
      5.   Bumper Overhang Areas. To increase the parking lot landscaped area, a maximum of three feet of the parking stall depth may be landscaped with low-growth, hearty materials in lieu of paving, allowing a three-foot bumper overhang while maintaining the required parking dimensions. The additional landscaped area is considered part of the parking space and shall not be counted towards satisfying parking lot landscaping requirements.
      6.   Perimeter Parking Lot Landscaping.
         a.   Adjacent to Streets. Parking areas adjoining a public street shall be designed to provide a landscaped planting strip between the street right-of-way and parking area of fifteen (15) feet. The landscaping shall be designed and maintained to screen cars from view from the street to a height of between thirty (30) inches and forty-two (42) inches. Screening materials may include a combination of plant materials, earth berms, solid masonry walls, raised planters, or other screening devices that meet the intent of this requirement. Trees shall be provided at a rate of one for every twenty (20) lineal feet of landscaped area. Plant materials, signs, or structures within a traffic safety sight area of a driveway shall not exceed thirty (30) inches in height.
         b.   Adjacent to Side or Rear Property Lines. Parking areas shall provide a perimeter landscaped strip at least five feet wide (inside dimension) where the facility adjoins a side or rear property line. The perimeter landscaped strip may be located within a required setback area. Trees shall be provided at the rate of one for each twenty (20) lineal feet of landscaped area.
         c.   Adjacent to Residential Use. Parking areas for nonresidential uses adjoining residential uses shall provide a landscaped buffer yard with a minimum fifteen (15) foot width between the parking area and the common property line bordering the residential use. A solid masonry wall and landscaping shall be provided along the property line. For each one hundred (100) lineal feet of landscaped area, a minimum of twelve (12) trees and ten shrubs shall be provided.
      7.    Interior Parking Lot Landscaping.
         a.   Amount of Landscaping. Multi-family, commercial, and office uses shall provide landscaping within the parking area at the following ratios:
TABLE 3-8
PARKING LOT LANDSCAPING
 
Parking Spaces Required
% of Total Parking Area to be Landscaped
5-24 spaces
5.0% minimum
25-49 spaces
7.5% minimum
50+ spaces
10.0% minimum
 
b.   Area of Shading Required. Parking lot landscaping shall include shade trees from an approved list provided by the department. Trees shall be provided so that required shade canopies will be achieved within a minimum of fifteen (15) years. The percentage of parking area required to be shaded shall be as follows:
TABLE 3-9
PERCENT OF PARKING AREA TO BE SHADED
 
Parking Spaces Required
Parking Spaces Required to be Shaded
5-24 spaces
30% minimum
25-49 spaces
40% minimum
50+ spaces
50% minimum
 
All trees within the parking area shall be a minimum of fifteen- (15-) gallon size at planting. Larger trees may be required subject to the review by the director.
         c.   Planters Required. Trees shall be in planters located throughout the parking area. In order to be considered within the parking area, trees shall be located in planters that are bounded on at least three sides by parking area paving. Planters shall have a minimum interior dimension of five feet and be of sufficient size to accommodate tree growth. All ends of parking lanes shall have landscaped islands.
         d.   Larger Projects. Parking lots with more than one hundred (100) spaces shall provide a concentration of landscape elements at primary entrances, including specimen trees, flowering plants, enhanced paving, and project identification.
   I.   Lighting. Parking areas shall have lighting capable of providing adequate illumination for security and safety. Lighting standards shall be energy-efficient and in scale with the height and use of the on-site structure(s). All illumination, including security lighting, shall be directed downward, away from adjacent properties and public rights-of-way in compliance with Section 16.18.100 (Lighting).
   J.   Carports and Garages.
      1.   Carports, Minimum Size. Carports/covered parking, shall consist of a solid roof structure overhang, or combination of both, that completely covers a parking stall with a minimum vertical clearance of eight feet.
      2.   Carports, Visual Requirements.
         a.   Carports shall be screened from public view by structural components or masonry walls at least four feet in height subject to visual clearance requirements at driveways.
         b.   Carports adjacent to common property lines shall have solid walls as specified in the Uniform Building Code.
         c.   Carport support columns shall be set back a minimum of three feet from carport face to increase maneuverability
         d.   Carports (including any support structures) shall incorporate the same trim materials (example: decorative wrap), roofing materials, and color palette as the nearest building to the proposed carport structure.
         e.   At residential locations, carports may be incorporated into patio walls and used to define common and private open space as contained within the boundaries of the project site. Incorporating carports into exterior project walls adjacent to streets is prohibited.
      3.   Carports, Storage Space Required.(For Residential Uses) Lockable storage space of at least ninety (90) cubic feet shall be provided for each parking stall in a carport and shall be designed and maintained so as to not obstruct vehicle access to the required parking space.
      4.   Garages, Minimum Size. Garages shall be completely enclosed on four sides and have a solid roof. The minimum interior dimensions shall be twenty (20) feet in width by twenty (20) feet in length for a two-car garage.
   K.   Shopping Cart Storage. Parking facilities shall contain shopping cart storage areas for appropriate uses (e.g., supermarkets, drugstores, etc.). The number, dimensions and locations of storage areas shall be deter-mined by the director.
   L.   Striping and Identification.
      1.   Vehicular. Parking spaces shall be clearly outlined with four-inch wide lines painted on the surface of the parking facility. Compact and car pool spaces shall be clearly identified for compact vehicle and car pool usage respectively.
      2.   Disabled. Parking spaces for the disabled shall be striped and marked according to the applicable state standards.
   M.   Surfacing.
      1.   Vehicular. Parking spaces and maneuvering areas shall be paved and permanently maintained with asphalt, concrete or other all-weather surfacing approved by the director or city engineer.
      2.   Motorcycle. Motorcycle parking areas shall be paved with concrete or equivalent all-weather surfacing approved by the director or city engineer.
      3.   Bicycle. Bicycle parking areas shall be surfaced so as to keep the area in a dust-free condition, subject to the approval of the director.
   N.   Wheel Stops/Curbing. Continuous concrete curbing at least six inches high and six inches wide shall be provided for parking spaces located adjacent to fences, walls, property lines, landscaped areas, and structures. Individual wheel stops may be provided in lieu of continuous curbing when the parking is adjacent to a landscaped area, and the drainage is directed to the landscaped area subject to the approval of the director. Wheel stops shall be placed to allow for two feet of vehicle overhang area within the dimension of the parking space.
(Ord. 556 § 13, 2020; Ord. 544 § 9, 2019; Ord. 388 § 7, 2007; Ord. 343 § 4 (part), 2005; Ord. 293 § 1 (part), 2004; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.34.080 Driveways and Site Access.

Driveways providing site access shall be from an improved street, alley, or other public and/or private right-of-way, and shall be designed, constructed, and maintained as follows.
A.   Distance from Street Corners. Driveways to parking areas, except single family residential drives, shall be located a minimum of one hundred fifty (150) feet from the nearest intersection, as measured from the centerline of the nearest travel lane of the intersecting street to the edge of driveway or as approved by the city engineer. For parcels with frontages less than one hundred fifty (150) feet, the minimum distance shall be one hundred (100) feet unless a lesser distance is approved by the city engineer.
B.   Driveway Spacing. Driveways shall be separated along the street frontage as follows:
   1.   Single-family and Duplex Residential Development. Driveways shall be separated by at least six feet, unless a shared, single driveway is approved by the director or city engineer. The six-foot separation does not include the transition or wing sections on each side of the driveway; and
   2.   Multi-family and Nonresidential Development. Where two or more driveways serve the same or adjacent multi-family or nonresidential development, the centerline of the driveways shall be separated by a minimum of one hundred and fifty (150) feet, or as approved by the city engineer.
C.   Drive Aisles and Driveway Width and Length.
   1.   Single-family Uses.
      a.   When a garage is perpendicular ninety (90) degrees to the driveway, a minimum twenty-four- (24) foot deep unobstructed back-out area shall be provided.
   2.   Multi-family Uses.
      a.   Drive aisles and driveways for multi-family uses with six or less units shall have a minimum width of twelve (12) feet.
      b.   Drive aisles and driveways for multi-family uses with more than six units shall have a minimum paved width of twenty-four (24) feet.
   3.   Nonresidential Uses.
      a.   Two-way drive aisles within parking areas shall be a minimum of twenty-eight (28) feet in width for general circulation. Aisles that provide access primarily to parking stalls may be twenty-four (24) feet in width. One-way aisles shall be a minimum of sixteen (16) feet in width. The required driveway width shall be exclusive of the area provided for a median divider.
D.   Clearance from Obstruction. The nearest edge of a driveway apron or curb return shall be at least five feet from the nearest property line, centerline of a fire hydrant, utility pole, traffic signal, light standards, or other similar facilities, or as approved by the city engineer. Driveways shall have an overhead clearance of ten feet in height except within a parking structure which may be reduced to seven feet, six inches.
E.   Traffic Safety Sight Area. Structures or landscaping over thirty (30) inches in height shall not be allowed within a traffic safety sight area formed by the intersection of public rights-of-way, driveways, or alleys as determined by the city engineer.
(Ord. 544 § 10, 2019; Ord. 536-18 § 2 (part), 2018; Ord. 377 § 5, 2006; Ord. 293 § 1 (part), 2004; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.34.090 Bicycle Parking.

Bicycle parking facilities shall be provided for nonresidential uses as follows.
   A.   Number of Spaces Required. Bicycle parking spaces shall be provided at a rate of five percent of the number of required vehicle parking spaces. The director may modify this requirement where it can be demonstrated that a lesser number of bicycle spaces can adequately serve the intended use.
   B.   Bicycle Parking Design and Devices. Bicycle parking areas shall be designed and provided as follows.
      1.   Parking Equipment. Each bicycle parking space shall include a stationary parking device to adequately support the bicycle.
      2.   Parking Layout.
         a.   Aisles. Access to bicycle parking spaces shall be at least five feet in width.
         b.   Spaces. Each bicycle space shall be a minimum of two feet in width and six feet in length and have a minimum of seven feet of overhead clearance.
         c.   Relationship to Structure Entrances. Bicycle spaces shall be conveniently located and generally within proximity to the main entrance of a structure and shall not conflict with pedestrian access.
         d.   Relationship to Motor Vehicle Parking. Bicycle spaces shall be separated from motor vehicle parking spaces or aisles by a fence, wall, curb, or by at least five feet of open area, marked to prohibit motor vehicle parking.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.34.100 Off-Street Loading Space Requirements.

   A.   Number of Loading Spaces Required. Nonresidential uses with less than five thousand (5,000) square feet of gross floor area shall provide one off-street loading space, which may be combined with an off-street parking space. Nonresidential uses with five thousand (5,000) square feet of floor area or more shall provide off-street loading space(s) in compliance with Table 3-10. Requirements for uses not specifically listed shall be determined by the director based upon the requirements for comparable uses and upon the particular characteristics of the proposed use.
TABLE 3-10
REQUIRED LOADING SPACES
 
Type of Land Use
Total Gross Floor Area
Loading Spaces Required
Manufacturing, research and development, institutional, and service uses
5,000 to 20,000 sq. ft.
One
20,001 + sq. ft.
One for each additional twenty thousand (20,000) sq. ft., plus additional as required by director.
Office uses
5,000 to 35,000 sq. ft.
One
35,001 + sq. ft.
One for each additional thirty-five thousand (35,000) sq. ft., plus additional as required by director.
Commercial and other allowed uses
5,000 to 10,000 sq. ft.
One
10,001 + sq. ft.
One for each additional ten thousand (10,000) sq. ft., plus additional as required by director.
 
   B.   Standards for Off-Street Loading Areas. Off-street loading areas shall be provided in the following manner:
      1.   Dimensions. Loading spaces shall be not less than fifteen (15) feet in width, twenty-five (25) feet in length, with fourteen (14) feet of vertical clearance;
      2.    Lighting. Loading areas shall have lighting capable of providing adequate illumination for security and safety. Lighting standards shall be energy-efficient and in scale with the height and use of adjacent structure(s) in compliance with Section 16.18.100 (Lighting);
      3.   Loading Doors and Gates. Loading bays and roll-up doors shall be painted to blend with the exterior structure wall(s) and be located on the rear of the structure only. Bays and doors may be located on the side of a structure, away from a street frontage, where the director determines that the bays, doors, and related trucks will be adequately screened from view from adjacent streets;
      4.   Loading Ramps. Plans for loading ramps or truck wells shall be accompanied by a profile drawing showing the ramp, ramp transitions and overhead clearances;
      5.   Location. Loading spaces shall be located and designed as follows:
         a.   As near as possible to the main structure and limited to the rear two-thirds of the parcel, if feasible;
         b.   Loading facilities shall be fully screened from view from adjacent public streets and freeways with architectural elements, landscaping or a combination of both.
         c.   Situated to ensure that loading and unloading takes place on-site and in no case within adjacent public rights-of-way or other traffic areas on-site;
         d.   Situated to ensure that vehicular maneuvers occur on-site; and
         e.   Situated to avoid adverse impacts upon neighboring residential properties.
      6.   Screening. Loading areas abutting residentially zoned parcels shall be screened in compliance with Section 16.18.120 (Screening and Buffering); and
      7.    Striping. Loading areas shall be striped indicating the loading spaces and identifying the spaces for "loading only." The striping shall be permanently maintained by the property owner/tenant in a clear and visible manner at all times. (Ord. 343 § 3, 2005; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.36.010 Findings and Intent.

   A.   The city council finds that Murrieta is a rapidly growing city. The city's population has the potential to grow from a current population of about forty thousand (40,000) to approximately one hundred two thousand (102,000) at build out. This increase in population is reasonably expected to create a substantial increase in the demand placed upon public facilities. The city's existing public facilities will soon become inadequate to handle the projected population growth at existing levels of service. In order to serve the projected population growth, public facilities must be expanded.
   B.   It is the intent of the city to require every person who develops land to mitigate the impacts of that development on the city's public facilities. The city will therefore require developers to pay a public facilities development impact fee that will assist in meeting the demand for public facilities caused by development. The public facilities will be constructed in accordance with a capital improvement plan adopted by resolution of the city council.
   C.   The amount of the public facilities development impact fees collected pursuant to this chapter shall be limited to the cost of public facilities attributable to new development. The amount of the public facilities development impact fees collected shall not include the cost of public facilities that serve existing development.
(Ord. 196 § 1 (part), 1998)

16.36.020 Residential Public Facilities Development Impact Fee Required.

   A.   A developer shall pay a public facilities development impact fee for each building which is part of a residential development, in an amount established by resolution of the city council, upon issuance of a building permit for that building; provided, however, that if a residential development contains more than one dwelling, the development services director may determine whether the fees or charges shall be paid on a pro rata basis for each dwelling when it receives its building permit, on a pro rata basis when a certain percentage of the dwellings have received their building permits, or on a lump-sum basis when the first dwelling in the development receives its building permit. If the required fee is not fully paid prior to issuance of a building permit for construction of any portion of the residential development encumbered thereby, the development services director may require the property owner, or lessee if the lessee's interest appears of record, as a condition of issuance of the building permit, to execute a contract to pay the fee or charge, or applicable portion thereof, within the time specified above. The contract shall be recorded with the Riverside County re-corder and shall constitute a lien for the payment of the fee.
(Ord. 196 § I (part), 1998)

16.36.030 Non-Residential Public Facilities Development Impact Fee Required.

   A.   Except as provided in Sections 16.36.040 and 16.36.050, a developer shall pay a public facilities development impact fee for each building in a non-residential development or new square footage of a building in a non-residential development, in an amount established by resolution of the city council, prior to issuance of a building permit for that building. Construction which does not result in new square footage shall not be subject to a public facilities development impact fee.
   B.   Notwithstanding subsection A of this section, a building permit may be issued to a developer prior to payment of a public facilities development impact fee, if the developer qualifies as any nonprofit organization that is exempted from taxes by Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. If, pursuant to this paragraph, the required fee is not fully paid prior to issuance of a building permit for construction of any portion of the non-residential development encumbered thereby, the development services director may re-quire the property owner, or lessee if the lessee's interest appears of record, as a condition of issuance of the building permit, to execute a contract to pay the fee or charge, or applicable portion thereof, upon transfer of the non-residential development, or the applicable portion thereof, to a purchaser that does not qualify as a nonprofit organization that is exempted from taxes by Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. The contract shall be recorded with the Riverside County recorder and shall constitute a lien for the payment of the fee.
(Ord. 196 § 1 (part), 1998)

16.36.040 Developer Construction of Public Facilities Pursuant to Capital Improvement Plan.

   A.   A developer shall be entitled to a reduction in the amount of the component of the development impact fees required by Sections 16.36.020 and 16.36.030, if the developer constructs public facilities, relating to that component, pursuant to the city's capital improvement plan and the public facilities constructed are those for which the capital improvement plan designates development impact fees as the funding source. The specific component of the development impact fees which would have funded the improvement when installed shall be reduced by the amount of engineering and construction costs that would be reasonably incurred by the city in building those same public facilities. The amount of the reduction in the development impact fee component shall be subject to approval by the development services director prior to construction of the development. In no case shall the reduction in a specific development impact fee component (i.e. streets and minor bridges, storm drainage, etc.) be greater than the amount assessed to the developer for that specific component; nor shall fees from one component be transferred to another component to offset public facility improvements constructed by the developer that exceed the assessed amount.
   B.   If a developer constructs off-site public facilities pursuant to the city's capital improvement plan, and if the city's engineering and construction costs to construct those same public facilities would have been more than the public facilities development impact fees assessed to that developer pursuant to Sections 16.36.020 and 16.36.030, then nothing in this section shall prevent the city from entering into a reimbursement agreement with that developer, subject to the availability of funds.
(Ord. 196 § 1 (part), 1998)

16.36.050 Fee Reduction.

   A.   Application for Fee Reduction.
      1.   Any developer whose development is subject to the public facilities development impact fee required by this chapter may apply to the development services director for a reduction in that fee based upon the demonstrable absence of a reasonable relationship between the impact of that development on the city's public facilities and either the amount of public facilities development impact fee charged, or the type of public facilities improvements to be constructed and/or purchased. The application shall be made in writing and filed with the development services director no later than ninety (90) days after approval of the development. If no application for discretionary review is required for the development, then the application shall be made in writing and filed within ninety (90) days after the city issues a building permit for the development. The application shall state in detail the factual basis for the request for reduction. Failure to file a timely application for reduction deprives the director of jurisdiction to consider the application. The director shall make a decision on the application for reduction within thirty (30) calendar days after the application has been filed. Notice of the director's decision shall be mailed to the applicant, postage paid.
      2.   Any developer whose development is subject to the public facilities development impact fee required by this chapter, including a developer who, in connection with the development, has constructed or financed regional or regionally significant public facilities substantially similar to those facilities that are listed or otherwise identified in the city's capital improvement plan, either through participation in a special district (e.g., a community facilities district or a special assessment district) or as a result of conditions of approval for the development, may apply to the development services director for a reduction in that fee. The application shall be made in writing and filed with the development services director no later than ninety (90) days after the effective date of this section or ninety (90) days after the city issues a building permit for the development, whichever is later. The application shall state in detail the factual basis for the request for reduction. The city shall consider entering into an agreement, or modifying an existing agreement, with any developer applying for a reduction pursuant to this subsection.
   B.   Appeal from Director's Decision.
      1.   Any decision of the development services director under subsection 16.36.050(A) may be appealed to the city council by filing an application for appeal with the city clerk. The application must be filed within fifteen (15) calendar days after notice of the director's decision has been mailed to the applicant; provided, however, that if the fifteen (15) days expire on a day when Murrieta City Hall is not open for business, then the appeal period shall be extended to the next business day.
      2.   Failure to file a timely appeal application deprives the city council of jurisdiction to hear the appeal.
      3.   The city council shall consider the appeal at a public hearing to be held within forty-five (45) calendar days after the appeal application is filed. Notice of public hearing pursuant to Chapter 16.76 of the Murrieta Municipal Code shall not be required for an appeal of development impact fees.
   C.   Allocation of Fee Reductions or Credits. Any fee reductions or fee credit granted pursuant to this chapter shall be applied only to that component of the public facilities development impact fee which would have funded the improvement upon which the reduction or credit is based or for which a fee reduction was granted pursuant to subsection 16.36.050(A)(1).
   D.   Processing of Protests. The procedure set forth in this section shall implement Government Code Section 66020, or its successor, and shall serve as the city's method for processing protests filed pursuant to that section. Prior to the effective date of the approval of the development, or, if no discretionary approval is revoked, prior to the issuance of a building permit, a developer that is subject to this chapter shall sign a statement acknowledging the imposition of a public facilities development impact fee upon that developer's development. Such acknowledgment shall not be deemed a waiver of the developer's right to protest the imposition and to request a fee adjustment pursuant to this section.
(Ord. 196 § 1 (part), 1998)

16.36.060 Use of Funds.

All public facilities development impact fees paid and collected pursuant to this chapter shall be placed in one or more funds and used solely for the purpose of constructing, expanding or rehabilitating the public facilities specified in the resolution establishing the fee and described in the city's capital improvement plan.
(Ord. 196 § 1 (part), 1998)

16.36.070 School Facilities.

The following standards are intended to provide a mechanism whereby the impact of new development on public school facilities can be evaluated, and appropriate mitigation measures for the provision of school facilities be required if necessary.
   A.   Annual School Impact Report. The city shall, at the commencement of each calendar year, request that each school district serving the city and/or its sphere of influence area, submit in a timely manner, a report to the city which addresses all of the following for each district facility:
      1.   Current demand;
      2.   Existing capacity;
      3.   Future expansion needs;
      4.   Student generation factors;
      5.   Status report of overcrowding of facilities; and
      6.   Status of applications and eligibility for state funding.
   B.   Submittal of Applications to School Districts. The city shall transmit the application materials for any land use entitlement to the applicable school district within ten days of filing an application.
   C.   School Impact Analysis Required. Within twenty (20) days of the receipt of an application for any land use entitlement, the applicable school district shall prepare a school impact analysis based on the most recent school impact report. The analysis should evaluate the proposed project's impact on the demand for schools based on the servicing area. If the school district fails to submit the analysis to the city in a timely manner, the city may assume that the school district has no information to submit.
   D.   California Environmental Quality Act Compliance. Notwithstanding subsection 16.36.050(C), the city shall conduct an environmental analysis of the impact of a project on the affected school district.
   E.   Phasing of Development/Density Reduction. If adequate school facilities will not be available in a timely manner, pursuant to the impact analysis required in subsection 16.36.050(C), the city may reduce the density of a project or phase development of a project until adequate school facilities are available.
   F.   Projects Involving Legislative Acts. The provisions of this subsection shall apply to new development projects that include any of the following land use entitlement applications: development agreements, general plan amendments, master development plans, public financing and/or redevelopment proposals, specific plans, zone changes, and other legislative approval.
Prior to the approval of an implementing entitlement, a conditional use permit, a development plan permit, or a tentative map that is part of any land use entitlement described above, an approved copy of any impact mitigation agreement entered into between a developer and a district, shall be provided to the department. School impact mitigation agreements are not required to be approved at the time of approval of the legislative act, except when concurrent implementing entitlements are processed (e.g., a change of zone and a conditional use permit).
   G.   Projects not Involving Legislative Acts. The provisions of this subsection shall apply to new development projects which do not involve a legislative action, (e.g., as a conditional use permit, a development plan permit, or a tentative map).
      1.   All residential development proposals of seventy-five (75) gross acres or more, not within a master development plan or specific plan, shall be evaluated for possible inclusion of a ten net usable acre elementary school site.
      2.   Development proposals are not required to obtain a separate school impact mitigation agreement from the applicable school district prior to the issuance of a building permit. School mitigation fees shall be as authorized under state statute.
(Ord. 196 § 2, 1998)

16.36.080 Dedications and Improvements.

The purpose of this section is to establish standards and requirements for dedications and improvements in connection with the development of land in which no subdivision is involved.
A.   Dedications Required. Applicants who propose new development within the city shall provide, by means of an offer of dedication or other appropriate conveyance as approved by the city attorney, the rights-of-way necessary for the construction of any street as shown on the circulation plan in the general plan, any applicable specific plan, or otherwise required by the city engineer in compliance with an established street system or plan. Rights-of-way shall also be provided for improvements to existing facilities including rights-of-way for storm drains or other required public facilities. All rights-of-way shall be accompanied by a title examination report and be free of all liens and encumbrances.
Dedications required by this section shall be made before the issuance of a building permit for a subject property.
B.   Public Improvements Required. Applicants who propose new development within the city shall cause to construct all necessary improvements in compliance with city specifications upon the property and along all street frontages adjoining the property upon which the structure is constructed unless adequate improvements already exists. In each instance, the city engineer shall determine whether or not the necessary improvements exist and are adequate.
C.   Construction of Public Improvements. If the city engineer determines that public improvements are required, these public improvements shall be designed to city standards and their construction guaranteed by an improvement agreement secured by a bond or cash deposit before issuance of a building permit for the subject property. If the building permit is not exercised, the improvement obligation shall terminate and the security shall be returned. The city engineer is authorized to execute agreements on behalf of the city.
D.   Deferrals of Public Improvement Requirements. Requests for deferrals of improvements shall be processed in compliance with Section 16.108.130 (Article V).
E.   Exemption for Expansion of Existing Single Family Homes.
   1.   The addition, enlargement, expansion, alteration, extension, reconstruction or replacement of any existing single family dwelling and/or accessory structure shall be exempt from the requirements of this chapter to construct street improvements.
   2.   The development of non-habitable accessory structure(s) as provided for under Section 16.44.150 of this Title shall be exempt from the requirements of this chapter to construct street improvements.
   3.   A development that is exempt from the requirement to construct street improvements as provided for in this section shall remain subject to the requirement to provide the city with an irrevocable offer of dedication for the ultimate street right-of-way for any addition, enlargement, expansion, alteration, extension, reconstruction or replacement of an existing single family dwelling and/or habitable accessory structure regardless of size.
   4.   No exemption from the requirement to construct street improvements shall be granted if the city engineer determines that the lack of street improvements in this case would be a potential danger to the public health, safety and welfare. (Ord. 538, Exhibit A (part), 2018; Ord. 439-10, § 1, 2010; renumbered during 06-04 supplement; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.38.010 Purpose.

The purpose of this chapter is to provide minimum standards to safeguard life, health, property and public welfare, and to preserve the character of the city by regulating the size, height, design, quality of materials, construction, location, lighting and maintenance of signs and sign structures not enclosed within a building, to accomplish the following:
   A.   Provide a reasonable and comprehensive system of sign controls to ensure the development of a high-quality environment;
   B.   Promote a public benefit and encourage a desirable city character with a minimum of clutter, while recognizing the need for signs as a major form of communication;
   C.   Provide for fair and equal treatment of all sign users;
   D.   Encourage signs that are well designed and pleasing in appearance by providing incentive and latitude for variety, good design relationship, spacing and location;
   E.   Provide for maximum public convenience by properly directing people to various activities; and
   F.   Promote public safety by providing that official traffic regulation devices be easily visible and free from nearby visual obstructions including blinking signs, excessive number of signs, or signs resembling official traffic signs.
(Ord. 587 Exhibit B, (part), 2022; Ord. 524 Exhibit A, 2017; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.38.020 Applicability.

   A.   The standards in this chapter are intended to apply to signs in each zoning district in the city. Only signs authorized by this chapter shall be allowed unless otherwise expressly provided in this chapter.
   B.   If a new zoning district is created after the enactment of this chapter, the director shall make determinations as to the applicability of appropriate sign regulations in compliance with Chapter 16.04 (Interpretation of Code Provisions) until this chapter is amended to govern the new zoning district.
   C.   Message Substitution. The specific message displayed on any sign otherwise permitted under this Chapter 16.38 may be substituted with any noncommercial message that is not otherwise prohibited by this Chapter 16.38 at the discretion of the owner and without requiring additional review or approval by the City.
(Ord. 524 Exhibit A, 2017; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.38.030 Definitions.

The following are definitions of specialized terms and phrases used in this chapter. The definitions are organized in alphabetical order.
   Abandoned Sign. Any sign which no longer advertises a business, lessor, owner, product, service or activity on the premises where the sign is displayed.
   Animated or Moving Sign. Any sign which uses movement, lighting, or special materials to depict action or create a special effect to imitate movement.
   Awning Sign. Any copy or logo attached to or painted on an awning.
   Banner, Flag, or Pennant. Any cloth, bunting, plastic, paper, or similar non-rigid material attached to any structure, staff, pole, line, framing, or vehicle, including streamers, but not including official flags of the United States, the state of California, and other states of the nation, counties, municipalities, official flags of foreign nations and nationally or internationally recognized organizations.
   Bench Sign. Copy attached or painted on any portion of a bench.
   Billboard. A legally constructed on-site or off-site structure of any kind or character other than the main business identification signs erected or maintained for outdoor advertising purposes, upon which any poster, bill, printing, painting, or other advertisement may be placed, including on a static or digital display using digital message technology capable of changing the static message on the sign electronically, including statuary for advertising purposes.
   Building Frontage. That building elevation which fronts on a public street, pubic parking lot, private parking lot available to the general public, or pedestrian walk where customer access to a structure is available.
   Business Identification Sign. A sign which serves to identify only the name, address, and lawful use of the premises upon which it is located and provides no other advertisements or product identification.
   Cabinet Sign (Can Sign). A sign which contains all the text and/or logo symbols within a single enclosed cabinet and may or may not be illuminated.
   Changeable Copy Sign. A sign designed to allow the changing of copy through manual, mechanical, or electrical means including time and temperature.
   Commercial Sign. Any sign advertising any business or for profit enterprise, whether on-site or off-site.
   Construction Sign. A sign which states the name of the developer and contractor(s) working on the site and any related engineering, architectural or financial firms involved with the project.
   Convenience Sign. A sign that conveys information (e.g., restrooms, no parking, entrance) or minor business identification for the purposes of directing vehicular and/or pedestrian traffic within a project, and is designed to be viewed on-site by pedestrians and/or motorists.
   Copy. Words, letters, numbers, figures, designs, or other symbolic representations incorporated into a sign.
   Digital Display. A sign with a fixed or changing display/message composed of a series of lights, but not including time and temperature displays.
   Double-faced Sign. A sign constructed to display its message on the outer surfaces to identical and/or opposite parallel planes.
   Flashing Sign. A sign that contains an intermittent or sequential flashing light source.
   Freeway Sign. A sign allowed on parcels which are located adjacent to or within 150 of freeway right of way.
   Future Tenant Sign. A temporary commercial sign that identifies the names of future businesses that will occupy a site or structure.
   Internally Illuminated Sign. A sign whose light source is located in the interior of the sign so that the rays go through the face of the sign, or light source which is âttached to the face of the sign and is perceived as a design element of the sign.
   Marquee (Canopy) Sign. A sign which is attached to or otherwise made a part of a permanent roof-like structure which projects beyond the building wall in the form of a large canopy to provide protection from the weather.
   Monument Sign. An independent, freestanding structure supported on the ground having a solid base as opposed to being supported by poles or open braces.
   Neon. Glass tube lighting in which a gas and phosphors are used in combination to create a colored light.
   Noncommercial Sign. Any sign other than a commercial sign.
   Noncommercial Message. A message or image on a sign that directs public attention or advocates an idea or issues of public interest or concern but is not advertising for hire and or does not promote any business product, activity service interest or entertainment.
   Non-primary Frontage. The elevation of a building that does not include the primary entrance to a building.
   Off-site Sign. Any sign identifying a use, facility, service, or product which is not located, sold, or manufactured on the same premise as the sign or which identifies a use, service, or product by a brand name which although sold or manufactured on the premise, does not constitute the principal item for sale or manufactured on the premise.
   Permanent Sign. A sign constructed of durable materials and intended to exist for the duration of time that the use or occupant is located on the premises.
   Pole Sign. A sign that is displayed on and completely supported by a single support element (pole) that is constructed into the ground, with no part of the sign attached to a building or similar structure.
   Portable Sign. A freestanding sign that is not permanently affixed to a structure or the ground; includes wire-frames and grape-stakes signs.
   Primary Frontage. The elevation/face/front of a building with the main public entrance and the elevation/face/front of the building visible from an interstate.
   Projecting Sign. A sign other than a wall sign suspending from, or supported by, a structure and projecting out-ward.
   Pylon Sign. A sign that is displayed on and completely supported by two or more support elements (poles/columns) that are constructed into the ground and are completely enclosed by a solid architectural element(s) so that the supporting elements are not visible.
   Real Estate Sign. A sign indicating that a property or any portion thereof is available for inspection, sale, lease, rent, or directing people to a property, but not including subdivision signs.
   Relocation Agreement. An agreement between the city and a billboard owner and/or property owner resulting in the removal, relocation, replacement and/or reconstruction of one or more lawfully existing billboards to another parcel of property within the city, or to reconstruct a billboard on the same property, as approved by the city council.
   Roof Edge. On a pitched roof, the lowest portion of the fascia board covering the roof rafters, or if no fascia board exists, the lowest point of the roof rafters. On a flat roof, the top of the parapet wall.
   Roof Sign. A sign constructed upon or over a roof, or placed so as to extend above the edge of the roof.
   Sign. Any structure, device, figure, painting, display, message placard, or other contrivance, or any part thereof situated outdoors or indoors, which is designed, constructed, intended, or used to advertise, or to provide data or information in the nature of advertising, to direct or attract attention to an object, person, institution, business, service, event, or location by any means, including words, letters, figures, designs, symbols, fixtures, colors, illumination, or projected images.
   Sign Area. The entire area within a perimeter defined by a continuous line composed of right angles which enclose the extreme limits of lettering, logo, trademark, or other graphic representation, to get her with any frame or structural trim forming an integral part of the display used to differentiate the sign from the background against which it is placed. See Section 16.38.110(B) (Measurement of Sign Area).
   Site Directory Sign. A sign for listing the tenants and their suite numbers of a multiple tenant structure or center.
   Street Frontage. The portion of a property that is adjacent to a street.
   Subdivision Sign. A temporary, free-standing sign designed, erected, and maintained to serve the public by providing directions and information related to new residential project developments and/or community facilities.
   Temporary. Any sign intended to be displayed for a limited period of time and capable of being viewed from any public right-of-way, parking area or neighboring property.
   Vehicle Sign. A sign which is attached to or painted on a vehicle which is parked on or adjacent to any property for more than forty-eight (48) consecutive hours, the principal purpose of which is to attract attention to a product sold or business located on the property.
   Wall Sign. A sign which is attached to or painted on the exterior wall of a structure with the display surface of the sign approximately parallel to the building wall.
   Window Area. Window area shall be computed by calculating each window pane or panel. The area shall be separate for each building face, and for each window. A group of window panes or panels may be considered one window if they are adjoining on the building face and are less than six inches apart.
   Window Sign. Any sign posted, painted, placed, or affixed in or on any window exposed to public view. Any interior sign which faces any window exposed to public view and is located within three feet of the window.
(Ord. 524 Exhibit A, 2017; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.38.040 Sign Permits.

   A.   Sign Permits Required. To ensure compliance with the regulations of this chapter, a sign permit shall be required in order to erect, move, alter, or reconstruct any sign except signs that are exempt from permits in compliance with Section 16.38.050 (Exemptions From Sign Permits).
   B.   Sign Permit Fee. A sign permit processing fee shall be collected upon application for a sign permit or appeal thereof.
   C.   Approval of Sign Permits. A sign permit application shall be approved, approved with conditions, or denied by the director provided that the proposed sign(s) is consistent with the intent and provisions of this chapter.
   D.   Revocation of Sign Permits. The director may revoke or modify a sign permit, in compliance with Chapter 16.82 (Revocations and Modifications) if it is found that the sign(s) has been erected, altered, reconstructed, or is being maintained in a manner that is inconsistent with the approved permit.
(Ord. 587 Exhibit B, (part), 2022; Ord. 524 Exhibit A, 2017; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.38.050 Exemptions From Sign Permits.

Sign permits shall not be required for the signs listed in this section. Exempt signs shall not be included in the determination of the total allowable number of signs or total allowable sign area for a site/use. This section is not intended to exempt signs from building permits or electrical permits.
   A.   Permanent Signs with no Size Limitation:
      1.   Signs located within shopping centers or similar areas where the signs are not visible from any point on the boundary of the premises;
      2.   Official and legal notices required by a court or governmental agency;
      3.   Signs erected and maintained in compliance with and in discharge of a governmental function or required by a law, ordinance or governmental regulation, including signs erected by a public utility; 1
      4.   Signs on licensed commercial vehicles, including trailers; provided, however, that vehicles/trailers shall not be used as parked/stationary outdoor display signs;
      5.   Bench signs and other signs located at designated public transit locations;
      6.   Change of copy within an approved comprehensive sign program that conforms to the provisions of the comprehensive sign program (16.38.060): and
      7.   Change of copy on existing structures.
   B.   Permanent Signs Limited by Maximum Size:
      1.   Occupant name, street number, and street name signs not exceeding two square feet in area per single-family or multi-family unit;
      2.   Signs for commercial, office, and industrial uses not exceeding two square feet and limited to business identification, hours of operation, Address, and emergency contact information;
      3.   Convenience signs solely for the purpose of guiding traffic, parking, and loading on private property, and not bearing advertising materials. Maximum sign area shall be four square feet. Maximum height for freestanding signs shall be four feet. Taller signs may be approved by the director, if visibility will not be impaired;
      4.   Affiliation signs for auto-related uses, motels, and hotels that show notices of services provided or required by law, trade affiliations, credit cards accepted, and the like provided the signs are attached to an otherwise approved sign, or structure. Signs or notices shall not exceed one-half (1/2) square foot in area per sign, and no more than six signs are allowed per business;
      5.   Gasoline pump signs identifying the brand, types, and octane rating provided the signs do not exceed two square feet per pump face;
      6.   Names of structures, commemorative plaques, tables, dates of construction, and the like when carved in stone, concrete, or similar materials or made of bronze, aluminum, or other similar permanent material and mounted permanently on a structure. These signs shall not exceed four square feet and six feet in height; and
      7.   Official flags of a nation, the state of California and other states of the nation, municipalities, and fraternal or religious organizations, provided that the pole height shall not exceed twenty-five feet in residential zones and 50 feet in non-residential zones, and the length of the flag shall not be more than one-quarter (1/4) of the height of the pole. Increase in pole height may be granted by the director when a special circumstance is applicable to the property, such as height of surrounding structures.
   C.   Temporary Signs Limited by Size and Period of Display:
      1.   Real Estate Signs. Real estate signs subject to the owner's permission and the following limitations:
         a.   For single-family dwellings, one (1) sign per street frontage not to exceed four square feet in area and seven feet in height in addition, "open house" signs are allowed when a sales agent or owner is present at the site;
         b.   For multi-family dwellings, one sign per street frontage not to exceed thirty-two (32) square feet and eight feet in height; i
         c.   Individual commercial, office, and industrial properties not located in a commercial center or industrial/business park, one sign per street frontage not to exceed thirty-two (32) square feet per side and eight feet in height;
         d.   Individual tenant spaces within multi-tenant commercial centers, office structures, and industrial subdivisions offered for sale, rent, or lease, one sign per street frontage not to exceed sixteen (16) square feet and eight feet in height. In addition, one sign for each tenant space available not to exceed six square feet to be located at the individual tenant space for rent or lease; and
         e.   For non-residential freeway fronting properties, one sign along freeway frontage not to exceed three hundred and twenty (320) square feet per side and twenty-four (24) feet in height.
      2.   Noncommercial Signs. Temporary noncommercial signs shall be permitted in any zoning district and in any circumstance where a commercial sign is permitted whether on-site or off-site subject to the following provisions:
         a.   Temporary noncommercial signs shall not exceed 120 days per calendar year;
         b.   Temporary noncommercial signs which relate to a specific event (including elections) shall be removed not later than fourteen (14) days following the date of the event (including an election). In commercial zones, the fourteen (14) days are included in the overall 120-day allowance per calendar year;
         c.   Temporary noncommercial signs in commercial zones are subject to the same size and location regulations as permitted commercial signs. Noncommercial signs are additionally permitted in residential zones subject only to the limitations contained in this Section 16.38.050 C. 2., subsections b, d, e, f, and g;
         d.   The subject matter, content or specific language of a temporary noncommercial sign is not subject to review or approval by the city, subject to Section 16.38.080(H);
         e.   In a residential zone, temporary noncommercial signs shall not exceed sixteen (16) square feet in total area per side. No sign shall be placed in a manner that would obstruct visibility of pedestrian or vehicle traffic;
         f.   In a residential zone, temporary noncommercial signs shall not exceed an overall height of eight (8) feet from finished grade; and
         g.   Temporary noncommercial signs in any zone, shall not be within the public right-of-way.
      3.   Business Identification Signs. A maximum of two temporary signs for the identification of a new business until permanent signs can be erected are allowed for a period not to exceed ninety (90) days. One time extension may be granted by the director. Total sign area for two signs is limited to fifty (50) square feet.
      4.   Future Tenant Signs. Future tenant identification signs that provide information about the future use of a property subject to compliance with the following limitations:
         a.   One sign per street frontage. One additional sign is allowed if a project has in excess of five hundred (500) lineal feet of street frontage;
         b.   Signs shall be limited to a maximum of thirty (30) square feet and ten feet in height. Maximum fifty (50) square feet if combined with a construction sign; and
         c.   Signs shall be removed upon occupancy of the site.
      5.   Construction Signs. Construction signs are subject to compliance with the following limitations: .
         a.   One (1) sign per street frontage not to exceed twenty (20) square feet with a maximum height of ten feet. Maximum size of fifty (50) square feet if combined with a future tenant sign; and
         b.   Signs shall be removed upon first occupancy of the site.
      6.   On-site Subdivision Signs. The placement of on-site subdivision signs shall comply with the following standards:
         a.   Signs may contain only the name of the subdivision, name of the developer and/or agent, an identification emblem, sales price, illustrative graphics, and directional message;
         b.   A maximum of two (2) on-site signs may be located within the project;
         c.   The total area of each sign shall not exceed fifty (50) square feet;
         d.   The height of each sign shall not exceed ten feet;
         e.   Signs shall not be illuminated;
         f.   Signs may be displayed one (1) year after the last building permit has been issued or as long as there is an active building permit; and
         g.   Apartment and group housing complexes of thirty (30) units or more shall be considered within the definition of a subdivision for the purpose of this subsection. Small apartment complexes (twenty-nine (29) units or fewer) may display rental/sales signs during construction and for a period of one (1) year following the issuance of the Certificate of Occupancy. One sign per street frontage not to exceed sixteen (16) square feet with a maximum height of six (6) feet.
      7.   Short-Term Vacation Rental Temporary Signs. The placement of on-site short-term vacation rental temporary signs shall comply with the following standards:
         a.   Each short-term vacation rental shall be equipped with no more than one (1) temporary identification sign, not-to-exceed two (2) square feet in area. No other advertising signs promoting or identifying short-term vacation rentals shall be permitted on-site or off-site. The required temporary identification sign shall be posted in a conspicuous location in front of a single-family residential dwelling, or attached to a condominium in a location clearly visible from the street or internal common area. The sign shall be posted for a minimum six (6) hours, and not more than twelve (12) hours, prior to periods of occupancy, and removed within twelve (12) hours of checkout of the unit. The sign shall clearly state the following information in lettering of sufficient size to be easily read:
            i.   The twenty-four (24) hour city short-term vacation rental telephone hotline number;
            ii.   The city’s short-term vacation rental website address;
            iii.   The name of the owner’s authorized agent or representative, or owner of the unit, and the designated local contact person and a telephone number at which that party may be reached on a twenty-four (24) hour, seven (7) day per week basis;
            iv.   The maximum number of occupants permitted to stay in the unit; and
            v.   The maximum number of vehicles allowed to be parked on the property.
(Ord. 561-20, Exhibit B (part), 2020; Ord. 524 Exhibit A, 2017; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.38.055 Temporary Commercial Signs.

A business or commercial center may be allowed to display temporary signs subject to the following standards:
   A.   Temporary commercial signs are subject to a temporary commercial sign application.
      1.   Five (5) applications allowed per year per tenant space;
      2.   A maximum of thirty (30) days of display per application;
      3.   A maximum of 120 days of display per calendar year per tenant space.
   B.   Temporary commercial signs are allowed at one sign not exceeding 25 square feet in max sign area and a max height not to exceed the edge of roof per commercial sign permit application.
   C.   Temporary commercial signs may be affixed to a window, building frontage or building face of the tenant space for which the application is made.
(Ord. 524 Exhibit A, 2017)

16.38.060 Comprehensive Sign Program.

   A.   Purpose. The purpose of a comprehensive sign program is to integrate a project's signs with the design of the structures to achieve a unified architectural statement. A comprehensive sign program provides a means for the flexible application of sign regulations for multi-tenant projects and projects with more than five (5) permanent signs in order to encourage creativity and provide incentive and latitude in the provision of multiple signs and to achieve, not circumvent, the intent of this chapter.
   B.   Development Plan Permit Required. The director shall approve a development plan permit for a comprehensive sign program for a multi-tenant nonresidential project and individual tenant projects with five (5) or more signs. Standards and guidelines provided in this chapter shall serve as a reference for evaluating comprehensive sign programs.
   C.   Application Requirements. An application for a development plan permit shall be accompanied by plans and information as provided in department handouts for comprehensive sign programs and the following:
      1.   A statement explaining how revisions/modifications/replacement of tenant signs will be carried out to limit the possibility of holes being left in the structure's exterior by mounting brackets, electrical connections, or similar items; and
      2.   A statement of how the use of temporary signs, Including banners, flags and pennants and similar advertising devices will be monitored by the applicant to ensure compliance with the requirements of this chapter. Failure of the applicant to adequately monitor and control the use of temporary signs shall be grounds for revocation of the development plan permit in compliance with Chapter 16.82 (Revocations and Modifications).
   D.   Design Standards. The following design standards are applicable to all signs being proposed under a comprehensive sign program:
      1.   Signs, colors, and materials shall be compatible with the building's colors and materials. Limit the number of primary colors on signs to no more than three (3) with a secondary color used for accent or shadow detail;
      2.   Use the same type of cabinet, cabinet supports, or method of mounting for signs of the same type;
      3.   Use the same form of illumination for signs of similar types:
      4.   If exposed raceways are proposed they shall be an integral part of the design.
   E.   Lessees to be Informed of Comprehensive Sign Program. Lessees within developments subject to the requirements of an approved comprehensive sign program shall be made aware of the Program in their lease and their responsibility to follow the approved comprehensive sign program.
   F.   Findings. In approving an application for a development plan permit authorizing a comprehensive sign program, the Director shall make the following findings in addition to those required for a development plan permit in compliance with Chapter 16.56:
      1.   The comprehensive sign program satisfies the purpose and the intent of this chapter;
      2.   The signs enhance the overall development, are in harmony with, and are visually related to other signs included in the comprehensive sign program and to the structure and/or uses they identify and to surrounding development;
      3.   The comprehensive sign program accommodates future revisions which may be required due to changes in uses or tenants; and
      4.   The comprehensive sign program complies with the standards of this chapter 16.38, except that flexibility is allowed with regard to sign area, number of signs, location, and/or height to the extent that the comprehensive sign program will enhance the overall development and will more fully accomplish the purposes of this chapter.
   G.   Revisions to Comprehensive Sign Programs. Revisions to a comprehensive sign program may be approved by the director if it is determined that the revision is minor and that the intent of the original approval, and any conditions attached thereto, are not affected. For revisions that would substantially deviate from the original approval, the director may require that a modification to the development plan permit application be filed.
(Ord. 524 Exhibit A, 2017; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.38.070 Sign Design.

In determining the consistency of each proposed sign with the purposes of this chapter, the following guidelines shall be applied:
   A.   That the proposed sign will be legible to the intended audience under normal viewing conditions, based on its proposed location, and the design of its visual element;
   B.   That the proposed sign will not obscure from view or detract from existing signs, based on its location, shape, color, and other similar considerations. Signs colors should be compatible with the architecture. The use of garish or fluorescent colors is considered inappropriate;
   C.   That the proposed sign shall be designed as an integral design element of a building's architecture and shall be architecturally compatible, including color and scale, with any building to which the sign is to be attached and with surrounding structure and will be in harmony with adjacent properties and surroundings, based on the size, shape, height, color, placement, and the proximity of the proposed signs to adjacent properties and surroundings;
   D.   That the proposed structure, sign, or display will be designed, constructed, and located so that it will not constitute a hazard to the public; and
   E.   If exposed raceways are proposed they shall be an integral part of the design.
(Ord. 524 Exhibit A, 2017; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.38.080 Prohibited Signs.

The following signs are inconsistent with the purposes and standards of this chapter and are, therefore, prohibited in all zoning districts:
   A.   Abandoned and/or dilapidated signs and sign structures;
   B.   Animated, moving, flashing, blinking, reflecting, revolving, or other similar signs, except time/temperature devices;
   C.   Banners, flags, and pennants, except as specifically allowed by the provisions of Section 16.38.055 (Temporary Commercial Signs);
   D.   Bench signs, except at approved bus passenger loading areas in areas other than single-family residential districts;
   E.   Changeable copy signs, except as approved for a civic organization/institution, movie theater, regional mall, auto center, or unless otherwise approved by a sign program, or as allowed pursuant to Section 16.38.020.C (Message Substitution);
   F.   Inflated signs, balloons, and figures;
   G.   Light bulb strings except for temporary uses (e.g., Christmas tree lots), exposed tubing (neon), and light-emitting diode (LED) or similar lighting technology, except as allowed by a comprehensive sign program;
   H.   Obscene or offensive signs containing statements, words, or pictures of an obscene, indecent or immoral character which appeal to the prurient interest in sex, or which are patently offensive and do not have serious literary, artistic, political, or scientific value;
   I.   Off-site signs not specifically allowed by the provisions of this chapter, including billboards and outdoor advertising not specifically authorized pursuant to Section 16.38.150;
   J.   Painted signs on fences, walls or roofs;
   K.   Portable signs, this provision does not apply to noncommercial signs;
   L.   Pole signs;
   M.   Projecting signs:
   N.   Roof signs;
   O.   Signs erected in a manner that a portion of its surface or supports will interfere in any way with the free use of a fire escape, exit, or standpipe or obstruct a required ventilator, door, stairway, or window above the first story;
   P.   Signs not in compliance with the provisions of this chapter;
   Q.   Signs emitting audible sounds, odors, or visible matter;
   R.   Signs that conflict with or imitate traffic control devices due to color, wording, design, location or illumination, or that interfere with the safe and efficient flow of vehicular and/or pedestrian traffic;
   S.   Signs on public property or projecting within the public right-of-way, except with an encroachment permit issued by the city;
   T.   Signs which are a danger to the public or are unsafe;
   U.   Signs which are a traffic hazard not created by relocation of streets or highways or by acts of the city;
   V.   Vehicle signs; or
   W.   Illegal Signs pursuant to Section 16.38.085.
(Ord. 610-24 § 8, 2024; Ord. 587 Exhibit B, (part), 2022; Ord. 524 Exhibit A, 2017; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.38.085 Illegal Signs.

   Illegal Sign. A sign which includes any of the following:
   A.   A sign erected without first complying with all regulations in effect at the time of its construction or use;
   B.   A sign that was legally erected, but whose use has ceased, the structure upon which the display is placed has been abandoned by its owner, or the sign is not being used to identify or advertise an ongoing business for a period of not less than ninety (90) days;
   C.   A sign that was legally erected which later became non-conforming as a result of the adoption of an ordinance, the amortization period for the display provided by the ordinance rending the display conforming has expired and conformance has not been accomplished;
   D.   A sign that was legally erected which later became non-conforming and then was damaged to the extent of fifty (50) percent or more of its current replacement value;
   E.   A sign which is a danger to the public or is unsafe;
   F.   A sign which is a traffic hazard not created by relocation of streets or highways or by acts of the city; or
   G.   A temporary commercial sign (Section 16.38.055) for which the display period has expired.
(Ord. 524 Exhibit A, 2017)

16.38.090 Nonconforming Signs.

A non-conforming sign is any permanent sign or temporary sign that was legally established and maintained in compliance with the provisions of all applicable laws in effect at the time of original installation but that does not now comply with the provisions of this development code.
It is the intent of this chapter to recognize that the eventual elimination of signs that do not comply with the provisions of this chapter is as important as the prohibition of new signs that would violate these standards. This section shall not apply to billboards subject to a relocation agreement pursuant to Section 16.38.150.
   A.   General Requirements. A non-conforming sign may not be:
      1.   Changed to another non-conforming sign;
      2.   Structurally altered to extend its useful life;
      3.   Expanded;
      4.   Re-established after a business discontinued for sixty (60) days; or
      5.   Re-established after damage or destruction of more than fifty (50) percent of its value, as determined by the building official.
   B.   Abatement. After the expiration of the time period applicable to a particular type of sign, as provided in subsection C below, signs not conforming to the provisions of this chapter shall be brought into compliance.
   C.   Amortization. After the date of enactment of this chapter, the following signs located within any zoning district shall be brought into compliance with the provisions applicable to the zoning district within the following time periods:
      1.   Temporary Signs.
         a.   Ninety (90) Days. Paper, cloth and cardboard signs, board signs, banners, flags or pennants, balloons, bunting, portable signs and mobile signs, animated or moving signs, flashing and scintillating signs, and other similar signs; or
         b.   Twelve (12) Months. Unlighted wood and metal signs and signs painted on structures, walls, windows, fences, and similar temporary signs.
      2.   Permanent Signs-Fifteen (15) Years. Any sign, regardless of material, that is designed and constructed to have a useful life greater the fifteen (15) years.
   D.   Annexed Areas. Except as otherwise provided in this chapter, signs in areas annexed to the city after the date of adoption of this chapter that do not conform to the provisions of this chapter, shall be regarded as non-conforming signs which may remain for the remaining amortization period as provided above, or for a period of three (3) years from the date of annexation, whichever is longer.
   E.   Exception. If a non-conforming sign has historical significance, (i.e., on city's local inventory) apart from its main purpose of advertising, the sign may be granted a minor conditional use permit for continued use in compliance with Chapter 16.52 (Minor Conditional Use Permits).
   F.   Maintenance and Repair. Non-conforming signs and sign structures may be maintained and repaired in compliance with Section 16.32.030 (Restrictions on Non-conforming Structures and Uses).
(Ord. 587 Exhibit B, (part), 2022; Ord. 524 Exhibit A, 2017; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.38.100 Abandoned Signs.

A sign shall be removed by the owner or lessee of the premises upon which the sign is located when the business that it advertises is no longer conducted on the premises. If the owner or lessee fails to remove the sign, the director shall give the owner thirty (30) days written notice to remove it. Upon failure to comply with the notice, the director may have the sign removed at the owner's expense.
(Ord. 524 Exhibit A, 2017; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.38.110 General Provisions for All Signs.

   A.   Maintenance of Signs. Signs and supporting hardware, including temporary signs, shall be maintained in good repair and functioning properly at all times. Repairs to signs shall be of equal or better in quality of materials and design as the original sign. Signs which are not properly maintained and are dilapidated shall be deemed to be a public nuisance.
   When existing signs are removed or replaced, all brackets, poles, and other supports that are no longer required shall.be removed. Unpainted areas shall be painted to match the adjacent portion of the building or sign support structure.
   B.   Measurement of Sign Area.
      1.   The surface area of a sign shall be calculated by enclosing the extreme limits of all writing, logo, representation, emblem, or other display within a single continuous perimeter composed of squares or rectangles with no more than eight (8) lines.
FIGURE 3-12
MEASUREMENT OF SIGN AREA
      2.    Supporting framework or bracing that is clearly incidental to the display itself shall not be computed as sign area.
      3.   Double-faced signs shall be regarded as a single sign if the distance between each sign face does not exceed two (2) feet.
      4.   Where a sign consists of one or more three-dimensional objects (i.e., balls, cubes, clusters of objects, sculpture or statue-like trademarks), the sign area shall be measured as their maximum projection upon a vertical plane.
      5.   For signs that incorporate time and temperature devices, the area of these devices shall not be included in the total sign area.
   C.   Measurement of Sign Height. Sign height shall be measure as the vertical distance from the finished grade adjacent to the base of the sign structure to the highest point of the structure.
   D.   Illumination of Signs. The artificial illumination of signs, either from an internal or external source, shall be designed to eliminate negative impacts on surrounding rights-of-way and properties.
      1.   External light sources shall be directed and shielded to limit direct illumination of any object other than the sign.
      2.   The light from an illuminated sign shall not be of an intensity or brightness that will interfere with the reasonable enjoyment of surrounding residential properties.
      3.   Signs shall not have blinking, flashing, or fluttering lights or other illuminating devices that have a changing light intensity, brightness, or color.
      4.   Colored lights shall not be used at a location or in a manner so as to be confused or construed as traffic control devices.
      5.   Neither the direct nor reflected light from primary light sources shall create a hazard to operators of motor vehicles.
      6.   Reflective- type bulbs and incandescent lamps that exceed fifteen (15) watts shall not be used on the exterior surface of signs so as to expose the face of the bulb or lamp to a public right-of-way or adjacent property.
      7.   Light sources shall utilize energy efficient fixtures to the greatest extent possible.
   E.   Sign Copy. Except as provided pursuant to Section 16.38.020 (C) (Message Substitution), the copy of permanent signs shall relate only to the name and/or nature of the business. Permanent "come-on" signs that advertise continuous sales, special prices, etc. are not allowed. Sign copy shall include minimal information only. The name of the use or business shall be the dominant message on the sign. Monument signs shall contain the street address of the use(s) in compliance with Section 16.38.020(G) below.
(Ord. 524 Exhibit A, 2017; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.38.120 Standards for Specific Types of Signs.

   A.   Awning Signs.
      1.   Awning signs shall only be located on building frontages, including those fronting a parking lot or pedestrian way.
      2.   Awning signs on awnings are limited to ground level and second story occupancies only.
      3.   Awning signs shall not be internally illuminated. Lighting directed downwards that does not illuminate the awning is allowed.
   B.   Canopy Signs for Fueling Stations.
      1.   Canopy signs are allowed on two sides of the canopy.
      2.   Canopy signs can have a max sign area of 10 square feet.
   C.   Digital Display.
      1.   Where permitted the digital display on a sign shall be limited to twenty (20) percent of the total sign area of said sign.
      2.   Digital display shall be allowed only on one (1) sign per development.
      3.   The provisions of this Section 16.38.120(C) shall not apply to billboards with digital displays developed subject to a relocation agreement.
   D.   Drive-thru Signs.
      1.    Wall and freestanding signs shall be permitted in accordance with Chapter 16.38. In addition, up to two (2) eight (8)-foot-high menu ordering signs with a total combined square footage of up to 60 square feet in sign area, shall be permitted for drive-thru restaurants.
   E.   Freeway Signs.
      1.   Freeway signs shall be allowed on properties/development with freeway frontage or within 150 feet of freeway right of way. When a freeway frontage street separates the project site from the freeway right of way, the 150 feet should be measured from the centerline of the street.
      2.   Freeway signs shall be spaced 1000 feet apart if they included digital display or within 500 feet apart from other freeway signs if located on the same side of the street, including freeway signs on different parcels.
      3.   Freeway signs shall incorporate a decorative stone base consistent with the overall design/architecture of the center/development proportionate to the height of the sign but not less than five (5) feet or more than thirty (30) percent of the sign height.
      4.   The city's logo or other city symbol shall be included on the structure subject to the approval of the director.
   F.   Marquee Signs.
      1.   Marquee signs shall be mounted only on the front or sides of a marquee, or suspended below.
      2.   Marquee signs shall not project more than six inches from the face of a marquee.
      3.   Marquee signs shall not extend above the top of a marquee.
      4.   A clear distance of eight (8) feet shall be maintained from the lowest part of a suspended sign to the ground below.
   G.   Monument Signs.
      1.   Monument Signs are allowed only for frontages adjoining a public street.
      2.   Monument signs shall not be located closer than five feet from a property line.
      3.   There shall be a minimum of two-hundred (200) feet between any two monument signs (includingpylon signs) on adjoining sites to ensure adequate visibility for all signs. The director may waive this requirement in situations where its enactment would be impractical due to the locations of existing signs on adjacent properties.
      4.   Monument Signs shall not project over public property, vehicular easements, or rights-of-way. Signs shall not obstruct traffic safety sight areas.
      5.   Landscaping shall be provided at the base of the supporting structure equal to twice the area of one face of the sign. For example, thirty (30) sq. ft. o£sign area = sixty (60) sq. ft. of landscaped area.
      6.   Monument signs shall contain an address plate identifying the project or use by specific street address. The address plate shall not exceed four (4) square feet in area. Numbers shall be a minimum of six (6) inches in height. Address plates shall not be calculated against the allowed sign area.
   H.   Pylon Signs.
      1.   Pylon signs are allowed only for frontages adjoining a public right of way.
      2.   Pylon signs shall not be located closer than five (5) feet from a property line.
      3.   There shall be a minimum of two-hundred (200) feet between any two pylon signs (including monument signs) on adjoining sites to ensure adequate visibility for all signs.
      4.   Pylon signs shall not project over public property, vehicular easements, or rights-of-way. Pylon signs shall not obstruct traffic safety sight areas.
      5.   Landscaping shall be provided at the base of the supporting structure equal to twice the area of one face of the sign. For example, thirty (30) sq. ft. of sign area = sixty (60) sq. ft. of landscaped area.
   I.   Site Directory Signs. Freestanding signs located at vehicular entrances of a development to direct visitors and emergency vehicles to buildings.
      1.   Site Directory Signs located within Commercial Zones with multi-tenant developments are allowed at 24 square feet in sign area and 6 feet in height.
      2.   Site Directory Signs located within all other non-residential zones with multi-tenant development are allowed at 12 square feet in sign are and 4 feet in height.
   J.   Wall Signs.
      1.   Wall signs may be located on any building face subject to the review by the director.
      2.   Wall signs shall not project from the surface upon which they are attached more than required for construction purposes and in no case more than twelve (12) inches.
      3.   Wall signs shall not project above the roof edge of a structure.
      4.   Wall signs shall not be placed to obstruct any portion of a window.
   K.   Window Signs.
      1.   Window signs shall be allowed only on windows located on the ground level and second story of a building front-age.
      2.   Window signs shall be permanently painted or mounted on the inside of windows and doors.
      3.   Window signs shall not occupy more than twenty-five (25) percent of the window area of any one window including permanent signs and temporary signs.
   L.   Off-site Subdivision Signs. Off-site subdivision signs are intended to help direct the public to new residential subdivision projects, apartment complexes, and community facilities on a temporary basis during the initial sales/rental period.
      1.   Authority to Grant Contract. The council may grant, through special agreement, the exclusive right to design, erect, and maintain off-site subdivision signs within the entire city, or any designated portion thereof. The contract shall include provisions for administering and managing the off-site subdivision sign program. The agreement shall provide for the following minimum conditions:
         a.   Sign panels shall be made available to all entitled persons, firms, associations, or corporations on a first-come, first-served basis;
         b.   Signs shall not be placed until the applicant has obtained all applicable city permits; and
         c.   Pennants, lights, flags, or other devices for visual attention shall not be placed on the sign structures.
      2.   Permitted Locations. Off-site subdivision signs shall be located within the street right-of-way provided that an Encroachment Permit is issued by the city engineer, and provided that the signs do not obstruct the use of sidewalks, walkways, bike, or hiking trails, and do not obstruct or impair the visibility of drivers, pedestrians, or traffic control signs.
      3.   Design Standards. The design of off-site subdivision signs shall comply with the following minimum standards:
         a.   Structures. Sign structures shall be ladder-type with individual sign panels of uniform design, color, and lettering, and shall include break-away design features where appropriate;
         b.   Structure Height and Width. Sign structures shall not exceed eight feet in height from finished grade, unless otherwise allowed by the director, due to a topographical constraint. Sign structures shall not exceed six feet in width;
         c.   Sign Panels. The sign panels shall not exceed five feet in width. Sign panels shall only contain the name of the new development or community facility and indicate by an arrow the direction it is in;
         d.   Materials. Sign structures shall be made of wood poles unless otherwise expressly allowed by the director;
         e.   Lighting. Signs shall not be illuminated;
         f.   Uniformity. All sign structures and sign panels shall be uniform and consistent in terms of overall design, size, color, materials, and lettering style; and
         g.   City Logo. The city's logo or other city symbol shall be included on the uppermost panel of the structure subject to the approval of the director.
(Ord. 587 Exhibit B, (part), 2022; Ord. 524 Exhibit A, 2017; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.38.130 Standards for Community Entry Monument Signs.

New commercial and industrial development should contribute to providing a sense of place for the community. The city requires that commercial and industrial developments on corners of major arterial s help strengthen the community's design character by providing consistently designed monument signs as part of their projects.
   A.   Applicability. Any project over ten acres that has a general plan designation of community commercial, regional commercial, or business park shall provide a community entry monument sign as outlined in the following standards. Whenever practical, the sign shall be placed at the intersection of arterial streets.
   B.   Standards. Each community entry monument sign shall be designed within the standards provided below and the following illustrations: (See figures on the following pages).
      1.   Forty -foot (40') radius corner cutoff for landscape and sign installation;
      2.   Two formal curvilinear planting rows of trees (silk oak, tulip tree, London plane, California pepper, American sweetgum) set behind theme wall/fence;
      3.   Theme wall/fence, placed at forty-five (45') foot diagonal corner cutoff, maximum five feet high, with corner pilasters of decorative stone consistent with the overall design/architecture of the center/development;
      4.   Turf grass in front of sign;
      5.   Formal shrub hedgerow at base of wall/fence, maximum of thirty (30) inches in height;
      6.   Annual or perennial flower bed, four feet wide in front of hedgerow;
      7.   Incorporation of official Murrieta text/logo/slogan (see figure on following pages) on sign. Letters shall be a minimum of six inches high, three dimensional bronze with brushed finish, antiqued dark color up-per case;
      8.   Lighting shall be indirect. The light shall wash up onto the sign; and
      9.   Corner pilasters shall be of decorative stone consistent with the overall design/architecture of the center/development. The pilaster shall not exceed six feet in height. The minimum dimension of a pilaster shall be two feet by two feet.
 
 
(Ord. 524 Exhibit A, 2017; Ord. 343 § 5, 2005; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.38.140 Sign Standards by Zoning District.

The sign standards provided in this chapter are intended to apply to signs in all zoning districts. Only signs authorized by this chapter shall be allowed unless otherwise expressly provided in this chapter. The standards provided herein do not apply to billboards subject to a relocation agreement.
   TABLE 16.38.140-1
   SIGN STANDARDS - RESIDENTIAL
CLASS
SIGN TYPE
NUMBER
SIGN AREA
HEIGHT
REMARKS
CLASS
SIGN TYPE
NUMBER
SIGN AREA
HEIGHT
REMARKS
Neighborh ood identificat ion
Wall or monument
Two per entry (one at each corner)
Twenty-four (24) square feet
Six feet for wall sign and four feet for monume nt sign.
1.   Copy shall be limited to the name of the development.
Multi-fam ily identificat ion
Wall
One per street frontage with a maximum of two per development.
Twenty-four (24) square feet
Sign shall not project above the edge of roof
1.   Signs shall harmonize with the scale and design of the development.
2.   Indirect lighting only.
3.   Monument signs shall be placed no closer than five feet from the property line. Corner locations shall be approved by city engineer.
4.   Refer to the Objective Design Guidelines (ODS) for additional criteria.
 
Monument
One per street frontage with a maximum of two per development.
Twenty- four (24) square feet
Six feet
Multi-fam ily site directory
Monument
One per vehicular entrance
Twelve (12) square feet
Six feet
1.   To direct visitors and emergency vehicles to buildings.
2.   Sign shall be conveniently located and shall not be located within the entry throat in a manner that could block access.
3.   Illuminated for legibility twenty-four (24) hours a day.
4.   Sign shall locate building, driveway locations, and address of each building. Fire hydrant or knox box locations may also be shown as required by the fire department.
5.   Copy shall be minimum one inch in height and legible from twenty (20) feet.
6.   Refer to the Objective Design Guidelines (ODS) for additional criteria.
Model home complex
Temporary sign on-site
Two on-site temporary signs permitted. One each main street of project.
One hundred (100) square feet
Fifteen (15) feet
1.   Signs shall be removed within ten days from the date of the final sale of the land and/or residences.
2.   Signs shall be for identification of subdivision, price information, and the developers name, address, and telephone number.
 
Flags, banners, pennants
Per director
Per director
Per director
 
 
Real estate signs
One per lot
Four square feet
Seven feet
1.   See Section 16.38.050(C).
Non-resid ential uses
 
 
 
 
1.   Subject to the Civic/Institutional sign allowances.
 
   TABLE 16.38.140-2
   WALL SIGN STANDARDS - NON-RESIDENTIAL
 
PRIMARY FRONTAGE
NON-PRIMARY FRONTAGE
1.5 square feet per 1 lineal foot of frontage not to exceed 250 square feet of sign area
1 square feet per 1 lineal foot of frontage not to exceed 150 square feet of sign area
 
   TABLE 16.38.140-3
   FREESTANDING SIGN STANDARDS - COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL,
   OFFICE, BUSINESS PARK, AND INNOVATION
 
MONUMENT
PYLON
FREEWAY SIGNS
REMARKS
All Commercial zones (NC, CC, RC)
Single tenant
One sign; 24 sq.ft.in sign area per side; 8' max height.
If more than 300 lineal feet of street frontage one Pylon sign; 60 sq.ft.max sign area and 12' max height.
Up to 25 acres in size - 1 sign, 225 sq.ft.max sign area; 40' max height.
>25 acres - 1 sign, 500 sq.ft max sign area; 60' max height.
*1000 ft. from other freeway signs with digital display or 500 feet from any other freeway signs on the same side of the street, includes signs of different parcels/development . Within 150 ft. of freeway right-of-way. All freeway signs shall include the City’s name and logo.
1. Digital display is permitted on one freestanding sign per center and shall occupy a max of 20% of that sign’s area.
2. One monument and/or pylon sign per development shall include the center’s name. This sign area will not count towards the overall allowed signage area of said sign.
3. If project site is located on corners of major arterials it is subject to section 16.38.130.
Multi-tenant
One per street frontage; 50 sq. ft. in sign area per side; 10' max height. If more than 300 lineal feet of frontage one additional sign is allowed along one frontage. Signs shall have a 200 foot separation from any other signs.
>2.5 up to 6 acres - 1 max; 60 sq. ft. max sign area and 12' max height
>6acres<10 - 2 max; one per street frontage; 200-foot separation from all other signs; 60 sq.ft. max sign area; 12' max height.
>10acres<25 - 3 max; at 100 sq. ft. max sign area; 20' max height; 200-foot separation from all other signs.
>25 acres - 4 max; 200 sq. ft. max sign area; 25' max height; 200-foot separation from all other signs. If project site has more than 1,200 lineal feet of street frontage one additional pylon is allowed.
Up to 25 acres in size - 1 sign, 225 sq.ft. sign area; 40' max height.
>25 acres - 1 sign, 500 sq.ft. max sign area; 60' max height.
*1000 ft. from other freeway signs with digital display or 500 feet from any other freeway signs on the same side of the street, includes signs of different parcels/development . Within 150 ft. of freeway right-of-way. All freeway signs shall include the City’s name and logo.
1. Digital display is permitted on one freestanding sign per center and shall occupy a max of 20% of that sign’s area.
2. One monument and/or pylon sign per development shall include the center’s name. This sign area will not count towards the overall allowed signage area of said sign.
3. If project site is located on corners of major arterials it is subject to section 16.38.130.
Office (O and ORP)
Business Park,
Industrial (BP, GI, and GIA), Innovation (INN)
Single tenant
 
 
One sign; 24 sq.ft.in sign area per side; 6' max height.
 
 
Not Allowed
 
 
Not Allowed
 
1. Digital display is permitted on one freestanding sign per center and shall occupy a max of 20% of that sign’s area.
2. One monument and/or pylon sign per development shall include the center’s name. This sign area will not count towards the overall allowed signage area of said sign.
3. If project site is located on corners of major arterials it is subject to section 16.38.130.
Multi-tenant
One per street frontage; 50 sq. ft. in sign area per side; 10' max height. If more than 300 lineal feet of frontage one additional sign is allowed along one frontage. Max of 3 monument signs allowed. Signs shall have a 200 foot separation from any other signs.
>2.5 acres up to 25 acres - 1 max; 60 sq. ft. max sign area; 12 ft. max height.
>25 acres - 2 max; one per street frontage with 100 sq. ft. max sign area; 20 ft. max height
Signs shall have a 200 foot of separation from any other signs
1 max 225 sq.ft. in sign area; 40' max height
* 1000 ft. from other freeway signs with digital display or 500 feet from any other freeway signs on the same side of the street, includes signs of different parcels/developme nt. Within 150 ft. of freeway right-of-way. All freeway signs shall include the City’s name and logo.
1. Digital display is permitted on one freestanding sign per center and shall occupy a max of 20% of that sign’s area.
2. One monument and/or pylon sign per development shall include the center’s name. This sign area will not count towards the overall allowed signage area of said sign.
3. If project site is located on corners of major arterials it is subject to section 16.38.130.
 
   TABLE 16.38.140-4
   SIGN STANDARDS - CIVIC/INSTITUTIONAL
 
WALL
MONUMENT
PYLON
FREEWAY
REMARKS
Civic/Institutional
1 per building frontage facing a public street; max 2 wall signs; with a max sign area of 200 square feet.
One sign per street frontage; 24 sq.ft.in sign area per side; 6' max height.
 
 
 
(Ord. 610-24 § 9, 2024; Ord. 587 Exhibit B, (part), 2022; Ord. 524 Exhibit A, 2017)

16.38.150 Billboards Subject to a Relocation Agreement.

The city recognizes that California Business and Professions Code Section 5412 encourages cities to enter into relocation agreements, and to adopt ordinances or resolutions providing for relocation of billboards. Thus, the intent of this section is to reduce visual clutter; eliminate non-conforming signage; facilitate the relocation and redistribution of existing billboards to more appropriate locations within the city to better serve the advertising needs of the local business community; to allow for incorporation of modern technology into relocated billboards in the form of digital displays; and to eliminate payment of public funds for the removal of existing billboards to accommodate a public project.
   A.   Content. Each relocation agreement shall contain, at a minimum, the following information:
      1.   Identification of the location of the relocated billboard(s) and the billboard(s) being permanently removed;
      2.   Conceptual design drawings for the relocated billboard(s), including sign area and dimensions; and
      3.   Description of the revenue or other consideration to be received by the city.
   B.   Review Process. All relocation agreements shall be reviewed and approved by the city council. The following findings must be made by the city council in order to approve a relocation agreement:
      1.   The proposed agreement is consistent with the goals, objectives, purposes and provisions of the Murrieta General Plan and the Murrieta Municipal Code;
      2.   The proposed relocation site is compatible with the uses and structures on the site and in the surrounding area;
      3.   The proposed relocation agreement contributes to the reduction of visual clutter in the city by proposing a net decrease in existing billboards and promotes activities of city-wide benefit and interest and generates significant revenue for the city; or in the case of relocations to accommodate a public project, the agreement serves the public interest eliminating the need for public fund expenditure;
      4.   The proposed billboard would not create a traffic or safety problem with regard to onsite access circulation or visibility;
      5.   The proposed billboard would not interfere with onsite parking or landscaping required by city ordinance or permit; and
      6.   The proposed billboard would not otherwise result in a threat to the general health, safety and welfare of city residents, based on factors including but not limited to such factors as distracted driving, driver safety, light and glare, or aesthetics.
   C.   Status of Existing Billboards. Only billboards that comply with the Murrieta Municipal Code or that are legal non-conforming billboards as of the date of adoption of this section are eligible to be relocated pursuant to a relocation agreement.
   D.   Permits Required. All relocated billboards shall require a building permit. Relocated billboards on city property shall also require a lease or license and a conditional use permit. Relocated billboards on private property shall also require a development agreement, and a conditional use permit (in addition to the development agreement) if required by the relocation agreement. Subsequent to the approval of a relocation agreement by the city council, the billboard owner and/or property owner shall file applications for the permits and agreements specified herein and in the relocation agreement. All of the foregoing applications submitted by the billboard owner must include the written consent of the property owner. All billboards, whether relocated, reconstructed, or new, require either a conditional use permit or development agreement as determined by the city.
   E.   Non-Conforming Billboards. Any non-conforming billboard relocated or reconstructed pursuant to an approved relocation agreement shall no longer be considered non-conforming for purposes of this code.
(Ord. 587 Exhibit B, (part), 2022)

16.40.010 Purpose.

The purpose of this chapter is to provide regulations to help reduce air pollution and congestion caused by vehicle trips and vehicle miles traveled to protect the public health, welfare, and safety.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.40.020 Definitions.

The following are definitions of specialized terms and phrases used in this chapter. Definitions of general terms and phrases are located in Article VI (Development Code Definitions).
Alternate Work Schedules. A variation from the traditional five-day/forty- (40-) hour work week to a fourday/forty- (40-) hour, nine-day/eighty- (80-) hour work schedule or other alternative schedules.
Flex-time. A situation whereby employees are allowed to determine their own starting and quitting times by either extending the workday in the morning, or evening, or both.
Parking Management. An action taken to alter the supply, operation and/or demand of parking facilities to force a shift from the single-occupant vehicle to carpool, vanpool, or other transportation mode.
Rideshare. A transportation mode with multiple occupants per vehicle.
Telecommuting. A situation whereby an employee forgoes a trip to the normal work site and instead, works from home or from a satellite office near home.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.40.030 Applicability.

The provisions of this chapter shall apply to all new or expanded facilities that employ one hundred (100) or more persons at one site. The following methodology shall be used to determine employee generation for new developments where actual employment statistics may not exist.
TABLE 3-12
EMPLOYEE GENERATION BY LAND USE CATEGORY
 
Land Use Category
Gross Square Feet/Employee
Retail Commercial
Five hundred (500) square feet/employee
Office/Professional
Three hundred (300) square feet/employee
Industrial/Manufacturing
Five hundred (500) square feet/employee
Warehouse
One thousand (1,000) square feet/employee
Hotel/Motel
.5 employees/guest room
Hospital
Three hundred (300) square feet/employee
 
The project employment factor for mixed-use developments shall be based upon the proportion of the development devoted to each land use.
Employers that employ fewer than one hundred (100) people are encouraged to submit trip reduction plans on a voluntary basis to achieve an overall trip reduction of twelve (12) percent.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.40.040 Standards for Trip Reduction.

   A.   Trip Reduction Required. Applicable developments shall incorporate facilities and/or programs sufficient to attain a twelve- (12-) percent, work-related trip reduction from the expected number of trips as indicated in the Trip Generation Handbook published by the institute of Traffic engineers (iTE). Trip reductions shall be calculated in compliance with standards established by Southern California Association of Governments (SCAG) and/or the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD).
   B.   Trip Reduction Plans. All applicable developments or businesses shall submit a trip reduction plan to reduce work-related vehicle trips by twelve (12) percent. The plan shall be submitted for approval at least one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy in the case of a new development or prior to the issuance or renewal of a business license in the case of new or existing business where no new development is proposed.
   C.   Trip Reduction Methods. Trip reduction facilities and programs provided in compliance with the provisions of this chapter may include, but are not limited to:
      1.   Preferential parking for carpool vehicles;
      2.   Bicycle parking and shower facilities:
      3.   Information center for transportation alternatives;
      4.   Rideshare vehicle loading areas;
      5.   Vanpool vehicle accessibility;
      6.   Bus stop improvements;
      7.   On-site child care facilities;
      8.   Local transportation systems management and road improvements;
      9.   Contributions to support regional facilities designed to reduce vehicle trips and miles traveled;
      10.   On-site amenities (e.g., cafeterias. restaurants. and automated teller machines) and other services that would eliminate the need for additional trips;
      11.   Alternative work schedules/flex-time:
      12.   Telecommuting or work-at-home programs including providing incentives through the provision of equipment and supplies and the establishment of satellite work centers.
      13.   Financial and other incentives (e.g., bus pass. flex-time) to encourage employees to rideshare and use alternative modes of transportation;
      14.   Reschedule truck delivery schedules and routing to avoid congested areas and minimize peak hour travel; and
      15.   Other measures that can exhibit a reduction in vehicle trips and further the purpose of this chapter.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.40.050 Enforcement.

Following approval of a trip reduction plan, if there is future noncompliance with this chapter, or exhibited failure to implement the trip reduction plan, one or more of the following provisions shall apply as determined by the director:
   A.   Exercise a lien on the subject property based upon the terms of the agreement; or
   B.   Assess a monetary penalty compounded on a monthly basis upon the length of time of noncompliance equal to the business license renewal fee.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.40.060 Compliance with AQMD Regulation XV.

Trip reduction plans approved by the South Coast AQMD in compliance with provisions of Regulation XV may be submitted to the city in lieu of plans required under the provisions of this chapter. AQMD approved Regulation XV trip reduction plans approved by the city shall be deemed to comply with trip reduction plan requirements of this chapter. Monitoring and annual reporting requirements shall continue to be the responsibility of AQMD and individual employers in compliance with rules and procedures established by the South Coast Air Quality Management District or as subsequently amended.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.42.010 Purpose.

The purpose of this chapter is to provide regulations for the protection, preservation, and maintenance of significant tree resources and to establish minimum mitigation measures for trees removed as a result of new development.
(Ord. 553-19 § 1, 2019; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.42.020 Applicability.

The provisions of this chapter shall apply in all zoning districts in cases where other local, state or federal regulations require tree protection and/or mitigation, the most restrictive regulation shall apply.
(Ord. 553-19 § 2, 2019; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.42.030 Exceptions.

The removal or relocation of a Protected Tree is exempt from the provisions of this chapter under the following circumstances.
A.   Existing Trees on Residential Property. Existing trees on single-family residential property less than one acre in size, with the exception of trees protected pursuant to Section 16.42.050.D and E.
B.   Emergency Situation. Cases of emergency where the director, Murrieta Police Department, or the Murrieta Fire and Rescue Department determines that a Protected Tree poses an imminent threat to the public safety, or general welfare.
C.   Line-of-Sight Obstructions. Removal or relocation of trees necessary to maintain adequate line-of-sight distances as required by the city traffic engineer.
D.   Public Right-of-Way. Removal of trees from within the public right-of-way, as authorized by the director of public works.
E.   Public Utility Damage. Removal of trees for the protection of existing electrical power or communication lines, water lines, and sewer lines.
F.   Nursery. Removal of trees planted, grown, or held for sale by a nursery.
G.   Park District. Removal of trees on property owned by the city as authorized by the community services district.
H.   Pruning and Trimming. Pruning or trimming that does not endanger the life of the tree.
I.   Orchards. Removal of orchards or fruit trees grown, planted, or held for sale for cash crop or commercial purposes.
(Ord. 553-19 § 3, 2019; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.42.040 Definitions.

The following are definitions of specialized terms and phrases used in this chapter. Definitions of general terms and phrases are located in Article VI (Development Code Definitions)
A.   Arborist. 1) A person currently certified by the Western Chapter of the International Society of Arboriculture as an expert on the care of trees; 2) a consulting arborist who satisfies the requirements of the American Society of Consulting Arborists; or 3) other qualified professionals who the director determines has gained through experience the qualifications to identify, remove, or replace trees (i.e., licensed landscape architect, horticulturist, biologist).
B.   Damaged Tree. Any action causing or contributing injury to the root system or. other parts of a tree, by fire, application of toxic substances, operation of machinery or equipment; improper watering; changing natural grade of land by excavation or filling the drip line area around the trunk; or by attaching signs or artificial material thereby piercing the bark of the tree.
C.   Diseased Tree. Trees afflicted by, but not limited to, any of the following: insect infestation, heart rot, exfoliation, slime flux, crown rot, leaf scorch, and root fungus that shall be evaluated, treated and re-evaluated in an effort to restore or save the tree.
D.   Diameter at Standard Height (DSH). DSH means the diameter of the main tree trunk measured at 4.5 feet above natural grade, except as specified below. The diameter shall be calculated by using the following formula: diameter = circumference/3.14.
   1.   For a tree that branches at or below 4.5 feet, DSH means the diameter of the main tree trunk at the narrowest point between the grade and the branching point.
   2.   For a tree with a common root system that branches at the ground, DSH means the sum of the diameter of the largest trunk and one-half the cumulative diameter of the remaining trunks at 4.5 feet above natural grade.
E.   Drip Line. A line that may be drawn on the ground around a tree directly under its outermost branch tips and which identifies that location where rainwater tends to drip from the trees. When depicted on a map, the drip line will appear as an irregular shaped circle that follows the contour of the tree's branches as seen from overhead.
F.   Historically Significant Tree. A living tree designated by resolution of the council as an historic tree because of an association with some event or person of historical significance to the community or because of special recognition due to size, condition, or aesthetic qualities.
G.   Mature Native Oak Tree. A living Native Oak Tree with a DSH of 4.0 inches or more.
H.   Mature Native Tree. A living Native Tree with a DSH of 4.0 inches or more.
I.   Mature Tree. A living tree of any species, other than Native Oak Tree or Native Tree, with a DSH of 9.5 inches or more.
J.   Native Oak Tree. A living tree of the genus Quercus including, but not limited to, the California or Coast Live Oak (Quercus agrifolia), Coastal Sage Scrub Oak (Quercus dumosa), Engleman Oak (Quercus engelmannii), Scrub Oak (Quercus berberidfolia), and the Valley Oak (Quercus lobata).
K.   Native Tree. A living tree that is native to California and/or the Murrieta climate zone including, but not limited to, the California Sycamore (Platanus racemosa), Western Cottonwood (Populus fremontii), California Bay Laurel (Umbellularia California), and California Black Walnut (Juglans California).
L.   Tree Report. A report prepared by an Arborist to identify the potential impact of new development on Protected Trees, the current health and/or stability of Protected Trees, the recommended restorative or remedial measures intended to improve the health and safety of Protected Trees, and to provide supporting evidence for instances where Protected Trees cannot be preserved.
(Ord. 553-19 § 4, 2019; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.42.050 Protected Trees.

A protected tree is any of the following:
   A.   Mature Native Oak Tree;
   B.   Mature Native Tree;
   C.   Mature Tree;
   D.   Historically Significant Tree; or,
   E.   Any tree required to be planted or preserved as environmental mitigation, or condition of approval for a discretionary permit.
(Ord. 553-19 § 5, 2019; Ord. 337 § 8, 2005; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.42.060 Damaging Protected Trees Prohibited.

Notwithstanding Section 16.42.040 (Exemptions), no person shall cut down, remove, relocate, or otherwise destroy a Protected Tree without first securing a Tree Removal Permit pursuant to Section 16.42.070. Any pruning or trimming of a Protected Tree as authorized under Section 16.42.040.1 shall be conducted in compliance with the guidelines published by the International Society of Arboriculture (ISA).
(Ord. 553-19 § 6, 2019; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.42.070 Tree Removal Permit.

A.   Permit Required. No protected tree shall be removed, cut down, or otherwise destroyed, unless a tree removal permit has been approved by the director. Notwithstanding the above, a tree removal permit shall not be required in the event that the removal or relocation of a protected tree is proposed as part of a discretionary permit application. While a tree removal permit is not required, all other provisions of this chapter shall still apply to the discretionary permit.
B.   A tree removal permit shall include the following minimum information:
   1.   A tree report consistent with Section 16.42.080.
   2.   A site map indicating existing and proposed elevations, property lines, streets, easements, driveways, buildings and structures, building and structure setbacks, parking areas, existing and proposed land uses, and locations of all protected trees with identification numbers consistent with the tree report.
   3.   A landscape or tree planting plan that is complete with all proposed tree locations and lists tree common name, botanical name, quantity, container size, and the equivalent DSH as outlined in Section 16.42.095.B.3.
   4.   A tree replacement plan with explanation of how proposed replacement trees comply with Section 16.42.095 Protected Tree Replacement Standards.
   5.   Proof of compliance with any applicable California Contractors State License Board licensing requirements such as C-61 (Limited Specialty); D-49 (Tree Service) license.
   6.   Authorization of the property owner.
   7.   Any other information the director determines to be necessary.
(Ord. 553-19 § 7, 2019; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.42.080 Tree Reports.

A.   A tree report shall be prepared by an arborist.
B.   A Tree Report shall include the following information:
   1.   The precise vertical and horizontal location within plus or minus one foot of each protected tree on the subject parcel and the generalized locations of all protected trees within twenty (20) feet of the subject parcel. Each protected tree shall be assigned an identification number;
   2.   Tree type by common name and botanical name;
   3.   The DSH calculation of all protected trees;
   4.   The approximate canopy diameter of each tree;
   5.   A letter grade for the health of each tree, in accordance with the International Society of Arboriculture and Tree Appraisal Current Edition, or equivalent;
   6.   A letter grade for the aesthetic quality of each tree employing the grades defined in Section 16.42.080.B.5. above;
   7.   Disclosure of any significant disease, insect infestations, heart rot, fire, or mechanical or wind damage;
   8.   Recommended tree surgery^ chemical treatment, or other remedial measures intended to improve the health, safety or life expectancy of the tree; and
   9.   Identify those trees that are to be preserved and trees that are proposed for removal. If proposing removal, provide supporting evidence that the protected tree cannot be preserved pursuant to Section 16.42.090.
(Ord. 553-19 § 8, 2019; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.42.090 Preservation of Protected Trees.

A.   The design of each project shall recognize the desirability of preserving protected trees to the greatest extent feasible. The design of the grading and other improvements shall reflect consideration of the following safe-guards:
   1.   Provision of sufficient growing areas as required by individual species;
   2.   No disruption or removal of structural or feeder roots;
   3.   Fencing of trees at or beyond their drip lines during grading and construction activities;
   4.   No filling, cutting, development, or compaction of soils within the drip line;
   5.   Preservation of oak leaf litter below the drip line; and
   6.   Other measures required by the particular species of tree(s) to be preserved as recommended by the consulting arborist, horticulturist, or landscape architect.
B.   It is recognized that the preservation of all healthy trees on a development site may sometimes conflict with reasonable land developmental considerations (e.g., adequate drainage, grading, circulation, safety, and provision of utilities.) However, the design of the proposed development shall address preservation of the most desirable and significant of the healthy trees and the developer is encouraged to utilize creative land planning techniques to achieve this goal.
C.   The review authority shall consider each development proposal and determine the adequacy and appropriateness of the proposed plan to preserve and maintain protected trees. Grading and landscaping plans shall implement an approved tree preservation program. The locations of all protected trees shall be indicated on the plans by the number of the tree as described in the tree report. Notes shall identify which trees are to be preserved, and which may be removed. Plans shall be consistent with the required tree protection mitigation measures included in the project application, initial study, mitigated negative declaration environmental impact report and monitoring plan, and the conditions of the development approval. Plans shall be approved by the director and the city engineer. Prior to use inauguration, the preserved trees shall be trimmed for healthy balance, structural integrity and ornamental appearance as recommended in the tree report for the project.
D.   The precise vertical and horizontal locations (plus or minus one foot) of all protected trees shall be shown on the site plan as part of the initial application unless the project does not involve exterior alterations or construction activities.
(Ord. 553-19 § 9, 2019; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.42.095 Protected Tree Replacement Standards.

A.   Replacement standards.
   1.   A protected tree shall be replaced at a ratio of one inch DSH of tree replaced for each inch DSH of tree removed.
B.   Replacement equivalents.
   1.   Trees planted as replacement trees for native Oak trees or native trees shall be the same species as those removed or a species that is acceptable to the director, with consideration given to species diversity.
   2.   Trees planted as replacement trees for mature trees shall be limited to species that are drought tolerant and ignition-resistant and not deemed to be an invasive species, to the satisfaction of the director.
   3.   The following equivalent sizes shall be used whenever new trees, or combination thereof, are planted (either on-site or off-site) pursuant to a tree replacement plan:
      a.   A tree in a 15 gallon container equates to a one inch DSH.
      b.   A tree in a 24 inch box equates to a two inch DSH.
      c.   A tree in a 36 inch box or larger equates to a three inch DSH.
C.   Security.
   1.   Security may be required for any tree replacement. The security shall guarantee the tree permittee's compliance with conditions of approval and city provisions regarding tree protection and preservation. Security may also be required at the discretion of the director to insure the completion of any additional work specified as a condition of permit approval or other approvals.
   2.   The security shall be in the amount of the estimated cost of the required work. The applicant shall include the cost estimate by an Arborist as part of the tree replacement plan. The terms and conditions of the security shall be reviewed and approved by the director prior to approval of the tree replacement plan.
   3.   Security posted on actual work required shall be maintained for the time period determined by the director.
(Ord. 553-19 § 10, 2019)

16.42.100 Considerations for Approving Tree Removal Permits.

A.   The determination to approve a tree removal permit shall be based upon the following considerations:
   1.   The condition of the tree with respect to disease, danger of collapse of all or any portion of the tree, proximity to an existing structure, interference with utility services, or, in the case of mature native oak trees, interference with an addition to an existing single family detached home;
   2.   The necessity to remove a protected tree to construct improvements that allow economic enjoyment of the property;
   3.   The number of protected trees existing in the neighborhood/area;
   4.   Good forestry practices (i.e., the number of healthy mature trees that a given parcel of land will support);
   5.   The necessity to remove a protected tree to construct required improvements within a public street right-of-way, flood control right-of-way. or utility right-of-way; and
   6.   The suitability of the tree species for use in an urban area.
B.   The director may waive any requirement of this chapter based upon a determination that the tree(s) would have little or no ornamental value in an urban setting, or that the tree(s) are located so that they would not be impacted by the proposed development, or evidence is provided from an arborist determining that the current condition of the tree does not justify its protection (i.e., damaged tree or diseased tree).
(Ord. 553-19 § 11, 2019; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.42.110 Post Approval Procedures.

The following procedures, shall apply following the approval of a tree removal permit application:
A.   Appeals. The decision of the director shall be considered final unless an appeal is filed in compliance with Chapter 16.78 (Appeals).
B.   Expiration/Extension. A tree removal permit shall be exercised within one year from the date of approval or other time limit established through a discretionary permit approval. Time extensions, for up to a total of two additional years, may be granted in compliance with Chapter 16.80 (Permit Implementation and Time Extensions). If a tree removal permit is not exercised within the established time frame, and a time extension is not granted, the provisions of Chapter 16.80 (Permit Implementation and Time Extensions) shall be initiated to consider the permit expired.
C.   Issuance of Building Permit. Building permits may be issued once all applicable terms and conditions of the approved tree removal permit have been satisfied. Minor changes to required conditions of an approved permit may be granted in compliance with Section 16.80.070 (Changes to an Approved Project).
D.   Performance Guarantee. The applicant/owner may be required to provide adequate performance security for the faithful performance of conditions of approval imposed as part of the tree removal permit.
E.   Construction Monitoring. Monitoring of tree protection and restoration measure specified as conditions of approval shall be performed by site inspection conducted by the director.
F.   Revocation. A tree removal permit may be revoked or modified, as established in Chapter 16.82 (Revocations/Modifications), which generally includes findings that the tree removal, relocation, or protection activities:
   1.   Cannot support the original findings:
   2.   Resulted from misrepresentation or fraud;
   3.   Has not been implemented in a timely manner;
   4.   Has not met, or has violated any condition of approval:
   5.   It is in violation of any code, law, ordinance, or statute;
   6.   Is detrimental to public health, safety, or welfare; or
   7.   Constitutes a nuisance.
G.   Enforcement.
   1.   Any person who cuts, damages, or moves a protected tree in violation of this chapter shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and upon conviction may be punished in compliance with the applicable provisions of the municipal code.
   2.   Violation of this chapter during construction activity may result in an immediate stop-work order until permits are obtained along with proper mitigation procedures.
(Ord. 553-19 § 12, 2019; Ord. 182 § 2 (part),1997)

16.44.010 Purpose and Applicability.

This chapter provides site planning and development standards for land uses that are allowed by Article II (Zoning Districts and Allowable Land Uses) in individual or multiple zoning districts.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.44.020 Adult Entertainment/Sexually Oriented Business Establishments.

   A.   Purpose. The purpose of this chapter is to regulate sexually-oriented businesses to promote the health, safety, morals, and general welfare of the citizens of the city and to establish reasonable and uniform regulations to prevent any deleterious location and concentration of sexually-oriented businesses within the city, thereby reducing or eliminating the adverse secondary effects from sexually-oriented businesses. The provisions of this chapter have neither the purpose nor effect of imposing a limitation or restriction on the content of any communicative materials, including sexually-oriented materials. Similarly, it is not the intent nor effect of this chapter to restrict or deny access by adults to sexually-oriented materials protected by the first amendment, or to deny access by the distributors and exhibitors of sexually-oriented entertainment to their intended market. Neither is it the intent nor effect of this chapter to condone or legitimize the distribution of obscene material.
   B.   Definitions. The following are definitions of specialized terms and phrases used in this chapter. Definitions of general terms and phrases are located in Article VI (Development Code Definitions). Sexually-oriented businesses are those businesses defined as follows:
      1.   Adult Arcade. An establishment where, for any form of consideration, one or more still or motion picture projectors, slide projectors, or similar machines, or other image-producing machines, for viewing by five or fewer persons each, are used to show films, motion pictures, videocassettes, slides, or other photographic reproductions that are characterized by the depiction or description of "specified sexual activities" or "specified anatomical areas."
      2.    Adult bookstore, Adult Novelty Store or Adult Video Store. A commercial establishment that has as a significant or substantial portion of its stock-in-trade or a significant or substantial portion of its gross revenues or devotes a significant or substantial portion of its interior business or advertising to the sale, rental, or viewing for any form of consideration, of any one or more of the following:
         a.   Books, magazines, periodicals or other printed matter, or photographs, films, motion pictures, videocassettes, slides, or other visual representations that are characterized by the depiction of description or "specified sexual activities" or "specified anatomical areas";
         b.   Instruments, devices, or paraphernalia that are designed for use in connection with "specified sexual activities"; or
         c.   An establishment may have other principal business purposes that do not involve the offering for sale, rental, or viewing of materials depicting or describing "specified sexual activities" or "specified anatomical areas" and still be categorized as an adult bookstore, adult novelty store or adult video store. The presences of other business purposes shall not serve to exempt these establishments from being categorized as an adult bookstore, adult novelty store, or adult video store so long as one of its principal business purposes is offering for sale or rental, for some form of consideration, the specified materials that depict or describe "specified anatomical areas" or "specified sexual activities"
      3.   Adult Cabaret. A nightclub, bar, restaurant "bottle club" or similar commercial establishment, whether or not alcoholic beverages are served, that features any of the following:
         a.   Persons who appear nude or in a state of nudity or seminude;
         b.   Live performances that are characterized by the exposure of "specified anatomical areas" or by "specified sexual activities"; or
         c.   Films, motion pictures, videocassettes, slides, or other photographic reproductions that are characterized by the depiction or description of "specified sexual activities" or "specified anatomical areas".
      4.   Adult Motel. A motel, hotel, or similar commercial establishment that includes any of the following:
         a.   Public accommodations, for any form of consideration, that provides patrons with closed-circuit television transmissions, films, motion pictures, videocassettes, slides or other photographic reproductions that are characterized by the depiction or description of "specified sexual activities" or "specified anatomical areas" and that advertises the availability of sexually-oriented material by means of a sign visible from the public right-of-way, or by means of any off-premises advertising including, but not limited to, newspapers, magazines, pamphlets or leaflets, radio, or television;
         b.   Sleeping rooms for rent for a period of time less than ten hours; or
         c.   Sleeping rooms to subrent for a time period of less than ten hours.
      5.   Adult motion picture theater. A commercial establishment where films, motion pictures, videocassettes, slides or similar photographic reproductions depicting or describing "specified sexual activities" or "specified anatomical areas" are regularly shown for any form of consideration.
      6.   Adult Theater. A theater, concert hall, auditorium, or similar commercial establishment that, for any form or consideration, regularly features persons who appear in a state of nudity or live performances that are characterized by exposure of "specified anatomical areas" or by "specified sexual activities."
      7.   Massage Parlor. A place where, for any form of consideration or gratuity, massage, alcohol rub, administration of fomentations, electric or magnetic treatments, or any other treatment or manipulation of the human body that occurs as a part of or in connection with "specified sexual activities," or where a person providing a treatment, manipulation, or service related thereto, exposes "specified anatomical areas." The definition of sexually-oriented businesses shall not include the provision of personal services, as that term is defined by Section 16.110.020 of this development code, or the performance of massage in accordance with state law and in compliance with the requirements of Chapter 5.18 of this municipal code and this development code, or the practice of massage in any licensed hospital, or by a licensed hospital, or by a licensed physician, surgeon, chiropractor or osteopath, nor by any nurse or technician working under the supervision of a licensed physician, surgeon, chiropractor or osteopath, nor by trainers for any amateur, semiprofessional or professional athlete or athletic team or school athletic program.
      8.   Sexual, Encounter Establishment. A business or commercial establishment, that as one of its primary business purposes, offers for any form of consideration, a place where two or more persons may congregate, associate, or consort for the purpose of "specified sexual activities" or the exposure of "specified anatomical areas "or activities when one or more of the persons is in a state of nudity or seminude". The definition of sexually-oriented businesses shall not include an establishment where a medical practitioner, psychologist, psychiatrist or similar professional person licensed by the state engages in medically approved and recognized sexual therapy.
      9.   Escort. A person who, for any form of consideration, agrees or offers to act as a companion, guide, or date for another person, or who agrees or offers to privately model lingerie or to privately perform a striptease for another person.
      10.   Escort Agency. A person or business association who furnishes, offers to furnish, or advertises to furnish escorts as one of its primary business purposes for a fee, tip, or other consideration.
      11.   Nude Model Studio. A place where a person, who appears in a state of nudity or displays "specified anatomical areas" is provided for money or any form of consideration to be observed, sketched, drawn, painted, sculptured, photographed, or similarly depicted by other persons.
Employee. A person who works or performs in and/or for a sexually-oriented business, regardless of whether or not said person is paid a salary, wage, or other compensation by the operator of said business. Establishment. The opening or commencement of any sexually-oriented business as a new business or any of the following:
      1.   The conversion of an existing business, whether or not a sexually-oriented business, to any of the sexually-oriented businesses defined in this chapter;
      2.   The addition of any of the sexually-oriented businesses defined in this chapter to any other existing sexually-oriented business; or
      3.   The relocation of a sexually-oriented business.
Nudity or State of Nudity. The appearance of human bare buttock, anus, male genitals, female genitals, or the areola or nipple of the female breast, or a state of dress that fails to opaquely and fully cover a human buttocks, anus, male or female genitals, pubic region or areola or nipple of the female breast.
Operator. The owner, permit holder, custodian, manager, operator or person in charge of any permitted or licensed premises.
Public Building. A building owned, leased, or held by the United States, the state, the county, the city, any special district, school district, or any other agency or political subdivision of the state or the United States, which building is used for governmental purposes.
Public Park or Recreation Area. Public land that has been designated for park or recreational activities including, but not limited to, a park, playground, nature trails, swimming pool, reservoir, athletic field, basketball or tennis courts, pedestrian/bicycle paths, open space, wilderness areas, or similar public land that is under the control, operation or management of the city.
Religious Institution. Any church, synagogue, mosque, temple, or building that is used primarily for religious worship and related religious activities.
School. Any public or private educational facility including, but not limited to child day-care facilities, nursery schools, preschools, kindergartens, elementary schools, primary schools, intermediate schools, junior high schools, middle schools, high schools, vocational schools, secondary schools, continuation schools, special education schools, junior colleges and universities. School includes the school grounds, but does not include the facilities used primarily for another purpose and only incidentally as a school.
Permitted or Licensed Premises. Any premises that requires a license and/or permit and that is classified as a sexually-oriented business.
Permittee and/or Licensee. A person in whose name a permit and/or license to operate a sexually-oriented business has been issued, as well as the individual listed as an applicant on the application for a permit and/or license.
Person. An individual, proprietorship, partnership, corporation, association, or other legal entity. Residential District or Use. A single family, duplex, townhouse, multiple family or mobile park or subdivision. Specified Anatomical Areas. Any of the following:
      1.   Less than completely and opaquely covered human genitals, pubic region, buttocks, anus or female breasts below a point immediately above the top of the areolae; or
      2.   Human male genitals in a discernibly turgid state, even if completely and opaquely covered.
Specified Sexual Activities. Any of the following:
      1.   The fondling or other intentional touching of human genitals, pubic region, buttocks, anus, or female breasts;
      2.   Sex acts, normal or perverted, actual or simulated, including intercourse, oral copulation, or sodomy;
      3.   Masturbation, actual or simulated;
      4.   Human genitals in a state of sexual stimulation, arousal, or tumescence; or
      5.   Excretory functions as part of or in connection with any of the activities set forth in subdivisions 1 through 4 above.
Seminude. A state of dress in which clothing covers no more than the genitals, pubic region, and areolae of the female breasts, as well as portions of the body covered by supporting straps or devices.
Substantial Enlargement of a Sexually-oriented Business. An increase of fifteen (15) percent or more in the floor area occupied by the business as it existed on December 1, 1991.
Transfer of Ownership or Control of a Sexually-oriented Business. Any of the following:
      1.   The sale, lease or sublease of the business;
      2.   The transfer of securities that constitute a controlling interest in the business, whether by sale, exchange, or similar means; or
      3.   The establishment of a trust, gift or other similar legal devise that transfers ownership or control of the business, except for transfer by bequest or other operation of law upon the death of a person possessing the ownership of control.
   C.   Establishment and Classification of Businesses Regulated. Sexually-oriented businesses shall be allowed only in the GI zoning district subject to the following restrictions.
      1.   No person shall cause or permit the establishment of a sexually-oriented business within one thousand (1,000) feet of a religious institution, school, boys' club, girls' club, or similar existing youth organization, or public park or public building, or within one thousand (1,000) feet of any property zoned for residential use or within one thousand five hundred (1,500) feet of another sexually-oriented business.
      2.   Sexually-oriented businesses that meet the locational standards of this chapter shall be allowed in the MU-2, BP and GI zoning districts with conditional use permit approval provided that the business conforms to applicable federal and state standards, all applicable requirements of the municipal code, and all requirements of this development code.
   D.   Measurement of Distance. Distance between two sexually-oriented businesses shall be measured in a straight line, without regard to intervening structures, from the closest exterior structural wall of each business.
The distance between a sexually-oriented business and any religious institution, school, boys' club, girls' club, or similar existing youth organization, or public park or public building, or properties zoned for residential use or used for residential purposes shall also be measured in a straight line, without regard to intervening structures or objects from the nearest portion of the building or structure used as part of the premises where sexually-oriented business is conducted, to the nearest property line of the premises of a religious institution, public or private elementary or secondary school, or the nearest boundary of an affected public park, residential district, or residential lot.
   E.   Exception. A person appearing in a state of nudity is exempt from the requirements of this chapter if the person did so in a modeling class operated:
      1.   By a proprietary school licensed by the state, a college, junior college or university supported entirely or partly by taxation;
      2.   By a private college or university that maintains and operates educational programs in which credits are transferable to a college, junior college or university supported entirely or partly by taxation; or
      3.   In a structure:
         a.   That has no sign visible from the exterior of the structure or no other advertising that indicates a nude person is available for viewing; and
         b.   Where, in order to participate in a class a student shall enroll at least three days in advance of the class; and
         c.   Where no more than one nude model is on the premises at any one time.
   F.   Nonconforming Sexually-oriented Businesses.
      1.   A nonconforming sexually-oriented business shall be allowed to continue for a period not to exceed two years from the effective date of this code unless terminated sooner or voluntarily discontinued for a period of thirty (30) days or more.
      2.   If two or more sexually-oriented businesses are within one thousand five hundred (1,500) feet of one another and otherwise in an allowed location, the sexually-oriented business that was established first and continually operating at the particular location shall be the conforming use and the later established business(es) shall be nonconforming.
      3.   A sexually-oriented business lawfully operating as a conforming use is not rendered a nonconforming use by the subsequent approval/development of a church, public or private elementary or secondary school, public park, public building, residential district, or residential lot within one thousand (1,000) feet of the sexually-oriented business. This provision applies only to the renewal of a valid permit and/or license and does not apply when an application for a permit and/or license is submitted after a permit and/or license has expired or has been revoked.
(Ord. 565-21, Exhibit B (part), 2021; Ord. 293 § 1 (part), 2004; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.44.030 Alcoholic Beverage Sales.

   A.   Purpose. The purpose of this section is to establish standards for businesses engaged in alcoholic beverage sales uses as defined in Section 16.110.020 in order to protect the health, safety, and general welfare of the citizens of the city. This section will establish reasonable and uniform standards to prevent the inappropriate location and/or operation of alcoholic beverage sales uses within the city.
   B.   Applicability.
      1.   No person, association, partnership, or corporation shall conduct, establish or advertise any alcoholic beverage sales use in the city of Murrieta without first applying for and obtaining the required permit in accordance with the applicable zoning regulations of Title 16, Article II (Zoning Districts and Allowable Land Uses) and this Section 16.44.030, as identified in Tables 3-12.5 and 3-12.6, subject to the applicable use regulations contained in Sections 16.44.030D and E.
      2.   The following activities are exempt from the requirements of this section:
         a.   Any "special event" for which a permit has been issued by the city, provided that the application information for the special event indicates that the sale and/or service of alcoholic beverages will occur.
         b.   Any social gathering within a private residence or business that is not required to be licensed for alcohol sales or services in accordance with the California Alcoholic Beverage Control Act.
   C.   Alcoholic Beverage Sales Use Permits.
      1.   Administrative Alcohol Use Permit. An administrative alcohol use permit shall be granted by the director for alcoholic beverage sales as an accessory use for only those uses provided in Table 3-12.5 below, provided the primary use is otherwise a permitted use in the applicable zone as indicated in Title 16, Article II (Zoning Districts and Allowable Uses). The administrative alcohol use permit shall be issued provided that applicant executes the permit accepting the requirements of the applicable use regulations in Section 16.44.030D and E as conditions of approval.
TABLE 3-12.5
Accessory Alcoholic Beverage Sales Use
Administrative Alcohol Use Permit
Primary Use
Applicable Alcohol Sales Use Regulations
TABLE 3-12.5
Accessory Alcoholic Beverage Sales Use
Administrative Alcohol Use Permit
Primary Use
Applicable Alcohol Sales Use Regulations
Amusement Center
16.44.030.D, E8
Bowling Alley
16.44.030.D, E8
Conference Center/Meeting Rooms
16.44.030.D, E8
Day Spa/Salon
16.44.030.D, E8
Delicatessen
16.44.030.D, E6
Discount, Drug and Variety Stores
16.44.030.D, E5
Florist
16.44.030.D, E9
Grocery Stores
16.44.030.D, E5
Hotel - Motel
16.44.030.D, E8
Internet & Mail Order Sales
16.44.030.D, E10
Restaurant
16.44.030.D, E7
 
      2.   Minor Conditional Use Permit. A minor conditional use permit is required for any alcoholic beverage sales uses identified as "C" in any zoning table provided in Title 16, Article II (Zoning Districts and Allowable Uses) and for the uses indicated in Table 3-12.6. The minor conditional use permit application shall be submitted and reviewed in accordance with this Section 16.04.030 and Chapter 16.52 (Conditional Use Permits). The applicable use regulations of Section 16.44.030, as indicated in Table 3-12.6 shall apply and shall be added as conditions of approval of the minor conditional use permit. No minor conditional use as provided in Table 3-12.6 shall be located within six-hundred (600) feet of a K-12 public or private school within the Civic/Institutional designation.
TABLE 3-12.6
Minor Conditional Use Permit
Use
Applicable Use Regulations
TABLE 3-12.6
Minor Conditional Use Permit
Use
Applicable Use Regulations
Bar/Nightclub/Dance Hall
16.44.030.D, E1
Convenience Store
16.44.030.D, E3
Liquor Stores
16.44.030.D, E2
Membership/Private Club
16.44.030.D, E5
Mini-Mart/Gas Station
16.44.030.D, E3
Pool/Billiard Hall
16.44.030.D, E8
Movie Theater
16.44.030.D, E8
Tasting Facilities
16.44.030.D, E4
Residential Wedding/Event Facilities
16.44.030.D, E11
 
      3.   Conditional Use Permit. A conditional use permit approved by the planning commission is required for any use seeking a waiver, exception or substantial modification from one or more of the use regulations in Section 16.44.030D or Section 16.44.030E, or from the six-hundred (600) foot separation requirement of a minor conditional use. In order to allow a deviation from the required six-hundred (600) foot separation requirement, the following supplemental findings are required:
         a.   The public convenience would be served by the establishment of the proposed use;
         b.   The proposed use is not anticipated to be the source of nuisance behavior associated with excessive consumption of alcoholic beverages;
         c.   The proposed use would not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare;
         d.   The proposed use would not increase the severity of existing law enforcement or public nuisance problems in the surrounding area, and
         e.   The proposed use is consistent with the objectives, policies, general land uses, and programs of the general plan, and any applicable specific plan.
The conditional use permit application shall be submitted and reviewed in accordance with this Section 16.44.030 and Chapter 16.52 (Conditional Use Permits). The applicable regulations contained in Sections 16.44.030D and E of this chapter shall apply to a conditional use permit except as modified by the commission or council on appeal.
      4.   Similar Uses. For any request to establish an alcoholic beverage sales use not identified in Table 3-12.5 or Table 3-12.6, a determination shall be made pursuant to Section 16.04.020 (Rules of Interpretation) to determine whether the proposed use may apply for either an administrative or minor conditional use permit or is prohibited under the applicable zoning regulations.
   D.   Use Regulations Applicable to All Alcohol Beverage Uses. The following use regulations apply to all alcoholic beverage sales uses and shall be in addition to any state law requirements, including those provided in California Business and Professions Code Section 25612.5. If any regulation listed in this Section 16.44.030D is inconsistent with a regulation set forth in Section 16.44.030E for a specific type of use, the more restrictive provision shall apply.
      1.   Graffiti. Within forty-eight (48) hours of any graffiti being painted or marked upon the premises or on any adjacent area under the control of the permittee, the permittee shall report the graffiti to the Murrieta Police Department and remove or paint over the graffiti.
      2.   Ads and Signs. There shall be no exterior advertising or sign of any kind or type, including advertising directed to the exterior from within, promoting or indicating the availability of alcoholic beverages.
      3.   Displays. There shall be no interior displays of alcoholic beverages or signs which are clearly visible to the exterior. No more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the square footage of each of the windows and clear doors of an off-sale premises facility shall bear advertising or signs of any sort, and all advertising and signage shall be placed and maintained in a manner that ensures that law enforcement personnel have a clear and unobstructed view of the interior of the premises, including the area in which the cash registers are maintained, from the exterior public sidewalk or entrance to the premises.
      4.   Outdoor Lighting. The permittee shall provide nighttime lighting of the building exterior. The lighting shall be of sufficient illumination so as to enable law enforcement personnel to identify a person.
      5.   Litter. The permittee shall remove litter from the premises, public sidewalks and parking lots daily, and shall keep the areas swept weekly to prevent debris buildup. Trash cans shall be added and "No Littering" signs shall be posted on the premises.
      6.   Alcohol Sale Hours. The sale of alcoholic beverages may be permitted only between the hours of 6:00 a.m. and 12:00 midnight each day or as approved through a minor conditional use permit or conditional use permit.
      7.   Smoking Ordinance. The requirements of Murrieta Municipal Code Chapter 5.23 regarding smoking shall be complied with at all times.
      8.   State License Conditions. Prior to city approval on any ABC zoning affidavit, the applicant shall submit to the city a signed letter addressed to the ABC stipulating to include the appropriate city of Murrieta conditions in the ABC license.
      9.   Loitering. Loitering is prohibited on or around the premises. "No Loitering" signs (size and location to be determined by the city) are required.
      10.   Minimum Employee Age. In compliance with ABC regulations, no person under the age of twenty-one (21) shall be employed as a bartender or cocktail server. No person under the age of eighteen (18) shall serve alcohol within an eating place only if such service is incidental part of overall duties. Within retail stores, employees ages seventeen (17) and younger may sell only if directly supervised by someone at least twenty-one (21), otherwise no person under the age of eighteen (18). Employees within premises that sell alcohol and motor vehicle fuel must be twenty-one (21) for sales between 10:00 p.m. and close.
      11.    Employee Behavior. No employee or agent shall solicit or accept any alcoholic or non-alcoholic beverage from any customer while on the premises.
      12.   Open Containers or Drinking Not Allowed. No alcoholic beverages shall be consumed on the premises of an off-sale establishment, and no alcoholic beverages shall be consumed outside the edifice of an on-sale establishment. "No Open Containers" signs (size and location to be determined by the city) are required to be posted if open containers are found by the police department to be a chronic problem.
      13.   ABC Training. The owner and management of each alcoholic beverage use shall provide ABC approved and/or certified training for all employees who sell or serve alcoholic beverages at the first available opportunity or no later than thirty (30) days from the employee's date of employment.
      14.   Records. The permittee shall at all times maintain records which reflect separately the gross sale of alcoholic beverages and the gross sales of all other products of the licensed business. Said records shall be kept no less frequently than on a quarterly basis and shall be made available to the police department within five (5) business days following notice.
   E.   Supplemental Regulations for Specific Alcohol Sales Uses. In addition to the use regulations applicable to all alcoholic beverage sales uses provided in Section 16.44.030D, the following supplemental regulations shall apply to the specified uses:
      1.   Bars, Nightclubs, Cabarets, Membership Organizations and Dance Halls. Except as to bars located within, and as part of, a winery, brewery or other beverage production facility:
         a.   The sale of alcoholic beverages for consumption off -the premises is strictly prohibited.
         b.   No reduced price or no charge alcoholic beverage promotion is permitted after 8:00 p.m. each day.
         c.   There shall not be a requirement to purchase a minimum number of drinks in lieu of a cover charge or admission fee.
         d.   Hours of operation shall be as set forth in the conditional use permit.
         e.   All sound resulting from the business and/or live entertainment activities shall be substantially contained within the building in compliance with city noise regulations.
      2.   Liquor Stores.
         a.   Wine shall not be sold with an alcoholic content of greater than fifteen percent (15%) by volume except for "dinner wines" which have been aged two (2) years or more and maintained in packaged bottles.
         b.   The possession of alcoholic beverages in open containers and the consumption of alcoholic beverages are prohibited on or around the premises.
         c.   The sale and delivery of alcoholic beverages shall be made to persons who are within the permitted premises only and not through a pass-out window, or a slide out tray to the exterior of the premises.
         d.   Beer, malt beverage products, wine coolers, and pre-mixed distilled spirits cocktails (if allowed by ABC license) shall be sold, regardless of container size, only in manufacturer pre-packaged multi-unit quantities.
         e.   Surveillance cameras and equipment shall be installed to record all purchases and attempted purchases of alcoholic beverages in accordance with the specifications provided by the police department. The equipment shall be able to record a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours of operation. The facility operator shall maintain the recordings for the prior sixty (60) days and make the recordings available to the police department within twenty-four (24) hours upon request. The recordings shall be made available for use in evidence against persons who purchased or attempted to purchase alcoholic beverages as well as for use in court or any administrative proceeding.
      3.   Convenience Stores and Mini-Marts/Gas Stations.
         a.   Only beer and wine may be sold, and only for off-site consumption. No sales of distilled spirits or pre-mixed distilled spirit cocktails is permitted.
         b.   Cold beer or wine shall only be sold from, or displayed in, the main, permanently affixed electrical cooler only.
         c.   No displays of beer, wine or other alcoholic beverages shall be located within ten (10) feet of any building entrance or check-out counter, unless the display is not physically accessible to customers.
         d.   Beer, malt beverage products and wine coolers shall be sold, regardless of container size, only in manufacturer pre-packaged multi-unit quantities.
         e.   Wine shall not be sold with an alcoholic content of greater than fifteen percent (15%) by volume except for "dinner wines" which have been aged two years or more and maintained in packaged bottles.
         f.   The possession of alcoholic beverages in open containers and the consumption of alcoholic beverages are prohibited on or around the premises.
         g.   The sale and delivery of alcoholic beverages shall be made to persons who are within the permitted premises only and not through a pass-out window, or a slide out tray to the exterior of the premises.
         h.   No advertising for beer, wine or other alcoholic beverage shall be located on gasoline islands; and no lighted advertising for beer, wine, or other alcoholic beverages shall be located on the exterior of buildings or within window areas.
         i.   The sale of beer and wine shall be incidental to, and in conjunction with, the sale of food, groceries and sundries, and the area (not including storage) devoted to the display and sale of beer and wine shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of the retail floor area.
         j.   Surveillance cameras and equipment shall be installed to record all purchases and attempted purchases of alcoholic beverages in accordance with the specifications provided by the police department. The equipment shall be able to record a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours of operation. The facility operator shall maintain the recordings for the prior sixty (60) days and make the recordings available to the police department within twenty-four (24) hours upon request. The recordings shall be made available for use in evidence against persons who purchased or attempted to purchase alcoholic beverages as well as for use in court or any administrative proceeding.
         k.   Signs shall be posted outside the building at or near the motor vehicle fuel servicing area and inside near the cash registers notifying the public that, "All alcoholic beverage transactions are monitored in cooperation with the Murrieta Police Department." The size, wording and letter style of the advisory sign shall be as determined by the police department.
      4.   Tasting Facilities. Tasting facilities shall include any beverage production facility or any other alcoholic beverage sales use proposed to provide for alcohol tasting or sampling onsite. The following regulations are in addition to 16.44.030D and any applicable regulations for the primary use in 16.44.030E.
         a.   No reduced price or no cost alcoholic beverage tasting promotion shall be allowed after 8:00 p.m. each day.
         b.   Customers will be limited to no more than one (1) series of free tasting.
         c.   Tasting samples shall be no larger than one (1) ounce.
         d.   For breweries and microbreweries, the sale of alcoholic beverages for consumption off the premises is strictly limited to beverages manufactured onsite.
         e.   No person under the age of twenty-one (21) shall be allowed in the sampling or tasting areas.
      5.   Grocery Stores, Variety Stores, Discount Stores and Drug Stores.
         a.   The gross floor area of the establishment shall be a minimum of seven thousand (7,000) square feet, and no more than fifteen percent (15%) of the gross floor area shall be used for the storage and display of alcoholic beverages.
         b.   No wine shall be sold with an alcoholic content of greater than fifteen percent (15%) by volume except for "dinner wines" which have been aged two (2) years or more and maintained in packaged bottles.
         c.   The sale of beer or malt beverages in containers larger than sixteen (16) ounces is prohibited.
         d.   The sale of miniature-sized distilled spirits is not allowed.
         e.   No displays of beer, wine or other alcoholic beverages shall be located within ten (10) feet of any building entrance or check-out counter.
      6.   Delicatessens. Self-service of alcohol is prohibited; including refrigerated coolers and buckets of drinks in ice available to the customer.
      7.   Restaurants.
         a.   The sale of alcoholic beverages for off-premises consumption is prohibited.
         b.   No reduced price or no cost alcoholic beverage promotion shall be allowed after 8:00 p.m. each day.
         c.   Self-service of alcohol is prohibited; including refrigerated coolers and buckets of drinks in ice available to the customer.
      8.   Amusement Centers; Bowling Alleys; Conference Centers; Day Spa/Salon; Hotels and Motels; Movie Theaters and Pool/Billiard Halls.
         a.   The sale of alcoholic beverages for off-premises consumption is prohibited.
         b.   No reduced price or no cost alcoholic beverage promotion shall be allowed after 8:00 p.m. each day.
         c.   There shall not be a requirement to purchase a minimum number of drinks in-lieu of an admission or cover charge.
         d.   Self-service of alcohol is prohibited; including refrigerated coolers and buckets of drinks in ice available to the customer.
         e.   Alcohol sales within a movie theater shall be prohibited unless within a separate controlled section or "box" restricted to patrons aged twenty-one (21) and over.
      9.   Florist.
         a.   No wine shall be sold with an alcoholic content of greater than fifteen percent (15%) by volume except for "dinner wines" which have been aged two (2) years or more and maintained in packaged bottles.
         b.   All alcoholic beverages shall be sold only as part of a gift package, or floral arrangement.
         c.   Refrigerated or otherwise chilled alcoholic beverages shall not be sold or maintained on the permitted premises, except for alcoholic beverages sold in combination with non-alcoholic beverage commodities and packaged in gift containers requiring refrigeration for the preservation of said commodities.
      10.   Internet and Mail Order Sales.
         a.   The storage, distribution and/or shipping of alcoholic beverages shall only be carried out from a location with a zoning designation that allows such activity.
         b.   Property zoned for residential use shall not be used for the storage, distribution and/or shipping of alcoholic beverages, but may be used office activities related to the business.
      11.   Residential Wedding/Event Facilities.
         a.   The sale of alcohol is permitted during events identified in the approved use permit with an appropriate State Issued Alcoholic Beverage Control license.
   F. Public Convenience or Necessity. When required by the ABC regulations, the decision-making authority shall also consider adoption of a finding of public convenience or necessity (PCN). Applications for a finding of PCN shall be made, reviewed and considered in accordance with this Section 16.44.030F.
      1.   Findings. A determination of public convenience shall be based upon the following findings:
         a.   The public convenience would be served by the establishment of the proposed use.
         b.   The proposed use is not anticipated to be the source of nuisance behavior associated with excessive consumption of alcoholic beverages.
         c.   The proposed use would not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare.
         d.   The proposed use would not increase the severity of existing law enforcement or public nuisance problems in the surrounding area.
         e.   The proposed use is consistent with the objectives, policies, general land uses, and programs of the general plan, and any applicable specific plan.
      2.   Criteria for Consideration. The following criteria shall be considered in making the required findings by Section 16.44.030F.1 above for a PCN:
         a.   The proximity (within six-hundred (600) feet) to sensitive receptors, such as a K-12 public or private school and/or public park.
         b.   The nature of the proposed use and its relation to the surrounding community.
         c.   Any evidence or testimony provided by the city police department (including, but not limited to, site specific neighborhood analysis of calls for service) which indicates that the use would pose a detriment to the immediate neighborhood or continue current law enforcement problems.
   G.   Suspension/Revocation. Notwithstanding Chapter 16.52, the suspension and revocation procedures of this Section 16.44.030 shall control for any alcohol administrative or conditional use permit. The director or commission may, upon a showing of probable violation of this Section 16.44.030 or the conditions of the alcohol beverage sales use permit, request a hearing before the commission. The director shall cause notice of the hearing to be served on the permit holder by first-class U.S. mail and by posting the subject property (notice of violation). The hearing shall be before the commission within fifteen (15) days of the notice of violation. Notice of the hearing shall be mailed to the permit holder, any party complaining of the violation and to all adjoining residents and property owners.
   At the conclusion of the hearing, the commission may suspend, revoke or modify the alcoholic beverage sales use permit in compliance with this chapter, or order the permit remain in good standing. The decision of the commission may be appealed to the council, in compliance with Chapter 16.78. City council's determination following a suspension or revocation hearing shall be final and conclusive in the matter. In the event a permit is revoked pursuant to the provisions of this Section 16.44.030G, another permit shall not be granted for the subject property within twelve (12) months after the date of such revocation.
   H.   Appeals. The decision of the review authority shall be considered final unless an appeal is filed in compliance with Chapter 16.78 (Appeals).
(Ord. 544 §§ 11, 12, 2019; Ord. 455 § 1, 2011; Ord. 430-10 § 4, 2010; Ord. 337 § 9, 2005; Ord. 300 § 4, 2004; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.44.040 Animal Keeping.

The purpose of this section is to ensure that the raising and maintenance of animals does not create an adverse impact on adjacent properties by reason of dust, noise, visual blight, odor, fumes, bright lights or insect infestations.
   A.   Pre-existing Uses. Any legally established noncommercial and nonconforming animal keeping use that became nonconforming upon adoption of this development code, shall be permitted to continue subject to Chapter 16.32 (Nonconforming Uses, Structures, and Parcels).
   B.   Existing Lots of Record. Animals may be kept on legally established lots of record that are less than the minimum lot size reference in Table 16.44.040-1 subject to compliance with setback regulations of the underlying zoning district and subject to approval by the director.
   C.   Permitted Uses. Animal keeping uses allowed in Article II (Zoning Districts and Allowable Land Uses) shall comply with the standards provided in Table 16.44.040-1 below and with all other standards and requirements of this section and with all other applicable ordinances and regulations.
   D.   Exempt Uses. All permitted kennels shall be ruled exempt from the standards contained in Table 16.44.040-1, Animal Keeping Standards, and all other standards and requirements of this section.
   E.   Animal Keeping Standards.
      1.   The following standards shall apply to all animal keeping uses, where allowed within the residential zoning districts:
   TABLE 16.44.010-1
   ANIMAL KEEPING STANDARDS   
   Type of Animal
Allowable Zoning District
Maximum Number of Animals per Site
Minimum Lot Size
Apiary (bees)
RR, ER
N/A
One-half (1/2) acre
Aviary
RR, ER
Fifty (50) birds per acre; more than fifty (50), subject to CUP
One-half (1/2) acre
Cats or dogs
All zones
Four animals each
None
All zones
Eight animals total
Two acres
Chickens
RR, ER, SF1
4
7,200 sq. ft. to .49 acre
12
.5 to 1 acre
30
>1 acre
Chinchilla, nutria, hamsters, guinea pigs, cavy and similar small animals (raising for commercial purposes)
RR, ER
Subject to a CUP
One acre
Exotic or wild animals
RR, ER
Subject to a CUP
One-half (1/2) acre
Frog farm
RR, ER
Subject to a CUP
One acre
Household pets (e.g., birds, domesticated rodents, non- poisonous reptiles)
All zones
No maximum
None
Poultry, fowl (not including chickens)
RR, ER
Thirty (30) animals per acre
One-half (1/2) acre
Pot belly pigs (less than eighty (80) lbs.)
All zones
Four pigs
Five thousand (5,000) sq. ft.
Large (e.g., equine, bovine, bison or similar sized animals)
RR, ER
Five per acre
One-half (1/2) acre
Medium (e.g., sheep, goats, and similar sized animals)
RR, ER
One per five thousand (5,000) sq. ft.
One-half (1/2) acre
Small (e.g., rabbits, chinchillas, guinea pigs, hamsters, and similar sized animals)
All zones
Six per five thousand (5,000) sq. ft. up to one acre. One acre or larger, maximum one hundred (100).
Five thousand (5,000) sq. ft.
 
      a.   Setbacks for grazing, arenas, or areas where animals are kept apply to typical corral and fence construction. Barns, sheds, and similar accessory structures shall be subject to the standards and setbacks of the particular zoning district.
   TABLE 16.44.040-2
 
Standard
Minimum Distance/Size
Setback Front
Zoning district setback
Side and rear
Minimum three feet
From any habitable dwelling
Minimum fifty (50) feet
Fence height
Minimum five feet
Corral size
Minimum two hundred eighty-eight (288) sq. ft. per animal (twelve (12) feet x twenty-four (24) feet) with a minimum ten foot interior dimensions
 
      b.   Apiaries, for the noncommercial use of occupants of the premises only, shall have all boxes or hives housing bees placed at least four hundred (400) feet from any highway, roads, or streets, any public school, park, property boundary or from any structure used as a dwelling or as a place of business. A water source shall be provided on-site.
      c.   Offspring born to an allowed animal kept on the site may be kept until the animals are weaned (cats and dogs - four months; large animals - six months; horses - twelve (12) months).
      d.   Rabbits shall be kept in an area with a wire mesh floor.
      e.   The keeping of animals shall be subject to the waste removal requirements of municipal code Chapter 8.28 and any other applicable laws and ordinances.
      f.   The keeping of animals shall comply with all local, county, state, and federal regulations including obtaining and maintaining applicable licenses.
   2.   A conditional use permit is required for the establishment of commercial and noncommercial dog kennels and catteries, dog training schools, small animal shelters, and dog and cat breeding establishments with outside runs subject to the requirements of the county health department and the following provisions:
      a.   The minimum parcel size shall be one acre.
      b.   Animal runs shall be an adequate size for animals held herein.
      c.   Animal runs shall be constructed or coated with non-porous material to discourage the breeding of ticks and other similar pests.
      d.   Animal runs and animal holding areas shall have concrete or other durable flooring sloped for proper drainage.
      e.   Animal runs shall have adequate enclosures to provide protection from inclement weather.
      f.   Animal runs shall be provided with sufficient drains to control drainage and daily washing of the runs.
      g.   Kennels and catteries shall be serviced by sewer and all excrement produced by the animals shall be properly disposed of on a regular basis so as to control flies and odor, or stored in an enclosed container and disposed of on a regular basis. Existing kennels shall be permitted to remain on a septic system, including expansions to existing facilities. New expansions shall be subject to approval by the Riverside County environmental health department prior to issuance of building permits.
      h.   New kennels and expansions of existing kennels shall be subject to review and approval by the Riverside County health environmental department prior to the issuance of building permits.
      i.   Animal runs, exercise areas, or keeping of the kenneled animals for commercial or noncommercial purposes shall not be located within a required setback area.
      j.   Facilities for dog kennels and catteries, dog training schools, small animal shelters, and dog and cat breeding establishments shall be subject to the setback standards for the underlying district.
   3.   Animals at Large:
      a.   The animal control authority, peace officers, or persons employed for animal regulation purposes shall capture animals found at large within the city and shall handle the animals as impounded animals. Any owner or custodian of an animal found at large in the city shall be in violation of this section. An animal is at large whenever it is not on the premises of the owner or custodian of the animal and is unattended.
      b.   For any impounded animal, except a domesticated dog or cat, all reasonable costs incurred by the city and the animal control authority in connection with the capture and impoundment of the animal shall be the responsibility of the owner of the animal.
   4.   Chickens:
      a.   Chickens shall be contained within an enclosure or coop with an enclosed runway and an area providing protection from weather.
      b.   Enclosure or coop shall be in the rear or side yard and shall be setback ten feet from the rear and side yard property line.
      c.   The enclosure or coop shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition and free of offensive odors.
      d.   The slaughtering of any animal is prohibited in any residential zone.
      e.   Roosters are prohibited.
      f.   Chickens under the age of 6 months are not counted towards the maximum number of chickens as provided in Table 16.44.040-1.
      g.   The commercial keeping of chickens in residential zones is prohibited. (Ord. 610-24 § 10, 2024; Ord. 516 § 2, 2016; Ord. 227 § 2 (part), 2000; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.44.050 Child Day-Care Facilities.

This section establishes standards for the provisions of child day-care facilities, in conformance with state law and in a manner that recognizes the needs of day-care operators and minimizes the effects on surrounding properties. These standards apply in addition to the other provisions of this development code and requirements imposed by the California department of Social Services. Licensing by the department of Social Services is required for child day-care facilities.
   A.   Definitions. For the purpose of this section, the following definitions shall apply. Additional definitions are contained in Article VI (Definitions):
      1.   Small Family Day-Care Homes (Eight or fewer Children). Allowed within a single-family or a multi-family residence located in a residential zoning district, with no city land use permits or clearances required;
      2.   Large Family Day-Care Homes (Nine to fourteen (14) Children). Allowed within a single-family or multi-family residence located in a residential zoning district with no city land use permits or clearances required; and
      3.   Child Day-Care Centers. Allowed in the zoning districts determined by Article II (Zoning Districts and Allowable Land Uses), subject to conditional use permit approval, in compliance with Chapter 16.52, and the standards in subsection B. (Standards for Child Day-Care Centers) below.
   B.   Standards for Child Day-Care Centers.
      1.   Fire Department Standards. The facility shall contain a fire extinguisher(s), CO detector(s), and smoke detector device(s) and comply with the standards established by the city fire department, as well as, all applicable state requirements.
      2.   Health and Safety Standards. Each facility shall be inspected by the city for compliance with any regulations adopted by the state Fire Marshal concerning health and safety standards which are applicable to care facilities.
      3.   Noise. In order to protect adjacent residential dwellings from noise impacts, a facility within a residential zoning district may only operate up to fourteen (14) hours for each day between the hours of six a.m. and eight p.m. and may only conduct outdoor activities between the hours of seven a.m. and seven p.m.
      4.   Off-Street Parking Standards. Each facility shall have the number of parking spaces in compliance with Chapter 16.34 (Parking and Loading Standards).
      5.   Separation Standards. A residential parcel shall not be bordered on more than one side by a child day-care facility and a child day-care facility shall not be legally operated on a parcel within three hundred (300) feet of the parcel subject to the application.
      6.   Fence or Wall. A six-foot high solid decorative fence or wall shall be constructed on all property lines, except in the front yard or within a traffic safety sight area. Fences or walls shall provide for safety with controlled points of entry in compliance with Chapter 16.22 (Fences, Hedges, and Walls);
      7.   Indoor Play Areas. The facility shall be provided with indoor play areas in compliance with state requirements.
      8.   Outdoor Play Areas. The facility shall be provided with outdoor play areas in compliance with state requirements; and
       9.   Swimming Pools/Spas. Swimming pools/spas shall meet County and state requirements.
(Ord. 556 § 14, 2020; Ord. 538, Exhibit A (part), 2018; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.44.060 Condominium Standards.

      1.   New Construction Standards
   A.   Purpose. This section provides standards for the construction of new condominiums as defined by Civil Code Section 951(f).
   B.   Applicability. The provisions of this section shall apply to construction of all new multifamily units that are proposed to be condominiums at the time of construction. A subdivision map shall be submitted and processed concurrently with the required development plan for the multifamily project. The subdivision map shall be in accordance with Civil Code Section 951(f) and Section 16.94 Tentative Maps. In addition to the above requirements these standards shall be applicable for any multifamily project if an application for a tentative map is submitted within one year from occupancy.
   C.   Application Requirements. An application for a subdivision map in accordance with Section 16.94 shall be submitted along with a development plan in accordance with Section 16.56 with sufficient information to evaluate the project for compliance with the provision of Section 16.44.060.1
   D.   Standards and Guidelines. This section provides minimum standards and guidelines for the construction of new condominium units. All construction shall comply with the requirements listed below:
      1.   Architecture Design. All structures shall be subject to the design standards for architecture as contained within Section 16.08.040 of this code.
      2.   Domestic Facilities. Each dwelling shall be provided with its own laundry and waste disposal facilities, or alternate group facilities shall be provided that are convenient to all dwelling units.
      3.   Enclosed Private Storage Area. Each unit shall have a private enclosed storage area that is one hundred (100) cubic feet in size. The storage area shall be exclusive of the required parking area within the garage or the required closet areas for each bedroom.
      4.   Energy Conservation. The project shall include energy and resource conservation measures, including high efficiency thermal insulation, high efficiency heating and cooling equipment, double glazing, water flow restrictors and other similar conservation techniques.
      5.   Fire Walls. One-hour rated fire walls shall be provided between units.
      6.   Fire Suppression. Smoke detectors meeting current building code requirements shall be installed in residential units and other enclosed common areas (e.g., hallways, recreation rooms and utility rooms). Additional fire suppression equipment (e.g., alarm systems, fire extinguishers and sprinklers) shall also be provided as recommended by the fire department.
      7.   Disabled Facilities. Dwelling units should be equipped and improved to accommodate disabled persons as per the uniform building code.
      8.   Landscaping. Open areas shall be landscaped with plant material suitable to the local climate. Landscaped areas shall be watered by a full-coverage, automated irrigation system that is maintained in good working order. All landscaping shall be in accordance with Chapter 16.28 of this code.
      9.   Open Space, Private. A minimum of one hundred (100) square feet of private open space should be provided for each ground floor unit and a minimum of sixty (60) square feet of private balcony or deck area should be provided for each unit above ground level.
      10.   Open Space, Common. A minimum of two hundred (200) square feet of common useable open space shall be provided for each dwelling unit. Private patios, balconies, and entryways shall not be considered common open space.
      11.   Parking. See Section 16.34.040 Table 3-7 Condominiums for parking standards and requirements for each unit.
      12.   Sound Attenuation. Common walls and ceilings of units shall be constructed using techniques to limit noise transmission as specified by the uniform building code or equivalent. Exterior noise shall be attenuated to forty-five (45) dBA inside the dwelling units.
      13.   Utility. Each dwelling unit shall be provided with its own utility meters as per the requirements of the servicing agency.
   2.   Conversion Standards
   A.   Purpose. This section provides standards for the conversion of multi-family dwelling units to residential condominiums, stock cooperatives, or community apartments.
   B.   Applicability. The provisions of this section shall apply to conversions of existing multi-family dwelling units to condominiums, stock cooperatives, or community apartments which shall require the approval of a conditional use permit (16.52).
   C.   Application Requirements. An application for a subdivision map to allow a conversion project in compliance with Chapter 16.100 (Condominium Conversions) shall be accompanied by sufficient information to evaluate the project for compliance with the provisions of this section. Required information shall include:
      1.   General Conditions Report. A report on general structural conditions, addressing foundation, framing, interior and exterior wall coverings, roof, plumbing, electrical wiring, utility connections, built-in house-hold appliances, heating and cooling systems, and sewer evaluation prepared by an independent state licensed structural engineer, architect or general contractor. The report shall address the condition and expected remaining useful life of each respective item;
      2.    Pest Report. A pest information report addressing the present condition of the structure as it may be affected by termites, dry rot, roaches, or other insects, and recommending work required to render the structure free of infestation;
      3.   Acoustical Report. An inter-unit acoustical report, certified by a competent expert acceptable to the director;
      4.   Plot Plan. A fully detailed plot plan drawn to scale;
      5.   Relocation Plan. A relocation plan which identifies the steps which will be taken to ensure the successful relocation of each tenant. The relocation plan shall also state what specific relocation assistance ten-ants will be given, including the cost of moving, first and last months' rent, security and cleaning deposits, and phone connection and utility deposits. Particular consideration shall be given to the elderly, handicapped, families with children and other tenants who may encounter difficulty in finding a new residence;
      6.   Names of Tenants. A list of the names and addresses of the tenants of the project at the time of the application and two sets of stamped, addressed envelopes;
      7.   CC and R's Required. Covenants, conditions and restrictions (CC and R's) shall be submitted for re-view and approval by the director and city attorney which shall contain at a minimum:
         a.   The formation of a "Community Association" to provide for the maintenance of common areas;
         b.   Disclosure of management agreements, maintenance provisions, access for emergency repairs, easements and other similar items;
         c.   Allocation of off-street parking spaces for residents and guests; and
         d.   Provisions for establishment of a maintenance and operating budget.
      8.   Other Information. Other information required by the director to provide a thorough evaluation of the conversion project.
   D.   Standards and Guidelines. This section provides minimum standards and guidelines for the conversion of multi-family dwelling units to condominiums, stock cooperatives or community apartments. The guidelines are indicated by the word "should" as opposed to the mandatory "shall". Guidelines shall be implemented to the greatest degree possible.
      1.   Domestic Facilities. Each dwelling shall be provided with its own laundry and waste disposal facilities, or alternate group facilities shall be provided that are convenient to all dwelling units.
      2.   Energy Conservation. The project should include energy and resource conservation measures, including high efficiency thermal insulation, high efficiency heating and cooling equipment, double glazing, water flow restrictors, solar water heating and other similar conservation techniques.
      3.   Fire Walls. One-hour rated fire walls shall be provided between units.
      4.   Fire Suppression. Smoke detectors meeting current building code requirements shall be installed in residential units and other enclosed common areas (e.g., hallways, recreation rooms and utility rooms). Additional fire suppression equipment (e.g., alarm systems, fire extinguishers and sprinklers) shall also be provided as recommended by the fire department.
      5.   Disabled Facilities. Dwelling units should be equipped and improved to accommodate disabled persons as per the uniform building code.
      6.   Landscaping. Open areas shall be landscaped with plant material suitable to the local climate. Landscaped areas shall be watered by a full-coverage, automated irrigation system that is maintained in good working order.
      7.    Open Space, Private. A minimum of one hundred (100) square feet of private open space should be provided for each ground floor unit and a minimum of fifty (50) square feet of private balcony or deck area should be provided for each unit above ground level.
      8.   Open Space, Common. A minimum of two hundred (200) square feet of common useable open space should be provided for each dwelling unit. Private patios, balconies, and entryways shall not be considered common open space.
      9.   Parking. A minimum of two covered off-street parking spaces shall be provided for each dwelling unit unless modified by the commission. Guest parking should be provided at the rate of one space for each three units.
      10.   Public Works. Missing or damaged street improvements, including the following, shall be repaired or replaced:
         a.   Curb and gutter;
         b.   Sidewalks;
         c.   Drive aprons;
         d.   Street lights; and
         e.   Street trees.
Public improvements to be constructed in conjunction with the conversion project and shall be completed prior to final inspection and release by the building department.
      11.    Sound Attenuation. Common walls and ceilings of units shall be constructed or upgraded using techniques to limit noise transmission as specified by the uniform building code or equivalent. Exterior noise shall be attenuated to forty-five (45) dBA inside the dwelling units.
      12.    Structural Condition. Structures shall be in sound condition, pest and vermin-free, watertight.
      13.    Utility. Utility systems shall be in sound, safe, and fully-operable condition. Each dwelling unit shall be provided with its own utility meters.
   E.   Tenant Relocation/Purchase Provisions. The applicant shall give written notice to tenants ten days prior to the date of public hearings relating to the conditional use permit application for the condominium conversion. Tenants at the time of city approval shall be given a notice of intent to convert at least one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the date of conversion and the right to purchase, exercisable within sixty (60) days in compliance with state law. The applicant shall provide qualified tenants of the development the following minimum benefits.
      1.    Relocation assistance benefits shall be paid to tenants of the development at the time of city approval of the conversion and who remain as tenants for at least one hundred (120) days thereafter, and to persons who become tenants after city approval and who have not been given written notice by the developer of the intended conversion prior to becoming a tenant. The relocation assistance benefit shall be payable only to tenants who desire to relocate. The relocation assistance benefit shall be determined on a per unit basis, to be shared among the tenants of the unit. The amount of the relocation assistance benefit shall be equal to twice the last month's rent. Rent reduction or waiver may be included for consideration. The minimum amount may be increased from time to time by resolution of the council.
      2.    Rents may not be increased following approval of a tentative map or conditional use permit without prior council approval.
      3.    A percentage or dollar discount shall be offered tenants desiring to purchase their unit together with special financing mechanisms or purchase plans.
      4.    Provisions for special protection of longer term occupancies or greater cash assistance shall be available to households of the elderly (sixty (60) years of age or older), the disabled, as defined in the United States Code, Title 42, Section 423, or handicapped persons, as defined in the California Health and Safety Code, Section 50072.
      5.    Provisions shall be made for the following:
         a.   Refund of cleaning and security deposits;
         b.   Additional cash payments for moving or inconvenience expenses (e.g., time off from work, transportation, etc.);
         c.   Availability of a relocation coordinator;
         d.   Directory of available units or other relocation assistance; and
         e.   Other provisions necessary to assist tenants in relocation or purchase.
      6.    Provisions shall be made so that tenants are not unreasonably disturbed during construction, remodeling or sales activity, and except in an emergency, shall be provided at least two days notice prior to requiring access for repair, improvements, inspection or showing to a prospective purchaser or mortgagee. Tenants shall not refuse reasonable access for these purposes.
(Ord. 269 § 2 (part), 2002; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.44.070 Reserved.

(Ord. 492 Exhibit 11, 2014; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.44.080 Drive-In and Drive-Through Facilities.

Retail trade or service uses providing drive-in/drive-through facilities shall be designed and operated to effectively mitigate problems of traffic, congestion, excessive pavement, litter, noise and unsightliness.
   A.   Drive-through aisles shall have a minimum ten-foot interior radius at curves and a minimum twelve- (12-) foot width. Each drive-through entrance/exit shall be at least fifty (50) feet from an intersection of public rights-of-way, measured at the closest intersecting curbs, and at least twenty-five feet from the curb cut on an adjacent property. Each entrance to an aisle and the direction of traffic flow shall be clearly designated by signs/pavement markings.
   B.   Each drive-through aisle shall be separated by curbing and landscaping from the circulation routes necessary for ingress or egress from the property, or access to a parking space.
   C.   Pedestrian walkways should not intersect the drive-through drive aisles, but where they do, they shall have clear visibility and be emphasized by enhanced paving or markings.
FIGURE 3-13
DRIVE-THROUGH FACILITY DESIGN
 
   D.   The provision of drive-through service facilities shall not justify a reduction in the number of required off-street parking spaces.
   E.   Drive-through aisles shall provide adequate on-site queuing distance to accommodate six cars (one hundred twenty (120) feet) before the first stopping point (e.g.. menu board, teller window, automatic teller machine). No portion of the queuing aisle shall serve double duty as a parking aisle.
   F.   Each drive-through aisle shall be appropriately screened with a combination of landscaping, low walls, and/or berms to prevent headlight glare from impacting adjacent streets and parking lots.
   G.   A six-foot high solid decorative wall shall be constructed on each property line that is adjoining a residentially zoned or occupied parcel. The design of the wall and the proposed construction materials shall be subject to the approval of the director.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.44.085 Gated Communities.

   Gated residential communities shall be developed and maintained in accordance with this section.
   A.   Required Access. Gated developments shall install and maintain in good working order emergency public safety access consistent with fire and police requirements.
(Ord. 536-18 § 2 (part), 2018; Ord. 332 § 2, 2005)

16.44.090 Hotels and Motels.

   A.   Design Issues. Hotels and motels are quasi-residential uses and should be designed and sited to minimize the effect of noise from Murrieta's two freeways. Although they are quasi-residential, the scale of, and activities associated with hotels and motels often make them problematic neighbors for adjacent residential properties. If a residential interface cannot be avoided, it should be carefully designed to mitigate any potential adverse impacts on existing or future adjacent residents. Because hotel and motel architecture is often thematic, presenting a strong temptation to over design the building's front and to neglect the other sides, it is important to remember that all sides of a building require consistent architectural treatment.
   B.   Site Planning.
      1.   The primary presence along the major street frontage shall be the building and driveway approach, not the parking lot.
      2.   Only a few (no more than five) short term parking spaces shall be provided near the office for check-ins.
      3.   Exterior corridors on multi-level buildings are strongly discouraged and shall not be located adjacent to residential uses.
      4.   Delivery and loading areas shall not be located where visible from residential uses.
      5.   Mechanical equipment of all types, including swimming pool equipment, shall be located to assure that it cannot be heard at any residential property line.
      6.   Recreational facilities (e.g.. as swimming pools) shall be located where guests can use them in some privacy; they shall not be exposed to public streets to function as advertising.
      7.   Avoid locating driveway, garage ramps or loading and service areas where they interfere with the flow of pedestrian movement or impact the privacy of guest rooms.
      8.   Utilize parking lots and other open spaces on the site to help buffer the hotel/motel from any adjacent in-compatible uses.
   C.   Building Design.
      1.   Noise attenuation techniques shall be included in the design of buildings near major noise generators, (e.g., major streets, freeway). Techniques may include: double paned glass, earthberms, thick tree groves over thirty (30) feet in depth or lowering the grade of the subject building below the roadway elevation. Solid masonry walls over five feet high are not desirable in Murrieta.
      2.   The scale of buildings shall be related to the surrounding development patterns.
      3.   Walkway. stairway, and balcony railings and other similar details shall be visually substantial (handrails with a thickness exceeding two and one-half (2½) inches and balusters over two inches thick) and stylistically consistent with the basic building design.
      4.   Air conditioning units shall not be visible from public streets. Structures over three stories shall avoid exterior exposed air-conditioning units for each room.
      5.   Guest rooms shall be accessible from hallways within the hotel, not exterior balconies. Avoid room en-trances directly adjacent to parking lots or exterior walkways.
FIGURE 3-15
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.44.100 Mixed Use Projects.

   A.   Design Issues. For the purpose of this section multiple or mixed use projects are defined as developments that combine both commercial/office and residential uses or structures on a single lot, or as components of a single development. The uses may be combined either vertically within the same structure, or spread horizon-tally on the site in different areas and structures.
The primary design issue related to mixed use projects is the need to successfully balance the requirements of residential uses. (e.g., the need for privacy and security) with the needs of commercial uses for access, visibility, parking, loading, and possibly extended hours of operation.
   B.   Site Planning.
      1.   Mixed use projects that provide commercial space on the ground floor with residential units above are encouraged over projects that provide commercial structures on the front portion of the lot with residential uses placed at the rear of the lot. This latter configuration does not meet the intent of a true mixed use project which incorporates vertical integration of uses.
However, a horizontal separation (commercial to the front, residential to the rear) of uses may be appropriate depending on the size of the site and available access.
      2.   Separate site access drive and parking facilities shall be provided for residential uses and commercial uses in compliance with Chapter 16.34 (Off-street Parking and Loading).
      3.   If enclosed parking is provided for the entire complex, separate levels shall be provided for residential and commercial uses with separate building entrances.
      4.   Site access drives shall incorporate distinctive architectural elements and landscape features which help to differentiate access to commercial parking areas from residential areas. Security gates shall be considered for access to residential uses and residential parking areas, as well as to securing commercial parking areas when businesses are closed.
      5.   When a mixed use project is designed as separate structures on a lot with the commercial uses along the street and residential uses at the rear, a decorative masonry wall with security gates shall separate the uses.
      6.   Loading areas and refuse storage facilities shall be located as far as possible from residential units and shall be completely screened from view from adjacent residential portions of the project. The location and design of trash enclosures shall account for potential nuisances from odors.
      7.   Parking lot lighting and security lighting for the commercial uses shall be appropriately shielded so as not to spill over into the residential area. Residential units shall also be shielded from illuminated commercial signing.
      8.   Open space intended for use by `"residents only"" may not be accessible from commercial areas. Open space and courtyards in commercial areas may be accessible to residential occupants and visitors.
      9.   When residential and commercial uses are provided in the same structure, separate entrances shall be provided for each use.
   C.   Building Design.
      1.   The architectural style and use of materials shall be consistent throughout the entire project. Differences in materials and/or architectural details should only occur on a structure where the intent is to differentiate between the residential scale and character of the structure and the commercial scale and character.
      2.   The design of storefronts shall be consistent with the design guidelines for commercial development. The residential portion of a mixed use structure shall be consistent with the design guidelines for multi-family residential development.
      3.    Projects three stories or less in height shall incorporate full roofs on at least fifty (50) percent of the roof area.
      4.    Structures with heights greater than three stories shall set back upper portions of the structure a minimum of ten feet for each additioual two stories.
      5 .    All roof mounted equipment shall be screened in compliance with Section 16.18.120 (Screening and Buffering). Special consideration should be given to the location and screening of noise generating equipment (e.g., refrigeration units, air conditioning, and exhaust fans). Noise reducing screens and insulation may be required where equipment has the potential to impact residential uses.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.44.110 Office Buildings.

   A.    Design Issues. While office buildings are found on every kind of commercial street, they have functional characteristics that result in physical forms different from other commercial development: intensity of use is lower; buildings are typically 'live' on all four sides; office activities are not limited to the first floor; building perimeters have fewer entries and no display windows and thus have more opportunity for landscaping. Because their use patterns differ significantly from retail commercial, there is more opportunity to site office buildings up toward the street with parking behind. This arrangement is strongly encouraged even where the pattern is not an established one.
   B.   Site Planning.
      1 .    Buildings shall be placed at the minimum required front setback. Alternate solutions may be considered that are determined to provide a superior solution to protecting neighboring sensitive land uses or orienting the building toward a freeway frontage to enhance the community image.
      2.   Multi-story building shall not be placed adjacent to the private open space areas of residential uses. First floor may be adjacent to setback; second and third floors shall be setback an additional foot for each additional foot in height.
      3.    Office buildings should have the primary entry from the public street with secondary entries from any onsite pedestrian paths or parking areas.
   C.    Building Design.
      1 .    Large or long unadorned wall planes shall be avoided. As a general standard, building surfaces over two stories high or fifty (50) feet in length will need to be relieved with a change of vertical and horizontal wall plane that provides strong shadow and visual interest.
      2.    Clear glass shall be used for ground floor windows where pedestrian traffic is high and there is any potential for retail, food service of other service occupancy.
      3.    Building entries shall be protected from inclement weather and should afford a 'sense of entry' for the structure.
(Ord. 337 § 2, 2005; Ord. 182 § 2 (part). 1997)

16.44.115 Electric Vehicle Parking Requirements.

   A.   Definitions. 
      1.   Electric Vehicle (EV). An automotive-type of vehicle for on-road use, such as passenger automobiles, buses, trucks, vans, neighborhood electric vehicles, electric motorcycles and the like, primarily powered by an electric motor that draws from a rechargeable storage battery, fuel cell, photovoltaic array or other source of electric current.
      2.   EV Capable Space. A vehicle space with electrical panel space and load capacity to support a branch circuit and necessary raceways, both underground and/or surface mounted, to support EV charging.
      3.   EV Ready Space. A vehicle space which is provided with a branch circuit; any necessary raceways, both underground and/or surface mounted; to accommodate EV charging, terminating in a receptacle or a charger.
      4.   Level 2 EV Supply Equipment (EVSE). The 208/240 Volt 40-ampere branch circuit, and the electric vehicle charging connectors, attachment plugs, and all other fittings, devices, power outlets, or apparatus installed specifically for the purpose of transferring energy between the premises and the electric vehicle.
   B.   Standards.
      1.   A parking space served by EVSE shall count as at least one standard automobile parking space for the purpose of complying with any applicable minimum parking space requirements as established by the City.
      2.   An accessible parking space with an access aisle served by EVSE shall count as at least two standard automobile parking spaces for the purpose of complying with any applicable minimum parking space requirements as established by the City.
      3.   EV Ready and EVSE spaces must be identified by signage or pavement markings that comply with Caltrans requirements.
      4.   The number of EV Capable spaces and EV Ready spaces will comply with California Green Building Standards Code.
   C.   Requirements per Development Type.
 
   TABLE 16.44.115-1
   ELECTRIC VEHICLE PARKING REQUIREMENTS AT A LOCATION
Occupancy Type
EVSE Parking Requirement (round up to nearest parking space)
One- and Two-Family Homes, Multi-Family Dwellings with Private Garages
Installation of one Level 2 or greater EVSE per enclosed garage
Multi-Family Dwellings without Private Garages, Hotels and Motels
Install Level 2 EVSE for 6% of total parking spaces required
Non-Residential Development
Install Level 2 EVSE for 4% of total parking spaces less than 200 parking spaces.
Install Level 2 EVSE for 5% of total parking spaces for 200 or greater parking spaces.
(Ord. 598-23 § 2, 2023; Ord. 566 § 15, 2020)

16.44.120 Outdoor Display and Sales Standards.

This section provides development and operational standards for outdoor uses. including temporary outdoor display and sales (subsection A below), permanent outdoor display and sales (subsection B below) and outdoor dining and seating areas (subsection C below).
   A.   Temporary Outdoor Displays and Sales. Temporary outdoor displays and sales may be allowed subject to the approval of a temporary use permit, (I 6.70) in compliance with, but not limited to, the following standards:
      1.   Fixed Period of Time. Provision for a fixed period of time as specified by the permit, or where not specified, not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days for a temporary event;
      2.   Nuisance Factors. Regulation of nuisance factors including, but not limited to, prevention of glare or direct illumination on adjacent parcels, dirt, dust, gases, heat, noise. odors, smoke, waste and vibration;
      3.   Operating Hours. Regulation of operating hours and days, including limitation of the duration of the temporary event, as identified in subsection (A)(1) above;
      4.   Parking. Provision for adequate temporary parking facilities, pedestrian and vehicular circulation, including vehicular ingress and egress and public transportation. if applicable, in compliance with Chapter 16.34 (Off-street Parking and Loading Standards);
      5.   Performance Bond. Submission of a performance bond or other surety measures, satisfactory to the di-rector. to ensure that any temporary facilities or structures used will be removed from the site within a reasonable time following the event, the property will be cleaned of debris, litter or any other evidence of the temporary event upon completion or removal of the event, restored to the former condition and shall continue to be used in compliance with this development code;
      6.   Sanitary and Medical Facilities. Provision for sanitary and medical facilities, as appropriate:
      7.   Security. Provision for security and safety measures, if applicable;
      8.   Setbacks. Appropriate setbacks shall be maintained to ensure adequate separation from adjacent land uses and a safe environment for pedestrians and vehicles;
      9.   Signs. Regulation of signs. in compliance with Chapter 16.38 (Signs):
      10.   Temporary Structures. Regulation of temporary structures and facilities, including placement, height and size, location of equipment and open spaces. including buffer areas and other yards;
      11.   Waste Collection and Disposal. Provision for solid, hazardous and toxic waste collection, recycling and/or disposal;
      12.   Other Conditions. Any other conditions which will ensure the operation of the proposed temporary event in an orderly and efficient manner and in full compliance with the purpose/intent of this section.
   B.   Permanent Outdoor Displays and Sales. The permanent outdoor display/sale of merchandise shall comply with the following standards and shall be subject to the approval of a minor conditional use permit in compliance with Chapter 16.52.
      1.   Height of Displayed Materials. The outdoor display of merchandise shall not exceed a height of twelve (12) feet above finish grade. Heights greater than twelve (12) feet may be allowed subject to the approval of the director.
      2.   Location. Outdoor sales areas shall be located entirely on private property. Outdoor sales areas shall not encroach into required setback areas. In zoning districts where no setback area is required. the outdoor sales area shall be set back a minimum of ten feet from adjacent property line(s) unless otherwise allowed by the director.
      3.   Location of Merchandise. Displayed merchandise shall occupy a fixed, specifically approved and de-fined location that does not disrupt the normal function of the site or its circulation, and does not encroach upon driveways, landscaped areas, parking spaces or pedestrian walkways. Displays shall not obstruct traffic safety sight areas or otherwise create hazards for vehicle or pedestrian traffic:
      4.   Relationship to Main Use. The outdoor display and sales area shall be directly related to a business occupying a permanent structure on the subject parcel; and
      5.   Signs. Additional signs, beyond those normally allowed for the subject use. shall not be provided as a result of the outdoor display and sales area.
   C.   Outdoor Dining and Seating Areas. Outdoor dining and seating areas are allowed subject to the Outdoor Seating Design Guidelines on file in the Planning Department offices at City Hall. The application review processes shall be as shown in the table below:
 
Review Process
Circumstances
Staff Approved Development Plan
No more than 8 seats; complies with the Development Code and the Outdoor Seating Design Guidelines
Director Approved Development Plan per Chapter 16.56
More than 8 seats and/or will share seating with multiple businesses; complies with the Development Code and the Outdoor Seating Design Guidelines
Minor Conditional Use Permit per Chapter 16.52
More than 8 seats and/or will share seating with multiple businesses; and
1.   Does not comply with the Outdoor Seating Design Guidelines;
2.   Significantly intensifies a use; or
3.   Changes the exterior of the building
 
      1.   Public Property. Outdoor seating is prohibited on public property.
      2.   Physical Separation Required. When outdoor restaurant seating is directly abutting public property or right-of-way, a physical separation shall be in place along the boundary. The separation shall be in the form of an approved fence and/or landscaped planter(s) with a minimum height of three (3) feet, but no higher than four (4) feet.
      3.   Alcoholic Beverage Service. Areas in which alcoholic beverages will be served shall comply with the standards established by the State Department of Alcoholic Beverage Control. In addition, any perimeter fence and/or landscaped planter(s) shall be designed to clearly restrict alcohol from being taken outside the restaurant seating area.
      4.   Perimeter Barrier Design Compatibility. The physical design of the fence and/or landscaped planter(s) shall be compatible with the design of the building housing the dining use.
      5.   Pedestrian and Handicapped Accessibility. Outdoor seating shall comply with standards for pedestrian circulation and handicapped access.
      6.   Parking Requirements. Outdoor dining and seating areas with eight (8) or fewer seats shall not be required to provide additional off-street parking. Outdoor seating areas with more than eight (8) seats shall comply with the requirements for off-street parking in Chapter 16.34 of the Development Code. The Director may adjust the parking requirements for outdoor seating areas with twenty (20) or fewer seats when the seating is operated on a seasonal basis.
      7.   Common Outdoor Seating Areas. Outdoor seating areas that are used in common with several restaurants or tenants within a commercial center shall not be required to provide additional off-street parking for these common outdoor areas unless they exceed four (4) seats per restaurant.
      8.   Design Compatibility. To ensure compatibility with surrounding uses and a high standard of design quality, the following standards shall apply:
         a.   Compatible Elements. Outdoor dining and seating areas and associated structural elements, awnings, covers, furniture, umbrellas or other physical elements which are visible from the public rights-of-way, shall be compatible with the overall design of the primary structure(s) on the premises. No advertising or business identification signs shall be part of an outdoor seating area;
         b.   Entertainment. Outdoor dining and seating areas that provide dancing, amplified music or entertainment shall require the preparation of a noise analysis and will be required to comply with noise mitigation measures;
         c.   Sensitive Receptors. Outdoor dining and seating areas and their relation to churches, hospitals, public schools, and residential uses shall be considered by the review authority. Mitigation measures shall be applied to eliminate potential impacts related to glare, light, loitering and noise;
         d.   Obstructions. Outdoor dining and seating areas shall not obstruct vehicular or pedestrian traffic flow or necessitate the removal of existing pedestrian or vehicular movement areas;
         e.   Separation Requirements. Outdoor dining and seating areas shall be separated from residential uses, at a minimum distance of two hundred (200) feet, except in mixed-use projects; or when the Director determines that an adequate physical barrier (e.g., street or building) is present to mitigate potentially adverse effects;
         f.   Setbacks. Outdoor dining and seating areas shall be setback a minimum of five (5) feet from property lines and parking lots; and
         g.   Waste Receptacles. Waste receptacles shall be provided in outdoor seating areas.
      9.   Maintenance. All outdoor seating areas shall be kept in good condition, both aesthetically and structurally.
(Ord. 412 § 4, 2008; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.44.130 Outdoor Storage.

This section establishes standards for the location. screening, and operation of outdoor storage areas.
   A.   Outdoor Storage Areas. Where allowed by Article 1I (Zoning Districts and Allowable Land Uses), outdoor storage areas shall be entirely enclosed and screened by a solid fence or wall a minimum of six feet in height in conjunction with landscape screening.
   B.   Review and Approval Required. Any use proposing outdoor storage or other outdoor business activities shall require a minor conditional use permit pursuant to Chapter 16.52 (Conditional Use Permits) of this title.
(Ord. 430-10 § 5, 2010; Ord. 182 §2 (part), 1997)

16.44.140 Recycling Facilities.

This section establishes standards and procedures for the siting and operation of various types and sizes of commercial recycling facilities.
   A.   Permit Requirements. Recycling facilities are subject to permit review/approval in compliance with Article II (Zoning Districts and Allowable Land Uses) provided the following standards are met.
   B.   Development and Operating Standards. Recycling facilities shall comply with the following standards:
      1.   Reverse vending Machines. Reverse vending machine(s) shall be allowed in all commercial and manufacturing zoning districts, subject to compliance with the following standards:
         a.   Machines shall be installed as an accessory use in compliance with the applicable provisions of this development code, and shall not require additional parking;
         b.   If located inside of a structure, shall be within thirty (30) feet of the entrance and shall not obstruct pedestrian circulation;
         c.   If located outside of a structure, shall not occupy required parking spaces, and shall be constructed of durable waterproof and rustproof material(s);
         d.   Shall not exceed fifty (50) square feet for each installation, including ally protective enclosure, nor eight feet in height;
         e.   Shall have a maximum sign area of four square feet for each machine, exclusive of operating instructions;
         f.   Shall have operating hours which are consistent with the operating hours of the main use; and
         g.    Shall be illuminated to ensure comfortable and safe operation if operating hours are between dusk and dawn, in compliance with Section 16.18.100 (Lighting).
      2.    Small Collection Facilities. Small collection facilities are allowed only in compliance with Article II (Zoning Districts and Allowable Land Uses) provided the following standards are met.
         a.    Shall not exceed an area of five hundred (500) square feet nor five parking spaces, not including space that will be periodically needed for the removal of materials or exchange of containers;
         b.   Shall be set back at least fifteen feet from any public right-of-way, and not obstruct pedestrian or vehicular circulation;
         c.    Shall accept only glass, metal or plastic containers, paper, and reusable items;
         d.    Shall not use power-driven processing equipment except for reverse vending machines;
         e.    Shall use containers that are constructed with durable waterproof and rustproof material(s), secured from unauthorized removal of material, and shall be of a capacity sufficient to accommodate materials collected and the collection schedule;
         f.    Shall not be located within fifty (50) feet of any parcel zoned or occupied for residential use;
         g.    Collection containers and site fencing shall be of a color and design to be compatible and harmonious with the surrounding uses and neighborhood;
         h.    Signs may be provided as follows:
            1)   Recycling facilities may have identification signs with a maximum area of fifteen (15) percent for each side of the structure or twelve (12) square feet, whichever is greater. In the case of a wheeled facility, the side shall be measured from the ground to the top of the container;
            2)   Signs shall be both compatible and harmonious with the character of their location; and
            3)   Directional signs, consistent with Chapter 16.38 (Signs) and without advertising message, may be installed with the approval of the director if found necessary to facilitate traffic circulation or if the facility is not visible from the public right-of-way.
         i.    The facility shall not impair the landscaping required by Chapter 16.28 (Landscaping) for any concurrent use allowed by this development code;
         j.    Additional parking spaces shall not be required for customers of a small collection facility located in the established parking lot of the main use. One space shall be provided for the attendant, if needed;
         k.    Mobile recycling units shall have an area clearly marked to prohibit other vehicular parking during hours when the mobile unit is scheduled to be present;
         1.    Use of parking spaces by the facility and by the attendant shall not reduce available parking spaces below the minimum number required for the main use unless a parking study shows that existing capacity is not fully utilized during the time the recycling facility will be on the site; and
         m.    Shall be subject to landscaping and/or screening as determined through development review.
      3.    Large Collection Facilities. A collection facility that is larger than five hundred (500) square feet, or on a separate parcel not accessory to a main use, is allowed in the industrial zoning districts in compliance with Article II (Zoning Districts and Allowable Land Uses) provided the following standards are met.
         a.   The facility shall not abut a parcel zoned or occupied for residential use;
         b.   The facility shall be screened from public rights-of-way, by solid masonry walls or located within an enclosed structure;
         c.   Structure setbacks and landscaping shall be provided as required for the zoning district;
         d.   Exterior storage of material shall be in sturdy containers that are secured and maintained in good condition. Storage, excluding truck trailers, shall not be visible above the height of the required screen walls;
         e.   The site shall be maintained clean, sanitary and free of litter and any other undesirable materials, and will be cleaned of loose debris on a daily basis;
         f.   Containers provided for "after hours" donation of recyclable materials shall be permanently located at least one hundred (100) feet from any residential zoning district, constructed of sturdy, rustproof material(s), have sufficient capacity to accommodate materials collected, and be secured from unauthorized entry or removal of materials; and
         g.   Dust, fumes, odor, smoke or vibration, above ambient levels, shall not be detectable on adjoining parcels.
      4.   Processing Facilities. Processing facilities are allowed in the industrial zoning district subject to a conditional use permit and compliance with the following standards:
         a.   The facility shall not abut a parcel zoned or occupied for residential use;
         b.   Light processing facilities are limited to baling, briquetting, compacting, crushing, grinding, shred-ding, and sorting of source-separated recyclable materials and repairing of reusable materials;
         c.   A light processing facility shall not exceed forty-five thousand (45,000) square feet, may have up to an average of two outbound truck shipments of material each day, and shall not bale, compact, or shred ferrous metals other than beverage and food containers.
A heavy processor may exceed forty-five thousand (45,000) square feet and two outbound truck shipments each day, and may perform those functions not allowed at light processing facilities;
         d.   Exterior storage of material shall be in sturdy containers or enclosures that are maintained and se-cured in good condition. Outdoor storage shall be from public rights-of-way by solid masonry walls. Storage, excluding truck trailers, shall not be visible above the height of the required screen or walls;
         e.   Containers provided for "after hours" donation of recyclable materials shall be permanently located at least one hundred (100) feet from any residential zoning district, constructed of sturdy, rustproof material(s), have sufficient capacity to accommodate materials collected, and be secured from unauthorized entry or removal of the materials; and
         f.   Dust, fumes, odor, smoke or vibration, above ambient levels, shall not be detectable on adjoining parcels.
      5.   Time Limits. Uses approved in compliance with this section shall have a maximum term established by the permit approval process. Before permit renewal, the director shall consider the permittee' s history of compliance with the established conditions of approval, as well as all applicable provisions of this development code.
   C.   General Standards. Recycling facilities shall comply with the following standards:
      1.   Signs. Facilities shall be provided with identification and informational signs that meet the standards of the applicable zoning district:
         a.   Collection containers and reverse vending machines shall be clearly marked to identify the type of material which may be deposited, and display a notice stating that discarded material shall not be left outside of the recycling enclosure or machine; and
         b.   The facility shall be clearly marked to identify the name and telephone number of the operator and the hours of operation.
         c.   Additional identification and directional signs without an advertising message may be installed with the approval of the director, if necessary to facilitate traffic circulation.
      2.   Refuse Disposal. The facility shall maintain adequate on-site refuse containers for the disposal of nonrecyclable and nonhazardous waste materials.
(Ord. 538, Exhibit A (part), 2018; Ord. 392 § 3, 2007; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.44.150 Residential Accessory Uses and Structures.

   This section provides standards for specific residential accessory uses and structures allowed in the zoning district applicable to a parcel. Residential accessory uses include any use that is customarily related to a residence, including, but not limited to, garages, greenhouses, storage sheds, studios, above ground swimming pools/spas and workshops. Accessory structures must obtain development plan approval pursuant to Chapter 16.56 (Development Plan Permits) of this title if a new accessory structure or addition results in an increase of more than one thousand (1,000) square feet, unless otherwise identified in this Section. Accessory dwelling units (ADUs) are separately defined by state law from residential accessory uses and structures. Please see Section 16.44.160 (Accessory Dwelling Units) for definitions, criteria, and processing requirements.
   A.   General Requirements. Accessory uses and structures are subject to the following standards, except where more restrictive requirements are established by other provisions of this section for specific uses.
      1.   Relationship of Accessory Use to the Main Use. Accessory uses and structures shall be incidental to and not alter the residential character of the site.
      2.   Attached Structures. An accessory structure that is attached to a main structure shall be architecturally compatible with, and made structurally a part of the main structure (e.g., share a common wall with the main structure). It shall also comply with the requirements of this development code applicable to the main structure, including but not limited to setbacks, heights, and lot coverage, unless a minor variance is approved. For accessory structures that propose an ADU component, please refer to Section 16.44.160 and Government Code 65852.2 for criteria with respect to the ADU components of the structure.
      3.   Detached Structures:
         a.   Coverage. The floor area of a single detached accessory structure shall not exceed one thousand (1,000) square feet, nor shall the sum of the floor area(s) of the total number of detached accessory structures exceed 40 percent, of the required rear yard of the parcel. A covered patio or barbecue area shall not be construed as an accessory structure for purpose of calculating floor area.
         b.   Design. Detached accessory structures shall be compatible with the materials and architecture of the main dwelling(s) on the property whenever feasible. For accessory structures that propose an ADU component, please refer to Section 16.44.160.F.2 for the exterior design criteria.
         c.   Setback Requirements. Setbacks shall be as provided by Table 16.44.150-1 (Required Setbacks—Accessory Uses and Structures). For accessory structures that propose an ADU component, please refer to Section 16.44.160.F.1 for the setback criteria with respect to the ADU component of the structure.
         d.   Height. The maximum height of an accessory structure shall be in compliance with the height restriction for the zone, and shall not be greater than the height of the primary residence on the lot. An accessory structure proposing an ADU component shall be permitted to exceed the height of the primary residence for the portion of accessory structure containing and for accessing the ADU.
   B.   Antennas. Antennas are subject to the provisions of Section 16.44.170 (Telecommunications Facilities).
   C.   Garages. A detached accessory garage shall not be greater than one thousand (1,000) square feet or fifty (50) percent of the square footage of the main dwelling unit, whichever is less, or two thousand (2,000) square feet or fifty (50) percent of the square footage of the main dwelling unit in rural residential zones, whichever is greater. Size deviation may be authorized pursuant to section 16.56.020 (A).
   D.   Greenhouses. An accessory greenhouse may occupy up to five hundred (500) square feet for each dwelling unit or ten percent of the parcel, whichever is less.
   E.   Guest Living Quarters. Guest living quarters can be attached or detached for temporary use by guests or family members of the primary residence. Guest living quarters do not include a kitchen or wet-bar and may occupy up to 500 square feet and include restroom facilities.
   F.   Swimming Pools/Spas/Hot Tubs. Private swimming pools, spas and hot tubs are allowed accessory to approved residential uses on the same parcel, subject to the following provisions:
      1.   Limitation on Use. The pool is to be used solely by occupants of the dwelling(s) on the same parcel and their guests; and
      2.   Fencing. The swimming pool shall be secured by fencing and/or walls to prevent uncontrolled access by children, in compliance with the building code.
      3.   Setbacks. Swimming pool/spa shall maintain the required setback which is measured from water edge to property line for in-ground pool/spa and from the outside edge of the structure to property line for above ground pool/spa, and other above-ground structures such as slides, pool grottos, waterfalls, etc.
   G.   Tennis and Other Recreational Courts. Noncommercial outdoor tennis courts and courts for other sports (e.g., racquetball, etc.) accessory to a residential use are subject to the following provisions:
      1.   Fencing: Shall be subject to the height limits of Chapter 16.22 (Fences, Hedges and Walls); and
      2.   Lighting. Court lighting shall not exceed a maximum height of twenty (20) feet, measured from the court surface. The lighting shall be directed downward, shall only illuminate the court, and shall not illuminate adjacent property, in compliance with Section 16.18.100 (Lighting).
   H.   Workshops and Studios. Accessory structures intended for engaging in artwork, crafts, light hand manufacturing, mechanical work, etc. are subject to the following standards when located in a residential zoning district:
      1.   Limitation on Use: An accessory structure may be constructed or used as a studio or workshop in any residential zoning district for the following noncommercial activities:
         a.   Amusements or hobbies;
         b.   Artistic endeavors (e.g., painting, photography or sculpture);
         c.   Maintenance of the main structure or yards;
         d.   Maintenance or mechanical work on vehicles owned or operated by the occupants; or
         e.   Other similar purposes. Use of an accessory workshop for commercial activity shall be subject to the standards for home occupations, in compliance with Chapter 16.60; and
      2.   Floor Area. A workshop shall not occupy an area larger than one thousand (1,000) square feet, except where a workshop is combined with a garage. In this case subsection C (Garages), above, shall apply.
   I.   Rooming and Boarding House. A rooming and boarding house (including sober living homes), as defined in Chapter 16.110 of this title, may be established only upon approval of a conditional use permit for six (6) or fewer occupants, and shall be prohibited for more than six (6) occupants subject to the following standards (Short-Term Vacation Rentals that are regulated separately fall outside of this criteria. See, Chapter 5.27 (Short-Term Vacation Rentals) of the Murrieta Municipal Code for further criteria on these uses):
      1.   Filing Requirements. In addition to the regular application information, the application for a conditional use permit for a rooming and boarding house or sober living home shall include the following information:
         a.   Any proposed restrictions or limitations on the resident profile, such as men only, women only, families with children, elderly or special needs;
         b.   The number of rooms to be used for sleeping purposes, and the maximum number of residents including on-site management staff, if any; and
         c.   Any proposed limitations on the maximum stay for each resident.
      2.   Site Location Criteria. In evaluating a proposed rooming and boarding house or sober living home the following criteria shall be considered:
         a.   Compatibility of the proposed use with neighboring uses;
         b.   Whether the use will result in harm to the health, safety or general welfare of the surrounding neighborhood, and substantial adverse impacts on adjoining properties or land uses will not result;
         c.   The proximity of the use to shopping and services, and access to public transportation; and
         d.   To avoid an over-concentration of rooming and boarding houses and sober living homes, there shall be a minimum separation requirement of five hundred (500) feet, measured from the nearest outside building walls, between the subject use and any other rooming and boarding home or other group housing as defined in this title or in state law.
      3.   Development Standards. Any rooming and boarding house or sober living home shall comply with the following:
         a.   Structures and landscaping shall be compatible with the character of the surrounding neighborhood;
         b.   Sufficient on-site parking shall be provided (the precise number of parking spaces required will be determined by the approving authority based on the operating characteristics of the specific proposal);
         c.   Both indoor and outdoor open areas shall be provided on site;
         d.   All setback standards of the underlying zone shall be met; and
         e.   Signs as permitted in Chapter 16.38.
      4.   Notification. Notification of the conditional use permit public hearing shall be done in accordance with Chapter 16.52 of this title.
      5.   Existing Facilities. Upon the expiration of any conditional use permit, an existing rooming and boarding house or sober living home must comply with the requirements of this Section 16.44.150.
      6.   Changes to Operation. Any change in operating conditions from what was originally approved and imposed by the city, including, but not limited to, the number of occupants or residents, or any modifications to the conditions of approval pursuant to the required conditional use permit, shall require the immediate submittal of a request for revision of the required conditional use permit.
   J.   Parolee-Probationer Home. A parolee-probationer home, as defined in Chapter 16.110 of this title, may be established only upon approval of a conditional use permit for six (6) or fewer occupants, and shall be prohibited for more than six (6) occupants subject to the following standards.
      1.   Filing Requirements. In addition to the regular application information, the application for a conditional use permit for a parolee-probationer home shall include the following information:
         a.   Client profile (the subgroup of the population the facility is intended to serve);
         b.   Maximum number of occupants, including support staff;
         c.   Proposed maximum stay for each parolee-probationer;
         d.   A description of support services to be provided on-site and projected staffing level, if any;
         e.   Site plan and floor plans; and
         f.   Rules of conduct and business management plan.
      2.   Site Location Criteria. In evaluating a proposed parolee-probationer home, the following criteria shall be considered:
         a.   Compatibility of the proposed use with neighboring uses;
         b.   Whether establishment of the facility will not result in harm to the health, safety or general welfare of the surrounding neighborhood, and substantial adverse impacts on adjoining properties or land uses will not result;
         c.   Facility shall be located along or near a collector or arterial street with reasonable access to public transportation;
         d.   Facility shall be accessible to necessary support services;
         e.   To avoid an over-concentration of parolee-probationer homes, there shall be a one thousand (1,000) foot separation requirement as measured from the nearest outside building walls between the subject use and any other parolee-probationer home or other group housing as defined in this title or in state law;
         f.   To avoid an over-concentration of group housing facilities, there shall be a one thousand (1,000) foot separation requirement as measured from the nearest outside building walls between the subject use and any other group housing as defined in this title or state law; and
         g.   That parolee-probationer homes shall not be located within one thousand (1,000) feet of a public or private school (pre-school through twelfth (12th) grade), student housing, senior housing, child care facilities, public parks and trails, or businesses licensed for on- or off-site sales of alcoholic beverages, as measured from any point on the outside walls of the parolee-probationer home to the nearest property line of the noted use.
      3.   Development Standards. Any parolee-probationer home shall comply with the following:
         a.   Facility shall be compatible with the character of the surrounding neighborhood;
         b.   Sufficient on-site parking shall be provided (the precise number of parking spaces required will be determined by the approving authority based on the operating characteristics of the specific proposal);
         c.   Both indoor and outdoor open areas shall be provided on site;
         d.   All setback standards of the underlying zone shall be met;
         e.   Signs as permitted in Chapter 16.38;
         f.   On-site staff supervision shall be required for parolee-probationer homes during all hours of operation;
         g.   Individual client stays at parolee-probationer homes shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days; and
         h.   The facility’s management shall participate in any formal residential crime prevention program (i.e., Crime Free Multi-Housing Program) provided by the city and as required under the conditional use permit and, if the program offers certification, then that certification shall be obtained and maintained in current status.
      4.   Notification. Notification of the conditional use permit public hearing shall be done in accordance with Chapter 16.52 of this title.
      5.   Existing Facilities.
         a.   Upon the expiration of any conditional use permit, an existing parolee-probationer home must comply with the requirements of this Section 16.44.150.J.
         b.   An existing parolee-probationer home established pursuant to any conditional use permit discontinued for any period of time, excluding a maximum thirty- (30-) day closure required to perform necessary repair or restoration which does not increase the square footage of the residence, is deemed abandoned and any subsequent establishment of a parolee-probationer home on the premises shall be required to first obtain a new conditional use permit.
      6.   Changes to Operation. Any change in operating conditions from what was originally approved and imposed by the city, including, but not limited to, the number of occupants, residents or parolees-probationers, or modifications to the conditions of approval pursuant to the required conditional use permit shall require the immediate submittal of a request for revision of the required conditional use permit.
   K.   Cargo Containers As An Accessory Structure. The purpose of this section is to allow cargo containers to be placed on private property in a permanent manner that is safe and secure, will not create adverse impacts to either the property on which they are located or to the immediate residential neighborhood and will not become a nuisance to the community.
      1.   Permanent use.
         a.   It shall be limited to one (1) cargo container for parcels between one (1) and two (2) acres. One (1) additional container may be proposed for parcels greater than two (2) acres.
         b.   The permanent placement of a cargo container shall be limited to the Rural Residential (RR) and Estate Residential 1 (ER-1) zones that are greater than one (1) acre or more.
         c.   The approval shall be specific to a location and shall not be transferable to other locations or property.
         d.   It shall meet all requirements as set forth in the California Building and Fire Code(s).
         e.   It shall be limited to a “storage occupancy” as categorized under the California Building and Fire Code(s).
         f.   It shall be accessory to the primary use of the property for the storage of nonflammable, noncombustible, nonhazardous materials and supplies.
         g.   The cargo container shall be modified in such a manner to match the main residential structure in terms of exterior colors, trim, and roofing style. On larger parcels, over two (2) acres or more, the modifications shall be limited to the paint color of the exterior in terms of matching the main residential structure.
         h.   Structure setbacks shall be provided as noted in Table 16.44.150-1.
         i.   It shall comply with and height and lot coverage thresholds as defined within Rural Residential (RR) and the Estate Residential 1 (ER-1) zones.
         j.   Landscape screening methods shall be provided on-site for the portions of the container visible from the public right-of-way to the satisfaction of the Development Services Director or their designee.
         k.   Existing cargo containers at existing residential properties can remain in place 18 months from the effective date of Ordinance___.
   TABLE 16.44.150-1
   REQUIRED SETBACKS—ACCESSORY USES AND STRUCTURES
   Single-family Homes
Accessory Structure
Type of Setback1
Required Setback2
   Single-family Homes
Accessory Structure
Type of Setback1
Required Setback2
Garage, gazebo, greenhouse, patio cover, storage shed, workshop (more than one hundred twenty (120) square feet)
Side and rear
Five feet; unless adjacent to a public street when the setback shall be ten feet
Gazebo, greenhouse, patio cover, storage shed, (less than one hundred twenty (120) square feet)3
Sides and rear
Three feet to the furthest projection
Swimming pool, spa, fish pond, outdoor play equipment4
Sides and rear
Five feet
Stationary barbecue, fire pit, propane tank
Front,
sides and rear
Ten feet
Three feet for non-high-fire zone areas of the City. For high-fire zone areas, please contact the City prior to placement for the minimum distance required to comply with the California Fire Code
Air conditioning equipment, pool and spa equipment, ground-based antennas
Sides and rear
Four feet
Cargo Containers As An Accessory Structure7
Front,
Side, min. distance from another structure,
rear
Twenty-five feet
Ten feet,
Eight feet
Exterior staircases for balconies, pool slides
Front,
Side, min. distance from another structure,
Rear
Same as the main structure
Shall meet the minimum requirements as provided under the California Fire and Building Code(s)
Decks exempted from a building permit
All sides
Shall meet the minimum requirements as provided under the California Fire and Building Code(s)
Decks requiring a building permit (Over 18 inches in vertical height)
All sides
Shall meet the minimum requirements as provided under the California Fire and Building Code(s)
   Multi-family Homes
Garage, gazebo, greenhouse, patio cover, storage shed, workshop
All sides
Five feet; unless adjacent to a public street where the setback shall be ten feet
Gazebo, greenhouse, patio cover, storage shed, (less than one hundred twenty (120) square feet)3
All sides
Three feet to the furthest projection
Swimming pool, spa, fish pond, outdoor play equipment, waterslide4
All sides
Ten feet
 
Stationary barbecue, fire pit, propane tank
Sides and rear
Front
Sides and rear
Ten feet
Three feet for non-high-fire zone areas of the City. For high-fire zone areas, please contact the City prior to placement for the minimum distance required to comply with the California Fire Code
Air conditioning equipment, pool and spa equipment, ground-based antennas6
Sides and rear
Five feet
Exterior staircases for balconies, pool slides
Front,
Side, min. distance from another structure,
Rear
Same as the main structure
Shall meet the minimum requirements as provided under the California Fire and Building Code(s)
Decks exempted from a building permit
All sides
Shall meet the minimum requirements as provided under the California Fire and Building Code(s)
Decks requiring a building permit (Over 18 inches in vertical height)
All sides
Shall meet the minimum requirements as provided under the California Fire and Building Code(s)
Notes:
(1)   Where a parcel is situated so that the front, side, or rear property lines are not readily determinable, required setbacks shall be established by the director.
(2)   A structure, projection or equipment shall not be placed or occur beyond the setbacks as identified in Table 16.44.150-1.
(3)   Building permits are not required for accessory structures one hundred twenty (120) square feet or less in area and twelve (12) feet or less in height. However, if a structure is proposing plumbing, electrical, or mechanical components, a building permit is required.
(4)   Existing single family detached lots with lot widths less than required by the zone may utilize a reduced setback equal to ten percent (10%) of the lot width but in no case closer than three (3) feet.
(5)   Small structures that are less than six (6) feet in height and do not extend above an adjoining solid fence or wall is exempt from setback requirements.
(6)   Limited to Rural Residential (RR) and Estate Residential (ER-1) Zones with a minimum of a one (1) acre parcel area. Shipping containers, anchored in conformance with California Building Code Section 3115 and Chapter 16, shall not be subject to any building separation requirements otherwise required by the Development Code.
 
(Ord. 610-24 § 11, 2024; Ord. 574-22, Exhibit B-3 (part), 2022; Ord. 561-20, Exhibit B (part), 2020; Ord. 544 §§ 13-16, 2019; Ord. 441-10, §§ 1, 2 (part), 2010; Ord. 430-10 § 6, 2010; Ord. 382 § 6, 2007; Ord. 343 § 2, 2005; Ord. 215 § 2 (part), 2000; Ord. 202 § 2, 1999; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.44.160 Accessory Dwelling Units.

   A.   Purpose. This section provides standards for the establishment of accessory dwelling units. Pursuant to Government Code 66323 local governments have the authority to adopt regulations designed to promote accessory units. An accessory dwelling unit which conforms to the requirements of this Section 16.44.160 shall not be considered to exceed the allowable density for the lot upon which it is located and shall be deemed to be a residential unit, which is consistent with the General Plan and zoning classification for the lot.
   B.   Definitions. The following are definitions of specialized terms and phrases used in this chapter. Definitions of general terms and phrases are located in Article VI (Development Code Definitions).
      1.   Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU). Refer to Government Code Section 66313 for definition.
      2.   Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit (JADU) shall have the same meaning as defined in Government Code Section 66313.
      3.   Public Transit means, including but limited, a fixed-route service open to the public at large and includes transit stations, bus stations, and bus stops, as operated by the Riverside Transit Agency or another fixed route service as adopted by City Council resolution as it pertains to Chapter 16.44.160 of this title.
   C.   Standard of Review. ADU and JADU applications shall be considered a ministerial action without discretionary review or a public hearing if all requirements of this Section 16.44.160 are met, notwithstanding any other requirements of state law or this development code.
   D.   Number of Accessory Dwelling Units and Junior Accessory Dwelling Units Allowed. The number of accessory dwelling unit(s) and junior accessory dwelling unit(s) on a parcel shall be allowed pursuant to State Law as applicable to single-family, multi-family, and mixed-zoned parcels:
      1.   At a residential parcel with an existing or proposed single-family dwelling: one ADU and one JADU shall be permitted. An ADU may be combined with a JADU unit within a single-family residence pursuant to the requirements of Government Code Section 66323.
      2.   At a parcel with an existing multi-family dwelling, two detached ADUs shall be permitted pursuant to Government Code Section 66323. Additionally, one ADU and 25 percent of the number of existing units within the multi-family building may be counted towards the conversion requirements of Government Code Section 66323.
   E.   Site Requirements. A parcel proposed for an accessory dwelling unit shall comply with all the following requirements:
      1.   The parcel shall allow for setbacks for an ADU or JADU consistent with Government Code Section 66323.
      2.   Occupancy requirements of the ADU and JADU shall be consistent with the provisions of Government Code Section 66315. For a JADU, a covenant shall be recorded in the Riverside County clerk's office against the title declaring that the property owner must occupy either the primary residence or the JADU consistent with the provisions of Government Code Section 66333.
      3.   An ADU may only be sold in limited situations pursuant to Government Code Section(s) 66340 and 66341.
      4.   A covenant shall be recorded in the Riverside County clerk's office against the title of the parcel declaring that the ADU(s) and/or JADU shall not be used for short term rentals less than 30 days.
   F.   Design Standards. An ADU and JADU shall meet the following:
      1.   Size and Setback Restrictions:
         a.   A JADU shall be reflective of the setback and square footage provisions consistent with Government Code Section(s) 66313 and 66323.
         b.   An attached or detached ADU shall be reflective of the setback and square footage provisions consistent with Government Code Section 66323.
         c.   If the ADU and/or JADU unit is proposed within the parameters of an existing or proposed single-family dwelling, any proposed expansion shall be consistent with the requirements of Government Code Section 66323. If the ADU is proposed within the parameters of an existing accessory structure, any proposed expansion shall be consistent with the requirements of Government Code Section 66323. ADU and JADU types are also required to meet fire and safety standards per Government Code Section 66323(a)(1)(C).
      2.   Architecture and Standards:
         a.   At single-family locations the exterior roofing, trim, walls, windows and the color palette of the ADU or JADU shall incorporate the same features as the main dwelling unit;
         b.   At multi-family locations, the exterior roofing, trim, walls, windows and the color palette of the ADU addition shall incorporate the same features as the existing building that the ADU would be provided within. For detached ADUs, it shall be reflective of the nearest building as measured from the wall of the existing building to the nearest wall of the proposed unit.
         c.   Restroom and kitchen facilities for ADUs and JADUs shall be provided consistent Government Code Section(s) 66323 and 66333.
         d.   Access for ADUs and JADUs shall be provided consistent Government Code Section(s) 66323 and 66333.
   G.   Parking. The ADU shall provide one off-street parking space in addition to that required for the main dwelling unit, in compliance with Chapter 16.34 (Off-Street Parking and Loading Standards). No off-street parking is required for the ADU if it meets any of the following:
      1.   Is within a half mile walking distance from public transit. Refer to definition in Section 16.44.160.B.
      2.   Is within an architecturally and historically significant historic district.
      3.   Is in an area where on-street parking permits are required, but not offered to the occupant of the ADU.
      4.   Is located within one block of a car share area.
      5.   The ADU is a part of the proposed or existing primary residence or an accessory structure.
      6.   Is a JADU as defined under Government Code Section 65852.21.
   H.   Review of Application. Review of the ADU and JADU shall be consistent with the following:
      1.   A permit application for an ADU or a JADU unit shall be considered and approved ministerially without discretionary review or a hearing.
      2.   The City shall act on an application to create an ADU or a JADU within 60 days from the date the local agency receives a completed application.
      3.   If the permit application to create an ADU or a JADU is submitted with a permit application to create a new single-family dwelling on the lot, the City may delay acting on the permit application for the ADU or the JADU until the City acts on the permit application to create the new single-family dwelling, but the application to create the ADU or JADU shall be considered without discretionary review or hearing. If the applicant requests a delay, the 60-day time period shall be tolled for the period of the delay.
   I.   Conflicting Standards. If there is a conflicting applicability between the requirements of this section and requirements as described under State Law, State Law shall apply.
(Ord. 610-24 § 12, 2024; Ord. 556 § 16, 2020; Ord. 544 § 17, 2019; Ord. 537, Exhibit A (part), 2018; Ord. 482-13 § 2, 2013; Ord. 293 § 1 (part), 2004; Ord. 227 § 2 (part), 2000; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.44.161 Employee Workforce and Student Units.

Employee Workforce and Student Units shall be developed in accordance with Chapter 16.13 (Innovation District).
(Ord. 559-20 § 8, 2020)

16.44.170 Telecommunications Facilities.

This section establishes standards for the development and operation of telecommunications facilities including satellite dishes and wireless communications facilities. Satellite dishes are a permitted use in residential, commercial, and industrial zoning districts in compliance with Article II (Zoning Districts and Allowable Land Uses) subject to regulations in Section 16.44.170A. Wireless communications facilities may not be permitted with a conditional use permit subject to the regulations in Section 16.44.170B.
   A.   Satellite Dishes. Satellite dishes, including portable units, shall be designed, installed and maintained in compliance with the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and the California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC) regulations and in compliance with this section. Satellite dishes with a maximum diameter of one meter are not regulated by this chapter.
      1.   Plans. Plans for satellite dishes shall be submitted with each application for a building permit, and shall include a site plan and elevation drawings indicating the color, diameter, foundation details, height, landscaping, setbacks and method(s) of screening.
      2.   Painting. The dishes and any supporting structure shall be painted a single, neutral, nonglossy color (e.g., earth-tones, gray, black, etc.).
      3.   Setbacks. Satellite dishes shall not be located within front or street side yard setbacks without approval of a minor variance and shall not extend beyond the property lines.
      4.   Underground Wiring. All wiring shall be placed underground, whenever possible.
      5.   Residential Zoning District Standards. In residential zoning districts, satellite dishes shall be subject to the following requirements.
         a.   Development Plan Permit. A development plan permit, in compliance with Chapter 16.56 (Development Plan Permits), shall be required for the construction and/or placement of a satellite dish in a residential zoning district. Not less than thirty (30) days after acceptance of an application as complete, the director shall schedule the time and date on which the director's decision on the application is to be made.
At least ten days before the date on which the decision will be made, the director shall give notice of the proposed use by mail to the applicant and all property owners within a one hundred (100) foot radius of the exterior boundaries of the subject property.
         b.   Ground-mounted. Only ground-mounted dishes be allowed. The dish shall be located only within the rear yard of the parcel, at least five feet from the rear lot line of an interior parcel, and fifteen (15) feet from the street side lot line of a corner parcel. This provision may be modified by the di-rector if strict compliance would result in substandard reception.
         c.   Diameter. The diameter of a ground-mounted satellite dish shall not exceed eight feet. This provision may be modified by the director if strict compliance would result in substandard reception.
         d.   Fence or Wall. Satellite dishes shall be separated from adjoining properties by a minimum six- (6-) foot-high solid fence or wall, or by plants or trees of equal height, approved by the director.
         e.   Height. The height of the antennae shall not exceed ten feet, at the highest point of the dish. This provision may be modified by the director if strict compliance would result in substandard reception.
         f.   Number. Only one satellite dish shall be allowed on a parcel.
         g.   Setbacks. A satellite dish that is taller than adjoining property line fences shall be located away from the side or rear property line a distance equal to or greater than the height of the dish.
      6.   Nonresidential Zoning District Standards. In nonresidential zoning districts, satellite dishes may be roof- or ground-mounted subject to the following standards.
         a.   Development Plan Permit. A development plan permit in compliance with Chapter 16.56 (Development Plan Permits) shall be required for the construction and/or placement of a satellite dish in a commercial, innovation, or industrial zoning district.
         b.   Ground-mounted. If ground-mounted, dishes shall not be located between a structure and an adjoining street and shall be screened from public view and neighboring parcels.
         c.   Roof-mounted. If roof-mounted, dishes shall be screened from ground view by a parapet or other type of screening. The minimum height and design of the parapet, wall or screening shall be subject to the approval of the director. Screening materials shall be architecturally compatible with the rest of the structure.
         d.   Diameter. The diameter of a ground-mounted satellite dish shall not exceed eight feet. This provision may be modified by the director if strict compliance would result in substandard reception.
         e.   Height and Location. The height and location of the satellite dish shall comply with the requirements of the applicable zoning district. The height provision may be modified by the director if strict compliance would result in substandard reception.
         f.   Setbacks. If the subject parcel abuts a residential zoning district, the dish shall be set back a minimum distance from the lot line equal to the height of the antenna.
   B.   Wireless Communications Facilities. Wireless communications facilities may be permitted with a conditional use permit as provided in Section 16.44.170B4. Wireless communications facilities, including supporting towers and related ground-mounted structures and equipment shall be designed, constructed/installed, and maintained in compliance with the following development standards.
      1.   Site Selection Order of Preference. Wireless communication facilities shall be located in the order of preference outlined below. As part of the application process, applicants for cellular wireless communication facilities shall be required to provide written documentation demonstrating a good faith effort in locating facilities in compliance with this subsection.
         a.   On existing structures (e.g., a billboard, church steeple, communication towers, freestanding sign, water tank, etc.);
         b.   In locations where the existing topography, vegetation, or other structures provide the greatest amount of screening; or
         c.   On parcels without significant visual mitigation required.
      2.    Locational Criteria. Wireless communication facilities shall not be located within a front or street side yard in any zoning district.
      3.   Co-location. City agencies, special districts, and utility providers shall encourage and allow "co-location" of wireless communications equipment on appropriate existing structures and towers subject to reasonable engineering requirements.
      4.   Equipment Height. Wireless communications facilites that do not exceed fifteen (15) feet over the height limit for the applicable zone may be approved with a minor conditional use permit issued by the director, pursuant to Chapter 16.52. Facilities that exceed fifteen (15) feet over the maximum height of the applicable zone require a conditional use permit issued by the Planning Commission, pursuant to Chapter 16.52. Height shall be measured from finish grade to the highest point of the facility.
      5.   Painting. The equipment and supporting structure shall be painted a single, neutral, nonglossy color (e.g., earth-tones, gray. etc.) and, to the extent possible, compatible with the appearance and character of the surrounding neighborhood:
      6.   Plans. Plans for the wireless communication facility shall be submitted with an application for a minor conditional use permit, in compliance with Chapter 16.52:
      7.   Signs. Identification signs, including emergency phone numbers of the wireless service provider, shall be posted and readable at ground level, at all equipment/tower sites;
      8.   Underground Wiring. Electrical and equipment wiring shall be placed underground: and
      9.   Unused/Obsolete Equipment. Unused/obsolete equipment or towers shall be removed from the site within six months after their use has ceased.
      10.   Fencing. Fencing may be constructed around the site in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 16.22 (Fences, Hedges, and Walls). Wrought iron fencing shall be used when adjacent to freeways.
      11.   Landscape Screening. Screening of the site shall be provided subject to the review and approval of the director.
      12.   Other Requirements. The following additional items shall be submitted fora wireless telephone antennae:
         a.   Photo enhancement showing monopole or tower as it would appear after construction, including landscaping. If an architecturally enhanced pole is to be utilized, examples shall be provided.
         b.   Map of regional network for the system.
         c.   Map of search ring and a matrix of all properties within the search ring. The map shall demonstrate primary location and any alternatives within the search ring.
(Ord. 610-24 § 13, 2024; Ord. 427-09 § 4, 2009; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.44.180 Vehicle Dealerships.

   A.   Design Issues. Vehicle dealerships are establishments that specialize in the sale of one or more lines of new automobiles and/or used vehicles and in the servicing of that line or lines.
   B.   Site Planning.
      1.   Showrooms shall be oriented toward major public streets.
      2.   Outdoor vehicle display areas shall occur only on permanent at-grade display areas or low-rise platforms (four feet maximum) that are architecturally compatible with the project. Rotating vehicle display platforms are not allowed.
      3.   Provisions shall be made onsite for the unloading of vehicles from carriers. Vehicle unloading on non-residential streets may occur in the right-of-way only if special turn-outs are provided.
      4.   Screened storage areas shall be provided for vehicles awaiting repairs.
      5.   Potentially noisy activities, (e.g., vehicle repair, cleaning, or testing) shall not be located near or oriented towards residential.
      6.   Customer parking shall be provided for the sales, service, and parts areas.
      7.   Sufficient space shall be provided for service drop-offs to prevent stacking of waiting vehicles onto a public street.
      8.   All non-vehicle storage areas shall be screened from view from the public street and any adjacent residential area. No storage, except vehicle storage, shall occur that is visible from a public street.
   C.   Building Design.
      1.   Buildings shall be stylistically consistent on all sides, carefully detailed, and architecturally related to each other.
      2.   Service uses shall be wholly contained within a building of solid (e.g. masonry) construction. All vehicle access to the individual service bays shall be from within the building itself with no more than two or three exterior doors to provide access to the building. The access points to the service building shall not be visible from or face toward a public street or any adjacent residential uses.
      3.   Walls and fences shall be architecturally compatible with the buildings.
   D.   Special Requirements.
      1.   All outdoor lighting shall be consistent with the Mount Palomar dark sky provisions regarding lighting see Section 16.18.110 (Mount Palomar Lighting Standard).
      2.   Public address systems, shall not be used in outdoor areas. Beepers and/or personal pagers can be used if necessary to contact employees outdoors.
      3.   Wash racks shall be located so that they are not visible or audible from a public street or residential area. Wash areas shall be designed to comply with city requirements for stormwater/urban runoff management and discharge controls.
      4.   All non-vehicle storage areas shall be screened from public view from adjoining properties and from the public right-of-way by appropriately designed walls and landscaping.
      5.   Compressors and similar equipment shall be located in the interior of the site to minimize impacts on adjacent properties.
      6.   Because landscaping along display perimeters is typically minimal and low level, other landscaped areas shall be designed to compensate for the absence of vertical landscape elements. Building perimeters shall be heavily landscaped and parking lots shall contain significantly more landscaping than is required for retail commercial parking lots.
      7.   All new dealerships whose sales consist primarily of new vehicles shall submit a comprehensive sign program application consistent with § 16.38.060. If no sign program is approved, the dealership will be subject to the sign standards of the zone.
(Ord. 610-24 § 14, 2024; Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997; Ord. 524 Exhibit B, 2017)

16.44.190 Vehicle Repair and Service.

   A.   Design Issues. Auto repair and service facilities can be problematic uses that are characterized by noise, large numbers of parked vehicles, traffic, and the presence of and potential mishandling of large amounts of petroleum products, oils, acid, and other hazardous materials. While these facilities rarely make good residential neighbors, they are necessary to urban life and can fit agreeably into many other settings if care is taken to mitigate negative characteristics.
   B.   Site Planning.
      1.   Vehicle repair and service activities shall be wholly contained within an enclosed building.
      2.   Sufficient parking space shall be provided for customers to drop off their vehicles and to avoid stacking of vehicles onto the public street.
      3.   The interiors of work bays shall not be visible from a public street or any adjacent residential uses, or designated open space areas.
      4.   Access driveways shall be limited to the minimum number necessary to enter and exit the site safely, typically one or two, with a maximum width of twenty-eight (28) feet.
   C.   Building Design.
      1.   Building materials shall have the appearance of substance and permanency; lightweight metal or other temporary appearing structures are not allowed.
      2.   Building design shall be clean and simple, stylistically consistent and related to surrounding buildings through use of similar scale, materials, colors and/or detailing.
   D.   Special Requirements.
      1.   No dismantling of wrecked cars is allowed on the site, and no outdoor storage is allowed.
      2.   Public (outdoor) address systems are not allowed. Beepers and/or personal pagers should be used in out-door areas if it is necessary to contact employees outdoors.
      3.   Facilities shall be designed to comply with city ordinance governing stormwater/urban runoff management and discharge controls.
      4.   Provisions shall be made for the storage of used oil and lubricants pending recycling.
      5.   All compressors shall be located within buildings to eliminate impacts on adjacent properties.
(Ord. 182 § 2 (part), 1997)

16.44.200 Emergency Residential Shelters and Transitional Housing.

   A.   Purpose. This division sets forth a uniform set of standards for emergency shelters to provide temporary housing for the homeless.
   B.   Emergency Shelter Standards for Regulations. Emergency shelters for homeless persons shall be subject to and comply with the following standards and regulations.
      1.   A single emergency shelter for thirty (30) occupants, or a combination of multiple shelters with a combined capacity not to exceed thirty (30) occupants, shall be allowed as a permitted use, consistent with section 65583(4)(A) of the Government Code. All emergency shelters, regardless of the number of occupants, shall meet the minimum standards contained herein below. Any emergency shelter with a capacity greater than thirty (30) occupants shall also be subject to the approval of a conditional use permit, as set forth in section 16.52.
      2.   The facility shall operate on a first-come, first serve basis with clients only permitted on-site and admitted to the facility between 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. during Pacific Daylight Time, and 5:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. during Pacific Standard Time. Clients must vacate the facility by 8:00 a.m. and have no guaranteed bed for the next night, A curfew of 10:00 p.m. (or earlier) shall be established and strictly enforced and clients shall not be admitted after the curfew.
      3.   To avoid over-concentration of emergency shelter facilities, a minimum distance of three hundred (300) feet shall be maintained from any other emergency shelter, as measured from the property line.
      4.   Emergency shelters shall not be located within one thousand (1,000) feet of a public or private school (pre-school through twelfth grade), universities, colleges, student housing, senior housing, child care facilities, public parks, businesses licensed for on- or off-site sales of alcoholic beverages or parolee/probationer home as defined in Article VI, Section 16.110 (Definitions) and as measured from the property line.
      5.   Service providers shall provide sufficient numbers of male and female toilets - restrooms for clients and prospective clients to have access to use on a twenty-four (24) hour basis. For group housing and other similar shelter programs, adequate private male and female showers shall be provided along with lockers for clients to temporarily store their belongings.
      6.   Any outdoor storage, including, but not limited to, items brought on-site by clients for overnight stays, shall be screened from public view by a minimum six (6)-foot tall decorative wall or fence.
      7.   Adequate waiting areas must be provided within the premises for clients and prospective clients including ten (10) square feet per bed, minimum one hundred (100) square feet to ensure that public sidewalks or private walkways are not used as queuing or waiting areas.
      8.   Facility improvements shall comply with the Murrieta municipal code and the most current adopted building and safety code, specific to the establishment of dormitories and shall additionally provide:
         a.   A minimum of one (1) toilet for every eight (8) beds per gender.
         b.   A minimum of one (1) shower for every eight (8) beds per gender.
         c.   Private shower and toilet facility for each area designated for use by individual families.
      9.   An emergency shelter facility shall provide off-street parking:
         a.   The minimum parking requirement shall be whichever is less, the ratio of one (1) space per four (4) beds, and/or 0.5 per bedroom designated as a family unit with children, plus one (1) space per staff member, or the minimum parking requirement for other residential or commercial uses within the same zone whichever results in less parking being required.
         b.   Service providers are responsible to provide and maintain adequate parking and freight loading facilities for employees, clients and other visitors who drive to the premises.
      10.   Bike rack parking shall be provided at the facility.
      11.   Exterior lighting shall be provided for the entire outdoor and parking area of the property per the lighting standards of the Section 16.18.100 of the code.
      12.   The facility may provide the following services in a designated area separate from sleeping areas:
         a.   A recreation area inside the shelter or in an outdoor area visually separated from public view by a minimum six (6)-foot tall visually screening decorative wall or fence.
         b.   A counseling center for job placement, educational, health care, legal services, or mental health services.
         c.   Laundry facilities to serve the number of clients at the shelter.
         d.   Kitchen and dining area.
         e.   Client storage area.
         f.   Similar types of facilities to address the needs of homeless clients, as determined by the planning director.
      13.   A shelter management plan shall be submitted as a part of the conditional use permit application, which addresses all of the following:
         a.   Service providers shall maintain sufficient monetary resources to enable them to operate the facility per the shelter management plan, and shall demonstrate to the city prior to approval of the permit application that such funds shall be available for use upon first occupancy of the proposed project and shall reasonably be expected to be available for the life of the project;
         b.   A minimum of one (1) staff member per fifteen (15) beds shall be awake and on duty when the facility is open. Facility staff shall be trained in operating procedures, safety plans, and assisting clients. The facility shall not employ staff who have been convicted of a felony or who are required to register as a sex registrant under Penal Code 290;
         c.   Service providers shall maintain up-to-date information and referral sheets to give clients and other persons who, for any reason, cannot be served by the establishment;
         d.   Service providers shall provide criteria to screen clients for admittance eligibility, with the objective to provide first service to individuals with connections to Murrieta;
         e.   Service providers will maintain information on individuals utilizing the facility and will ensure that the maximum stay at the facility shall not exceed one-hundred and twenty (120) days in a three-hundred and sixty-five (365) day period;
         f.   Service providers shall continuously monitor waiting areas to inform prospective clients whether they can be served within a reasonable time. If they cannot be served by the provider because of time or resource constraints, the monitor shall inform the client of alternative programs and locations where he or she may seek similar services;
         g.   Service providers will educate on-site staff to provide adequate knowledge and skills to assist clients in obtaining permanent shelter and income, including referrals to outside assistance agencies. An annual report on this activity will be provided to the city;
         h.   Service providers shall provide for the timely removal of litter attributable to clients within the vicinity of the facility every twenty-four (24)-hour period;
         i.   Service providers will maintain good communication and have procedures in place to respond to operational issues which may arise from the neighborhood, city staff, or the general public;
         j.   The shelter management plan shall include how staff will address and regulate alcohol and illegal drug use by clients on the premises;
         k.   Service providers shall establish standards for responding to emergencies and incidents expelling clients from the facility, re-admittance policies for clients who have previously been expelled from the facility shall also be established.
      14.   The establishment shall implement other conditions and/or measures as determined by the city, in consultation with other city/county agencies necessary to ensure that management and/or clients of the establishment maintain the quiet, safety and cleanliness of the premises and the vicinity of the use; and
      15.   Other requirements as deemed necessary by the city to ensure that the facility does not create an adverse impact to surrounding properties.
   C.   Transitional Housing including Single Resident Occupancy (SRO), Standards and Regulations. Transitional housing, including efficiency residential units, also known as single resident occupancy ("SRO"), shall be subject to and comply with the following standards and regulations.
      1.   Units shall have a minimum size of one hundred and fifty (150) square feet and a maximum of four hundred (400) square feet.
      2.   Each unit shall accommodate a maximum of two (2) persons.
      3.   Exterior lighting shall be provided for the entire outdoor and parking area of the property per the lighting standards of the Section 16.18.100 of the code.
      4.   Laundry facilities must be provided in a separate room at the ratio of one (1) washer and one (1) dryer for every twenty (20) units of fractional number thereof, with at least one (1) washer and dryer per floor.
      5.   A cleaning supply room or utility closet with a wash tub with hot and cold running water shall be provided on each floor of the SRO (efficiency) unit facility.
      6.   Each unit required to provide a separate bathroom containing a lavatory and bathtub or shower.
      7.   Each unit shall be provided with a kitchen sink, functioning cooking appliance and a refrigerator, each having a clear working space of not less than thirty (30) inches in front.
      8.   Each SRO (efficiency) unit shall have a separate closet.
      9.   SRO (efficiency) units shall comply with all requirements of the California Building Code. All units shall comply with all applicable accessibility and adaptability requirements. All common areas shall be fully accessible.
      10.   An SRO (efficiency) unit project shaft not be located within five hundred (500) feet of any other SRO (efficiency) unit project, emergency shelter, or other similar program, unless such program is located within the same building or on the same lot.
      11.   An SRO (efficiency) unit project with ten (10) or more units shall provide on-site management. Project with less than ten (10) units may provide a management office off-site.
      12.   Tenancy of SRO (efficiency) units shall not be less than thirty (30) days.
      13.   SRO (efficiency) unit parking shall be provided as follows:
         a.   One (1) uncovered parking space for every three (3) SRO (efficiency) units.
         b.   Two (2) uncovered parking spaces for an onsite manager unit.
      14.   Each SRO (efficiency) unit shall be provided at least one (1) lockable bicycle parking space in a location that is adjacent to that SRO (efficiency) unit.
      15.   Applications for SRO (efficiency) units projects shall be processed in a manner consistent with procedures for a multiple-family residential project per Article II, Section 16.08.040.
   D.   Notification. In addition to the notification required by the Development Code, representatives of the police department shall be apprised of the proposed project in a timely fashion so that the department may respond to any concerns they may have regarding the proposed project.
(Ord. 598-23 § 8, 2023; Ord. 482-13 § 2, 2013; Ord. 293 § 1 (part), 2004)

16.44.210 Bingo.

   A.   Definition. Bingo is defined as a game of chance in which prizes are awarded on the basis of designated numbers or symbols on a card which conform to numbers or symbols selected at random. The winning cards shall not be known prior to the game by any person participating in the playing or operation of the bingo game.
   B.   Qualified Organizations. A qualified organization to operate the game of bingo is a mobile home park association, a senior citizens organization, or an organization exempted form the payment of bank and corporation tax by Sections 23701(a), 23701(d), 23701(e), 23701(f), 23701(g) and 23701(l) of the State Revenue and Taxation Code.
   C.   License. A business license issued by the city is required to operate a bingo game. The license can only be issued to a qualified organization. It is unlawful for any person to conduct a bingo game, unless that person is a member of the qualified organization, acting on their behalf. The qualified organization is responsible for providing written proof at the time of application of their tax exempt status.
   D.   Limitations:
      1.   A qualified organization shall conduct a bingo game only on property owned or leased by the organization. The property must be used by the organization for the purpose of the organization's operation, including offices.
      2.   No minors are allowed to participate in any bingo game.
      3.   All bingo games shall be open to the public.
      4.   Bingo games shall be operated and staffed only by members of the qualified organization operating the game, excluding security personnel.
      5.   The qualified organization shall provide proof to the Planning Department that adequate off-street parking is available.
      6.   The building used for the games shall comply with California Building Codes.
      7.   Individual prizes shall not exceed two hundred fifty dollars ($250.00).
      8.   No person shall receive or pay a profit, wage, salary or percentage from any bingo game authorized by Ordinance 356-06 and this Development Code.
      9.   All profits shall be kept in a separate, special fund and used only for charitable purposes or distributed to organizations exempt under Section 23701(d).
      10.   A portion of the proceeds, not to exceed twenty (20) percent, may be used for expenses outlined in Section 9.G. 2 of the ordinance.
      11.   No alcohol shall be served or consumed in the same room or location as the game by operators, managers, board members or players.
      12.   Players must be physically present at the game to play.
(Ord. 367 § 4 (part), 2006)

16.44.220 Non-commercial wind energy conversion systems.

   A.   Purpose and Intent. It Is the purpose and intent of this section to promote the safe, effective and efficient construction and use of N-WECS installed on rural residential lots to reduce the on-site consumption of utility supplied electricity within the city limits of the City of Murrieta. A uniform and comprehensive set of standards, conditions, and procedures for the placement of N-WECS are necessary to regulate the generation of electricity for on-site use, thereby reducing the consumption of electrical power supplied by utility companies. These regulations are intended to assure that N-WECS are designed and located in a manner that minimizes visual, noise, and safety impacts on the surrounding community,
   B.   Definitions. The following are definitions of specialized terms and phrases used in this section. Definitions of general terms and phrases are located in Article IV (Development Code Definitions).
      1.   AWEA means American Wind Energy Association.
      2.   Commission means the Planning Commission.
      3.   Director means the director of the Commission.
      4.   FAA means Federal Aviation Administration.
      5.   Guy Wires means wires or cables used in tension to support a tower.
      6.   Non-Commercial Wind Energy Conversion Systems (N-WECS) means a small wind energy system suitable for rural residential zones consisting of a wind turbine, tower, blades, associated controls and conversion electronics, which has a rated capacity that does not exceed 100 kilowatts (kW) and which will be used primarily to reduce on-site consumption of utility power by converting mechanical energy into electricity.
      7.   Rural Residential means the Rural Residential zoning district as specified in Chapter 16.08 of Article II (Zoning Districts and Allowable Land Uses).
      8.   Tower means the portion of the N-WECS upon which the wind turbine is mounted.
      9.   Tower Height means the height above grade of the fixed portion of the tower measured from the ground to the top of the tower, excluding the wind turbine, blades and wind-measuring devices.
      10.   USGS means the United States Geological Survey.
      11.   Wind Turbine means a non-commercial small wind turbine consisting of a wind turbine generator and rotors, which has a rated capacity of not more than 100 kW and which converts kinetic energy in wind into mechanical energy.
   C.   Restriction on Use of Electricity Generated by N-WECS.
      1.   An N-WECS shall be used exclusively to supply electrical power for on-site consumption, except that when a parcel on which an N-WECS is installed also receives electrical power supplied by a utility company, excess electrical power generated by the N-WECS and not presently needed for on-site use may be used by the utility company in exchange for a reduction in the cost of electrical power supplied by that company to the parcel for on-site use, as long as no net revenue is produced by such excess electrical power.
      2.   An N-WECS shall be permitted only in the Rural Residential zone, subject to the approval of a conditional use permit by the director in accordance with Chapter 16.52 (Conditional Use Permits). Only one N-WECS shall be permitted on a premises.
   D.   Development Standards. An N-WECS shall be subject to all applicable regulations of the Rural Residential zoning district in which it is proposed, except that the following standards shall take precedence over the regulations of the Rural Residential zone to the extent that they differ from the regulations of the Rural Residential zone. The following shall be deemed to be conditions of approval of every N-WECS unless specifically modified pursuant to subsection E of this section:
      1.   Minimum Lot Size. The minimum lot or parcel size shall be 2.5 acres.
      2.   Location.
         a.   Setback.
            i.   The minimum distance between an N-WECS, excluding guy wires and their anchors, and any property line or road right-of-way, shall be the distance which is equivalent to the height of the Wind Turbine, including any wind turbine generator, wind-measuring devices, and the highest vertical extent of any blades, or at least twenty (20) feet, whichever is further, provided that the required distance shall also comply with any applicable fire setback requirements pursuant to sections 4290-4299 of the Public Resources Code.
            ii.   All N-WECS structures, including guy wire anchors, shall conform with the setback requirements established for the Rural Residential zoning district in Section 16.08.020 (Residential Districts General Development Standards) of Article II (Zoning Districts and Allowable Land Uses), and with any special setbacks established for specific uses by this Development Code.
            iii.   No part of an N-WECS shall be located within or over drainage, utility, or other established easements. Each wind turbine shall be setback from the nearest above-ground public communication or electrical line by a distance which is equivalent to the height of the wind turbine.
            iv.   No part of an N-WECS shall be located on a property that has a slope greater than or equal to twenty (20) percent.
            v.   The minimum distance requirement shall be increased as necessary to meet the noise limits of the Rural Residential zone as established in Chapter 16.30 (Noise).
         b.   Blade Clearance. No part of an N-WECS blade shall extend within thirty (30) feet of the ground, trees, or any other structure.
         c.   FAA Beacon Prohibited. No portion of an N-WECS shall be located in an area where FAA regulations would require a beacon, including but not limited to hazard beacons and strobe lights.
      3.   Maximum Tower Height. Tower height shall not exceed the height limit of the underlying zone.
      4.   Rotors. Rotors shall be twenty-three (23) inches to twenty-one (21) feet in diameter.
      5.   Compliance with Aviation Safety Standards. The N-WECS shall comply with all applicable FAA requirements and the requirements of the State Aeronautics Act (Part 1 (commencing with Section 21001) of Division 9 of the Public Utilities Code).
      6.   Wind Turbine Approval. Wind turbines must be approved under the Emerging Technologies program of the California Energy Commission or any other small wind certification program recognized by the AWEA.
      7.   Design. An N-WECS must be designed and constructed in accordance with the following:
         a.   Colors. The colors used in the construction materials or finished surface shall be muted and visually compatible with surrounding developments.
         b.   Lighting. If required by FAA standards, a safety light that meets FAA standards shall be provided on the N-WECS. All required lights shall be shielded from adjacent properties, and no other lights shall be placed upon the tower.
         c.   Noise. Noise from an N-WECS shall conform with the noise standards of Chapter 16.30 (Noise), including, but not limited to, the maximum allowed exterior noise level standards of Table 3-6 (Exterior Noise Standards), as measured at the closest neighboring inhabited dwelling. N-WECS that have a noise specification greater than the standards of Table 3-6 shall provide a noise study to determine mitigation measures to conform to the noise standards.
         d.   Visual Effects.
            i.   The top of an N-WECS, including the wind turbine and the highest vertical extent of the blades, shall be located at least twenty-five (25) vertical feet below the top of any adjacent major ridgeline, and an N-WECS shall be located at least one hundred (100) horizontal feet from any adjacent major ridgeline.
            ii.   Any N-WECS that is placed within the viewshed of a designated major, secondary, limited secondary, or scenic highway shall be assessed for its visual effects, and appropriate conditions relating to siting, buffers, and design of the facility shall be applied pursuant to Sections 260-284 of the Streets and Highways Code.
            iii.   Any N-WECS placed on hillsides and ridgelines shall be assessed for its visual effects, and appropriate conditions relating to siting, buffers, and design of the facility shall be evaluated to minimize impacts on the viewshed from the valley floor.
         e.   Climbing Apparatus. All climbing apparatus must be located at least fifteen (15) feet above the ground, and the tower must be designed to prevent climbing within the first fifteen (15) feet.
         f.   Automatic Overspeed Controls. N-WECS shall be equipped with manual and automatic overspeed controls to limit the blade rotation speed to within the design limits of the N-WECS.
         g.   Access Doors. If an N-WECS is equipped with access doors, all access doors shall be lockable and remain locked during operation.
      8.   Signs. One sign, limited to eighteen (18) inches in length and one (1) foot in height, shall be posted at the base of the tower. The sign shall include a notice of no trespassing, a warning of high voltage, and the phone number of the property owner to call in the event of an emergency.
      9.   Displacement of Parking Prohibited. The location of an N-WECS shall not result in the displacement of required parking as specified in Chapter 16.34 (Off-Street Parking and Loading Standards).
      10.   Maintenance. N-WECS shall be maintained in an operational condition that poses no potential safety hazards.
      11.   Removal. Within six (6) months after the operation of an N-WECS has ceased or the permit therefore has expired, whichever occurs first, the permittee shall remove the NWECS, clear the site of all equipment, and restore the site as nearly as practicable to its condition prior to the installation of the N-WECS. Failure to remove such N-WECS as required above shall constitute a public nuisance.
   E.   Conditional Use Permit – Non-Commercial Wind Energy Conversion Systems.
      1.   The provisions of Chapters 16.48 (Application Filing, Processing, and Fees) and 16.52 (Conditional Use Permits) shall apply to an application for a conditional use permit for an N-WECS, except as may be modified by this section.
      2.   Application–Filing Information and Documents Required. An application for a conditional use permit for an N-WECS shall contain the following:
         a.   The information and documents specified Chapters 16.48 (Application Filing, Processing, and Fees) and 16.52 (Conditional Use Permits) of the Development Code, including, but not limited to, ownership information, mailing labels, and land use maps as specified.
         b.   Drawings to scale of the entire N-WECS structure, including the Tower, base, Wind Turbine, blades, footings, Guy Wires, and associated equipment.
         c.   Three (3) copies of the proposed site plan, elevation plan, and location map depicting the project location on USGS topographic sheets. Additional copies of these materials may be required by the director. On each set of the required site plan and elevation plan, the applicant shall depict the type and location of any safety lights and energy storage devices.
         d.   Evidence satisfactory to the director that the proposed wind turbine generator meets the following standards:
            i.   The wind turbine generator is certified by a qualified, licensed engineer as meeting the requirements of Wind Turbine-specific safety and/or performance standards adopted by a national or international standards-setting body, including, but not limited to, International Electric Code standard 61400-2.
            ii.   The wind turbine generator has a manufacturer's warranty with at least five (5) years remaining from the date the application is filed.
            iii.   The model of equipment proposed has a documented record of at least one (1) year of reliable operation at a site with average wind speeds of at least twelve (12) mph.
         e.   Where modification of any development standard specified in subsection D of this section is requested, the applicant shall identify the requested modifications and substantiate to the satisfaction of the director that strict compliance with all required development standards would substantially and unreasonably interfere with establishment of the proposed N-WECS on the subject property and the requested modifications would not be contrary to the intent and purpose of this section.
(Ord. 408 § 1, 2008)

16.44.230 Wedding/Event Facilities in the RR and ER Districts.

   A.   Purpose and Intent. It is the purpose and intent of this section to allow a homeowner with a property of five (5) acres or greater to utilize their residence for occasional weddings or events within the RR and ER districts. Implementation of the regulations and standards within this section will ensure that wedding/event facilities in the RR and ER districts will be conducted in an orderly manner that will not result in a change to the residential character of the surrounding community.
   The standards contained below will be placed on properties authorized to hold wedding/events within the RR and ER Districts, based on the parcel size and proximity to existing improvements.
   B.   Wedding/Event Facilities - General. Wedding/event facilities may be allowed on properties of five (5) acres or greater in the RR and ER districts subject to the approval of a minor conditional use permit pursuant to Chapter 16.52 (Conditional Use Permit), in compliance with, but not limited to, the following standards:
      1.   Parking. Adequate on-site parking facilities, pedestrian and vehicular circulation, and vehicular ingress and egress, shall be provided in compliance with Chapter 16.34 (Off-Street Parking and Loading Standards) and Section 16.44.230.C.
      2.   Number of Days/Hours of Operation. The director shall impose reasonable restriction on the number of events that can occur during a week, on which days of the week these can occur and the hours of operation. Specific criteria are contained in Section 16.44.230.C.
      3.   Sanitary Facilities. The director shall determine the appropriate quantity and location for any for sanitary facilities. All facilities shall be located on-site, and shall comply with accessibility requirements and the requirements of the Riverside County Health Department. Additional criteria are contained in Section 16.44.230.C.
      4.   Security. Provision for security and safety measures shall be provided, if applicable. Recent contact information shall be maintained on file with the city at all times.
      5.   Signs. One externally illuminated monument sign shall be permitted and shall be located at access points to the parcel, subject to the following criteria:
         a.   Signs are allowed only for frontages adjoining a public street;
         b.   Monument signs shall not be located closer than five feet from a property line;
         c.   The maximum sign area shall be twenty (20) square feet per side and not exceed four (4) feet in height;
         d.   Signs shall be constructed of natural materials;
         e.   Landscaping shall be provided at the base of the supporting structure equal to twice the area of one face of the sign;
         f.   The monument sign shall not be illuminated after 10:00 p.m. on evenings when there are no events and shall be turned off at the conclusion of events;
         g.   Monument signs shall contain an address plate identifying the project or use by specific street address. The address plate shall not exceed four square feet in area. Numbers shall be a minimum of six inches in height. Address plates shall not be calculated against the allowed sign area;
         h.   Illumination shall be down lit and shall not be allowed to spill over into, or provide glare, to adjacent properties or rights-of-way;
         i.   On-site directional signage shall be no larger than twelve (12) square feet in area and its design shall be complimentary to the monument sign.
      6.   Solid Waste Collection and Disposal. The facility shall include provisions for solid waste, recycling and/or disposal with specific criteria contained in Section 16.44.230.C.
      7.   Other Conditions. The director shall require any other conditions which will ensure the operation of the facility in an orderly and efficient manner and in full compliance with the purpose/intent of this section.
   C.   Site-Specific Development Performance Standards.
      1.   Days and Hours of Operation. The site may be used for a maximum of two events per week, unless otherwise modified by the permit approval. No more than two events may occur on sequential dates. All events shall begin after 10:00 a.m. and shall be completed by 12:00 a.m.
      2.   Noise Levels and Monitoring. Noise levels generated from events shall be subject to the following criteria:
         a.   All noise generated by the event use shall conform to the thresholds established for Zone II of Table 3-6, Exterior Noise Standards of section 16.30.090 (Exterior Noise Standards), and shall be subject to the provisions contained therein;
         b.   Noise levels for events shall not exceed the city's noise standards, either during set up or as part of the event;
         c.   The applicant shall monitor and ensure that the noise levels shall not exceed City of Murrieta noise standards;
         d.   Any noise generating activities shall be terminated at 10:00 p.m.
      3.   Ancillary Structures.
         a.   If an ancillary structure is provided as part of the project approval, ancillary structures shall be permanent construction, shall be fully enclosed, or enclosable on four sides, and shall have a roof. Ancillary structures shall be complimentary in terms of size, scale, and materials used on the primary structure on the site;
         b.   Ancillary structures shall be subject to the setbacks for accessory structures in contained in Table 16.08-1, (Residential Zones General Development Standards Requirements by Individual Zoning District) of section 16.08.020 (Residential Districts General Development Standards) with the exception that structures cannot exceed forty (40) feet in height, and be no larger than 7,500 square feet in size.
      4.   On-site Parking Requirements.
         a.   All on-site parking areas do not need to be paved; however, they must be stabilized in order to minimize any off-site dust impacts and for compliance with water quality control purposes;
         b.   Adequate parking must be provided based on maximum occupancy of site. Occupancy will be determined based on the seating capacity of the special event;
         c.   If buses or limousines are proposed for off-site transport, adequate drop off and pick up locations must be provided on site.
      5.   Location Requirements. Any parcel where a facility is proposed shall have access to a paved and maintained public street.
      6.   Solid Waste Collection and Disposal. On-site waste collection shall be located onsite as to not create any off-site noise, odors or nuisances. Solid waste shall be removed from the site within forty-eight (48) hours of any event.
      7.   Sanitary Facilities. Any potable sanitary facilities shall not be located any closer than twenty-five (25) feet from an adjacent property with a residential use. Sanitary waste shall be removed from the site within 48 hours of any event, or determined through the minor conditional use permit. (Ord. 610-24 § 15, 2024; Ord. 544 § 18, 2019; Ord. 486 § 2, 2014)

16.44.240 Indoor Firing Ranges.

   A.   Purpose and Intent. It is the purpose and intent of this section to provide standards for the location and operation of practice indoor firing ranges ("indoor firing range") by locating indoor firing ranges in appropriate areas with minimal adverse impact on the community and its resources, and providing standards of operation that will protect the public health, safety, and welfare of the community.
   B.   Indoor Firing Ranges - General.
      1.   Indoor firing ranges shall be a conditionally permitted use within the Business Park (BP) and General Industrial (GI) zoning districts with conditional use permit approval pursuant to Chapter 16.52 provided that the business conforms to all applicable federal and state standards, all applicable requirements of the Murrieta Municipal Code.
      2.   Distance Requirements. The establishment of an indoor firing range shall not be permitted within three hundred (300) feet of a K-12 public school, public park, residential zoning district, an off-site or on-site alcoholic beverage sales establishment, or another indoor firing range.
   C.   Requirements.
      1.   Every indoor firing range shall be in compliance with the applicable building, environmental, and fire code requirements of the Murrieta Development Code.
      2.   The applicant shall submit to a criminal background check. If the applicant is an association, firm, corporation, partnership, or other entity comprised of more than a sole proprietor, this requirement shall apply to all principals.
         a.   Applicant, all principals and applicable employees shall never have been convicted of a felony, or a misdemeanor involving a firearm.
         b.   Applicant, all principals and applicable employees shall never have been convicted of a violation of law concerning the manufacture, use, possession, or sale of firearms.
      3.   Indoor firing ranges shall be permitted to operate during the hours of 6:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m., unless amended by the conditional use permit.
      4.   The applicant shall provide sufficient and substantial evidence that the proposed indoor firing range is properly designed, constructed and equipped for the proposed firearms to be discharged within the facility.
      5.   No other weapons, other than firearms, shall be discharged in an indoor firing range.
      6.   No firearms shall be allowed which have been classified as illegal under state or federal statute.
      7.   Firearms and safety rules and regulations shall be prominently posted in a general area available to all customers of the establishment. Compliance with those regulations shall be monitored and enforced by facility a range safety officer.
      8.   A minimum of one range safety officer shall be on duty during operating hours.
         a.   Range safety officers shall be responsible for:
            i.   The operation and maintenance of the shooting range.
            ii.   Inspection of all firearms and ammunition for safe functions and operations.
            iii.   Protocols shall be established ensuring that firearms or ammunition deemed not safe by the range safety officer shall not be discharged within the indoor firing range.
            iv.   Ensure all firearms and ammunition at the indoor firing range remains securely stored at all times and in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations.
      9.   No person, employee, member, or customer of an indoor firing range shall be allowed to enter or leave the premise with a loaded firearm, unless permitted by or exempted by state or federal law.
      10.   All firearms shall be loaded only on the firing line under the supervision of the range safety officer, unless permitted by or exempted by state or federal law.
      11.   No drugs or alcohol may be consumed on the property, nor shall the sale of alcohol be permitted on the property.
      12.   No person shall be allowed to utilize an indoor firing range who the range safety officer, or other employees of an indoor firing range, believes to be under the influence of drugs and/or alcohol.
      13.   No person shall be allowed to utilize an indoor firing range who the range safety officer, or other employees of an indoor firing range, believes to pose a threat to themselves or others.
      14.   The Murrieta Police Department shall be contacted immediately if the range safety officer, or an employee, reasonably believes that a person on premises may be a threat to themselves or others.
      15.   Individuals under eighteen (18) years of age will be allowed to utilize the facility, provided:
         a.   They are accompanied by parent or legal guardian; or
         b.   They are under adult supervision and a signed release by the parent or guardian is provided.
      16.   All persons at the firing line shall wear approved eye and ear protection under the supervision of the range safety officer. All employees of a practice indoor firing line shall receive eye and ear protection and shall receive proper training regarding the use of suitable eye and ear protection. The City holds no liability for the hazardous conditions related to eye and ear damage known to exist at such facilities.
      17.   The sale and storage of ammunition shall be permitted.
      18.   The manufacture of ammunition shall not be permitted, unless permitted through the conditional use permit.
      19.   No person, other than the range safety officer, official employees, or independent contractors hired to maintain the facility shall be permitted beyond the firing line.
      20.   All doors, gates, and entrances between the firing points and backstop shall be securely locked at all times when a person is engaged in practice shooting.
   D.   Safety and Management Plan. A detailed safety and management plan shall be submitted in full compliance with the NRA Range Source Book: A Guide to Planning and Construction, published by the National Rifle Association, or by an equivalent guidebook (if applicable) deemed comparable by the Murrieta Police Department and Planning Department. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, the following information:
      1.   Plans for the installation and maintenance of interior and exterior surveillance cameras installed that can observe the parking lot, lobby, store, firing lines, and all general areas within an indoor firing range and its perimeter. Recordings from the surveillance cameras must be maintained for not less than thirty (30) days and shall be made available to members of the Police Department upon request.
      2.   Plans for the installation and maintenance of adequate exterior and interior lighting.
      3.   Protocols shall be developed for the safe display and storage of firearms and ammunition.
      4.   Protocols shall be developed, with cooperation of the Murrieta Police Department and other public safety organizations, to ensure open lines of communication exists between an indoor firing range and all local public safety organizations.
      5.   A stormwater diversion plan.
      6.   A hazardous waste diversion and disposal plan.
      7.   A plan to reduce exposure to hazardous waste, provide clear air and decrease noise for all employees and customers in accordance with the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health's (NIOSH) Preventing Occupational Exposure to Lead and Noise at Indoor Firing Ranges, published by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
      8.   Hours of operation.
      9.   An affirmative letter signed by the Murrieta Police Chief or designee, detailing that the Department is satisfied with the applicant's consideration of all security related and communication issues regarding an indoor firing range.
      10.   A plan to mitigate outside noise to the surrounding community.
      11.   Protocols shall be adopted to ensure that firearms and ammunition deemed unsafe will not be discharged within the firing line.
      12.   Failure to submit a safety and management plan as required shall be grounds to automatically deny an application for a license.
      13.   Failure to adequately implement or maintain the safety and management plan shall be grounds for suspension or revocation of the business license.
      14.   Any future revisions or modifications of the Safety and Management Plan must be approved by the City Planning Department and Police Department. Failure to obtain approval or otherwise disregard, edit, modify, revise or in any way change the Safety and Management Plan on file is grounds for suspension or revocation of the business license.
(Ord. 489 § 2, 2014)

16.44.250 Cannabis and Hemp Use.

   A.   Definitions. For purposes of this Chapter, the following definitions shall apply:
      1.   “Cannabis”, also known as "Marijuana", means any or all parts of the plant Cannabis Sativa Linnaeus, Cannabis Indica, Cannabis Ruderalis and any genetic or synthetic derivative thereof, whether growing or not; the seeds thereof; the resin or separated resin, whether crude or purified, extracted from any part of the plant; and every compound, manufacture, salt, derivative, mixture, or preparation of the plant, its seeds or resin, including marijuana infused in foodstuff or any other ingestible or consumable product containing marijuana or any marijuana derivative. The term "marijuana" shall also include "medical cannabis" as such phrase is used in the August 2008 Guidelines for the Security and Non-Diversion of Marijuana Grown for Medical Use, and "cannabis" as defined in the Business and Professions Code § 19300.5(f), as may be amended from time to time, that was issued by the office of the Attorney General for the state of California or subject to the provisions of the California Health and Safety Code § 11362.5 (Compassionate Use Act) or California Health and Safety Code §§ 11362.7 to 11362.83 (Medical Marijuana Program Act). Notwithstanding the above, the definition of “cannabis” does not include "industrial hemp".
      2.   "Cannabis Cultivation" means growing, planting, harvesting, drying, curing, grading, trimming, or processing of marijuana.
      3.   "Cannabis Dispensary" or "Cannabis Dispensaries" means any business, office, store, facility, location, retail storefront or wholesale component of any establishment, cooperative or collective that delivers (as defined in Business and Professions Code § 19300.5(m) or any successor statute thereto) whether mobile or otherwise, dispenses, distributes, exchanges, transmits, transports, sells or provides cannabis for any reason to any person, group of persons, corporation, limited liability company, non-profit corporation or any other entity of any kind.
      4.   "Cannabis Processing" means any method used to prepare cannabis or its byproducts for commercial retail and/or wholesale use including, but not limited to: drying, cleaning, curing, packaging, and extraction of active ingredients to create cannabis related products and concentrates, production of foodstuffs containing cannabis and production of any pill, tablet, liquid, lozenge or other delivery system containing cannabis or any derivative thereof.
      5.   "Cannabis Testing Laboratory" means a laboratory, facility, or entity in the state that offers or performs tests of cannabis or cannabis products and that meets the following:
         a.   Accredited by an accrediting body that is independent from all other persons involved in commercial cannabis activity in the state; and
         b.   Licensed by the Bureau of Cannabis Control within the Department of Consumer Affairs, formerly named the Bureau of Marijuana Control, the Bureau of Medical Cannabis Regulation, and the Bureau of Medical Marijuana Regulation; or
         c.   As otherwise defined under § 26001 of the California Business and Professions Code.
      6.   "Industrial Hemp" means a crop that is limited to types of the plant Cannabis Sativa L. having no more than three-tenths of 1 percent tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) contained in the dried flowering tops, whether growing or not; the seeds of the plant; the resin extracted from any part of the plant; and every compound, manufacture, salt, derivative, mixture, or preparation of the plant, its seeds or resin produced therefrom, consistent with California Health and Safety Code § 11018.5.
      7.   "Medicinal Cannabis" or "Medicinal Cannabis Product" means cannabis or a cannabis product, respectively, intended to be sold or donated for use pursuant to the Compassionate Use Act of 1996 (Proposition 215), found in California Health and Safety Code § 11362.5, by a medicinal cannabis patient in California who possesses a physician's recommendation, or in compliance with any compassionate use, equity, or other similar program administered by a local jurisdiction.
      8.   “Medicinal Cannabis Delivery Service” means a physical business location in the city with no retail storefront and where the sole purpose and use of the facility is for the storage and logistics to support the delivery of medicinal cannabis.
   B.   Prohibited Activities. Cannabis cultivation, cannabis processing, cannabis delivery and cannabis dispensaries shall be prohibited activities within the City of Murrieta, except where the city is preempted by federal or state law from enacting a prohibition on such activity. No use permit, variance, building permit, business license, or any other entitlement, license or permit, whether administrative or discretionary shall be approved or issued for the activities of cannabis cultivation, cannabis processing, cannabis delivery, or the establishment or operation of a cannabis dispensary in the city, and no person shall otherwise establish or conduct such activities in the city, except where the city is preempted by federal or state law from enacting a prohibition on any such activity for which the use permit, variance, building permit, or any other entitlement, license, or permit is sought.
   C.   Limited Exceptions. Notwithstanding § 16.44.250.B, the following shall be permitted subject to limitations:
      1.   The retail sale of industrial hemp products, with the exception of foods and supplements for consumption. Cultivation and processing of industrial hemp shall be prohibited activities within the city. No cannabis products or graphics depicting cannabis products shall be visible from the exterior of any property selling industrial hemp, or on any of the vehicles owned or used as part of the retail sales.
      2.   Cannabis testing laboratory shall be allowed in the Business Park (BP), General Industrial (GI), and General Industrial-A (GIA) Zone Districts consistent with Table 16.12-1: Use Table for Business Park and Industrial Districts and subject to the conditional use permit requirements specified in § 16.52 and the following miscellaneous operating requirements.
         a.   No cannabis products or graphics depicting cannabis products shall be visible from the exterior of any property issued a cannabis testing laboratories permit, or on any of the vehicles owned or used as part of the cannabis testing laboratories. No outdoor storage of cannabis or cannabis products is permitted at any time.
         b.   Cannabis shall not be consumed or sampled by any testing lab employee, visitor, operator or vendor on the premises of any cannabis testing laboratories.
         c.   Odor control devices and techniques shall be incorporated in all cannabis testing laboratories to ensure that any odors from testing are not detectable off-site. Cannabis testing laboratories shall provide a sufficient odor-absorbing ventilation and exhaust system so that odor generated inside the cannabis testing laboratories that is distinctive to its operation is not detected outside of the facility, anywhere on adjacent property or public rights-of-way, on or about the exterior or interior common area walkways, hallways, breezeways, foyers, lobby areas, or any other areas available for use by common tenants or the visiting public, or within any other unit located inside the same building as the cannabis testing laboratories.
         d.   Prior to commencing operations, cannabis testing laboratories shall be subject to all required permits and approvals which would otherwise be required for any business of the same size and intensity operating in that zone. This includes but is not limited to obtaining any required building permit(s), fire department approvals, health department approvals and other zoning and land use permit(s) and approvals.
         e.   Cannabis testing laboratories permits may be revoked for any violation of any law and/or any rule, regulation and/or standard adopted pursuant to this chapter or as a result of the loss of any other applicable state or local license.
         f.   Suspension of a license issued by the State of California, or by any of its departments or divisions, shall immediately suspend the ability of a cannabis testing laboratories to operate within the city, until the State of California, or its respective department or division, reinstates or reissues the state license. Should the State of California, or any of its departments or divisions, revoke or terminate the license of a cannabis testing laboratories, such revocation or termination shall also revoke or terminate the ability of a cannabis testing laboratories to operate within the city.
      3.   Medicinal Cannabis Delivery Service.
         a.   Medicinal Cannabis Delivery Service License Required.
            i.   No person shall engage in or conduct any medicinal cannabis delivery service within the city without an approved medicinal cannabis delivery service license under this section.
            ii.   A separate medicinal cannabis delivery service license shall be required for each physical address location within the city.
            iii.   An application for a medicinal cannabis delivery service license shall be on forms provided by the chief of police or designee, which require all information, permits, licenses, criminal background check results, and other approvals necessary to verify compliance with this section and all applicable laws. The chief of police or designee reserves the right to request and obtain additional information from any business owner and property owner submitting a medicinal cannabis delivery service license application to show compliance with relevant codes and regulations.
            iv.   Applicants shall execute an agreement indemnifying the city from any claims, damages, injuries, or liabilities of any kind associated with the operation of the delivery-only medicinal cannabis business, issuance of a permit to a delivery-only medicinal cannabis business, or the prosecution of the delivery-only medicinal cannabis business or its owners, managers, directors, officers, employees, or its qualified patients or primary caregivers for violation of federal or state laws.
            v.   Insurance Requirements. Applicant shall provide and maintain insurance in the amounts and of the types that are acceptable to the city manager or designee.
            vi.   The business owner and the property owner, if different, shall each sign the medicinal cannabis delivery service license application form.
            v.   A medicinal cannabis delivery service license issued pursuant to this section shall expire twelve (12) months after the date of its issuance. Thereafter, a new or renewal license application must be submitted to continue the medicinal cannabis delivery service.
         b.   Application Requirements. A completed application, together with the application fee in an amount established by resolution of the City Council shall be submitted with all of the following:
            i.   Site and Floor Plan.
               A.   A site plan, drawn to scale and professionally prepared by a licensed civil engineer or architect, of the parcel of property on which the proposed cannabis business will be located. The site plan shall include the outline of all structures, driveways, parking and landscape areas, and boundaries of the parcel.
               B.   A floor plan, drawn to scale and professionally prepared by a licensed civil engineer or architect, designating all interior dimensions of the premises, the proposed use of all spaces, identification of limited access areas, areas of ingress and egress, and all security camera locations.
            ii.   Lighting Plan. A lighting plan showing existing and proposed exterior and interior lighting levels that would be the minimum necessary to provide adequate security lighting for the use.
            iii.   Copies of the applicant’s current M-License from the California Department of Cannabis Control.
            iv.   Odor Control Management Plan. All applications shall submit an adequate on-site odor control management plan such that all odors resulting from the storage or transport of cannabis and cannabis-related products cannot be readily detected from outside of the structure or vehicle in which the business operates.
            v.   Safety and security plan.
            vi.   Sensitive Uses Information. The names and addresses of all libraries, schools, religious worship institutions, youth activity centers and day care centers and parks within 500 feet as measured from the property lines of a proposed facility. For business condominiums, this measurement would be taken from the outer boundaries of the common parcel where the structure is located and not from the building.
         c.   Background Check. All owners, operators, partners, investors, employees, and agents must submit to a background check.
         d.   Operational Requirements.
            i.   All requirements of the state shall be met at all times, except where local requirements apply.
            ii.   All business operations must be conducted in conformance with the approved medicinal cannabis delivery service license and all approved plans included therewith.
            iii.   A city business license shall be obtained prior to operation and maintained in good standing during the entirety of operations.
            iv.   City Permits. A medicinal cannabis delivery service shall secure all necessary building permits and be required to comply with applicable building, fire, mechanical, and plumbing codes, and state and federal disability access laws.
            v.   Dimensions. The cumulative size of all structures associated with a medicinal cannabis delivery service shall not exceed 3,000 square feet of gross building area.
            vi.   Visibility and Signs.
               A.   No cannabis or cannabis products may be visible from outside the medicinal cannabis delivery service’s fixed location or any delivery vehicles.
               B.   Signage shall be limited to one wall sign consisting of the property address only and meet the requirements of Murrieta Municipal Code § 16.38.120.J. – Wall Signs.
               C.   Signs shall contain no advertising of other companies, brands, goods, or services, or of this use.
            vii.   Hours of Operation. Medicinal cannabis delivery services may only operate during hours authorized by their state license and the Department of Cannabis Control regulations.
            viii.   Food Products. Medicinal cannabis delivery services shall comply with all state laws and regulations with respect to edible products.
            ix.   Odor Control Requirements.
               A.   All medicinal cannabis delivery services shall incorporate and maintain adequate on-site odor control measures pursuant to an approved odor control management plan such that the odors as a result of storing or transport of cannabis and cannabis-related products cannot be readily detected from outside of the structure or vehicle in which the business operates.
               B.   The plan shall incorporate the following elements: filtration system(s) for air purification with a minimum efficiency reporting value (MERV-13) rating or greater, polarized filters with activated carbon inserts, carbon scrubbers, ozone generators, electrostatic air curtains, circulation fans, training measures for employees, and a maintenance log and schedule.
            x.   All business activities may only occur in a permitted, fully enclosed and secure structure.
            xi.   Delivery shall be only to qualified medicinal cannabis patients or their primary caregivers who possess a valid identification card as described in California Health and Safety Code § 11362.7.
            xii.   Inspected Products. Each medicinal cannabis delivery service shall deliver medicinal cannabis products only after those products have been inspected and quality tested by a qualified third-party testing facility as required by applicable state laws.
            xiii.   Labeling and Packaging. Prior to sale for a delivery, medicinal cannabis products shall be labeled and placed in tamper-evident packaging. Labels and packages of medicinal cannabis products shall, at minimum, meet the requirements specified under applicable state laws.
            xiv.   Product Tracking System. Medicinal cannabis delivery services must be compliant with and participating in the state mandated California Cannabis Track and Trace system.
            xv.   Recordkeeping Requirements. Medicinal cannabis delivery services must comply with Department of Cannabis Control recordkeeping requirements.
            xvi.   Prohibited Activities.
               A.   On-Site Sales and Pick-Up Orders. Medicinal cannabis delivery services shall only conduct sales through delivery. On-site sales or order pick-ups are prohibited.
               B.   Cannabis Paraphernalia Sales. Medicinal cannabis delivery services shall not sell, deliver or advertise for sale any products other than medicinal cannabis or medicinal cannabis products.
               C.   Sales or delivery to other cannabis businesses (other than to other delivery locations owned by the same entity) is prohibited.
               D.   A medicinal cannabis delivery service shall not grow, cultivate, manufacture, or process cannabis.
               E.   No person shall cause or permit the sale, dispensing, or consumption of alcoholic beverages or cannabis at or within 200 feet of the physical address location of a medicinal cannabis delivery service.
               F.   No loitering shall be permitted within 50 feet of the exterior walls or within the parking area of any medicinal cannabis delivery service.
         e.   Permitted Locations.
            i.   A medicinal cannabis delivery service shall be a permitted use in the Business Park (BP) Zone.
            ii.   A Medicinal Cannabis Delivery Service (Physical Delivery Logistics Location) shall not be located within 500 feet of a sensitive uses, or any other medicinal cannabis delivery business location. Distance specified in this subsection shall be measured by the horizontal distance measured in a straight line from the property lines of where the delivery-only medicinal cannabis operator is to be located to the property line of the potential sensitive use. For business condominiums, this measurement would be taken from outer boundaries of the common parcel where the structure is located and not from the building. Sensitive uses for purposes of this Section include:
               A.   Residential zones or private residences.
               B.   Public or private schools.
               C.   Daycare centers.
               D.   Churches.
               E.   Public parks.
               F.   Youth activity centers.
               G.   Large medical centers.
               H.   Any other medicinal cannabis delivery service business.
         f.   Screening, Safety, and Security Requirements.
            i.   No public access is allowed within the premises.
            ii.   Outdoor vehicle storage shall be provided in a secured area with screening methods as provided under § 16.44.130.A “Outdoor Storage Areas” of the Murrieta Development Code.
            iii.   Secured Site Access. All exterior vehicle parking areas shall be gated and secured. Any gate or barrier across a fire access roadway must meet the Murrieta Fire and Rescue requirements and have specific plans and permits approved prior to installation. A Knox brand key-operated electric key switch keyed to Murrieta Fire and Rescue specification are required. The Knox switch shall override all gate functions and open the gate. Other access control systems, such as Opticom, are required and must be installed as directed by the fire marshal and chief of police.
            iv.   Surveillance Systems. Security surveillance cameras and video recording systems shall be installed, and maintained in good condition, to monitor the entire interior (except bathrooms), main entrance, and exterior areas, including parking areas, of all medicinal cannabis delivery Service physical locations to discourage loitering, crime, and illegal or nuisance activities. The areas to be covered by the security cameras include, but are not limited to, the storage areas, secured parking areas, delivery areas, all doors and windows, and any other areas as determined by the city manager or the city manager's designee. The cameras shall be in use twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week. The camera and recording system must be of adequate quality, color rendition, and a minimum of resolution at eight (8) megapixels per foot at the point of focus to allow for the identification of any individual present in the fixed locations of delivery-only medicinal cannabis operations. Any disruption in security camera images should be cured expeditiously.
            v.   Security Video Retention. Video from the security surveillance cameras shall be maintained for a period of not less than thirty (30) days and shall be made immediately available to city representatives upon request.
            vi.   City Surveillance System. A medicinal cannabis delivery service permitted under this section may elect to purchase all necessary equipment to integrate their video surveillance system into any comprehensive video surveillance system currently in place or implemented by the city.
            vii.   Alarm System. A third-party and centrally monitored fire, robbery, and burglar alarm system shall be installed and maintained in good working condition at the premises.
            viii.   Right of Inspection. All vehicles and facilities permitted pursuant to this section are subject to inspection by city personnel any time the medicinal cannabis delivery service is in operation. Prior notice of an inspection is not required.
            ix.   Secure Storage. The use of the facility shall be limited to the storage of medicinal cannabis and medicinal cannabis products solely within a secured, isolated interior environment. All medicinal cannabis and medicinal cannabis products shall be kept in a secured manner during business and non-business hours. Each medicinal cannabis delivery service shall have locked storage at the fixed location for after-hours storage of cannabis and cannabis products. Medicinal cannabis shall be stored in secured rooms, with limited or keycard access, that are completely enclosed or in a safe that is bolted to the floor. Additional details for creating security storage design can be located within “Law Enforcement Evidence and Property Management Guide”, Fourth Edition, 2022, produced by POST Management Counseling and Projects Bureau, California Commission On Peace Officer Standards And Training.
            x.   Panic Hardware. All entrances and exits of the medicinal cannabis delivery service shall remain locked at all times from outside entry, with entry strictly controlled. All exit doors leading from the facility shall be installed with listed and city approved panic hardware; shall open out, towards the direction of egress; shall be equipped with a listed and approved self-closing mechanism; and shall be equipped with a sealing gasket around the door.
            xi.   Disposal Requirements. No on-site disposal or composting of cannabis waste is allowed. Use of an authorized third-party waste hauler is required, whom shall be city approved, and approved under the applicant’s waste management plan by Department of Cannabis Control.
            xii.   Report of Violations. Within 24-hours, the operator shall notify the chief of police of any actions taken by the Department of Cannabis Control to revoke, suspend, or deny an applicant’s ability to operate, including the issuance of a notice to comply, or issuance of a citation.
            xiii.   Designated Security Liaison. The licensee shall designate a security representative/liaison who can meet with the chief of police or designee regarding any security-related measures and/or operational issues.
         g.   Delivery/Delivery Vehicle Requirements.
            i.   GPS Tracking of Vehicles. All delivery vehicles shall be equipped with a Global Position System, hereinafter referred to as “GPS” tracking devices. Data from the GPS tracking system shall be retained for a period of thirty (30) days. GPS data shall be made available to the police department upon request.
            ii.   Product shall be stored during transport in secure safes.
            iii.   No product shall be allowed to remain in vehicles without an employee present in the vehicle.
            iv.   Delivery vehicles shall be stored in approved secured and screened vehicle parking/loading areas only.
            v.   No publicly accessible parking shall be allowed. Parking areas shall be limited to employee use only.
            vi.   All delivery vehicles shall be registered with the police department.
            vii.   A direct communication system between the medicinal cannabis delivery service operator and each driver is required.
            viii.   In-Transit requirements.
               A.   Only owners, operators, or employees of the medicinal cannabis delivery service may be present in vehicles during deliveries.
               B.   No more than the maximum amount of medicinal cannabis permitted under state law in total value of product and cash may be transported at any one time in an individual vehicle during deliveries.
               C.   Delivery vehicles may only travel between fixed locations of the medicinal cannabis delivery service and the residential addresses specified by customers while transporting medicinal cannabis and/or medicinal cannabis products.
               D.   All delivery drivers shall carry valid identification and proof of employment at a licensed medicinal cannabis delivery service.
               E.   All delivery drivers shall carry a copy of the medicinal cannabis delivery service regulatory permit, a copy of the delivery request, a form of government-issued identification, and all other information required by state law. The driver shall present these documents upon the request of law enforcement, the city manager, or the city manager's designee.
               F.   All drivers shall carry an inventory log of medicinal cannabis and medicinal cannabis products being transported.
               G.   Delivery drivers shall be trained in the process for verifying that medicinal cannabis and medicinal cannabis products are delivered to qualified patients and adult-use customers and that the delivery drivers are trained in the proper usage of medicinal cannabis.
               H.   Medicinal cannabis and medicinal cannabis products may be transported by one medicinal cannabis delivery service’s physical address location to another medicinal cannabis delivery service’s physical address location if the state licenses for both locations are held by the same licensee.
            ix.   Vehicle Signage. Due to the potential for the targeted theft of high-value products as contained within a delivery vehicle, and in order to protect the public’s safety and welfare, there should be no vehicle signs or wraps identifying the business, or advertising products related to the business or industry-related products/services.
         h.   Owner, Operator, and Employee Requirements.
            i.   All owners, operators and employees must be twenty-one (21) years of age or older.
            ii.   All owners, operators and employees are subject to a criminal background search.
            iii.   Convictions. No owner, operator, investor, partner, employee, or agent of a medicinal cannabis delivery service shall have been convicted of a felony or crime of moral turpitude nor has been found by any state or local jurisdiction to have committed a violation of the Medicinal and Adult-Use Cannabis Regulation and Safety Act (MAUCRSA). The chief of police reserves the right, in his or her sole discretion, to waive this requirement in relation to violations of MAUCRSA, in the event that he or she determines that the violation of MAUCRSA was minor in nature and would not undermine the safe and effective operation of the proposed business in accordance with applicable laws.
            iv.   Owner/Employee Rosters and Notice of Change. Prior to a change in ownership or employees, the chief of police shall be notified. New ownership and/or employees shall be subject to a background checks prior to commencement of employment, or prior to any change in ownership.
         i.   Revocation. Any violation of this section, any other provision of this code or state laws relating to cannabis may result in the suspension or revocation of the license issued pursuant to this section.
         j.   Appeals. Any decision made pursuant to this section may be appealed in accordance with Chapter 2.28 of this code.
   D.   Public Nuisance. Any violation of this chapter is hereby declared to be a public nuisance and subject to abatement under the laws of this municipal code and the State of California.
   E.   Violations. Any violation of this chapter shall be punishable as provided in § 1.32.010 of this municipal code or any successor section thereto.
   F.   Conflicting Provisions. If any other provisions of the municipal code conflict with the provisions of this chapter as it relates to the regulation of land use related to cannabis, this chapter shall be controlling.
   G.   Severability. If any section, subsection, sentence or clause of this chapter is for any reason, held to be invalid or unconstitutional by a court of competent jurisdiction, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this chapter.
(Ord. 610-24 § 16, 2024; Ord. 602-24 § 3 (part), 2024; Ord. 548 § 1, 2019; Ord. 507 § 3, 2016)

16.44.260 Short-Term Vacation Rentals.

A.   Purpose. The purpose of this chapter is to establish the locational regulations for the use of privately owned single-family residential dwelling units and condominiums to minimize the potential adverse secondary effects of such uses on surrounding neighborhoods, to prevent the increase and over concentration of transient uses in residential neighborhoods and zoning districts, impose reasonable limitations to ensure the long-term availability of housing stock in compliance with the housing element of the city’s general plan, and ensure neighborhood compatibility with short-term vacation rentals under the framework of the Development Code. See, also, Chapter 5.27 (Short-Term Vacation Rentals) of this municipal code for additional requirements and definitions, as well as, Section 16.110.020 (Definitions of Specialized Terms and Phrases).
B.   Location and Applicability.
   1.   Hosted short-term vacation rental units shall be permitted in the following zoning designations: RR, ER-1, ER-2, ER-3, SF-1, SF-2, MF-1, and MF-2, and MF-3, subject to compliance with the below criteria:
      a.   There is capacity for the subject hosted rental unit under the citywide maximum limit of three hundred (300) STVRs; and
      b.   The hosted rental unit meets all of the applicable requirements contained in this Title 16 and Chapter 5.27 of the Murrieta Municipal Code, as well as all other applicable laws, rules and regulations; and
      c.   Hosted rental units are prohibited in all other zones within the city limits.
   2.   Non-hosted short-term rental vacation rental units shall be permitted in the following zoning designations: RR, ER-1, and ER-2, subject to compliance with the below criteria:
      a.   Within the ER-1, and ER-2 zones:
         i.   No non-hosted short-term vacation rental unit shall be located within three hundred (300) feet of another non-hosted short-term vacation rental unit; and
         ii.   The three hundred (300) foot separation distance shall be measured as a radial distance from all property lines of the subject non-hosted short-term vacation rental unit property.
      b.   There is capacity for the subject non-hosted short-term vacation rental unit within the citywide maximum limit of three hundred (300) STVRs;
      c.   The non-hosted short-term vacation rental unit meets all of the applicable requirements contained in this Title 16 and Chapter 5.27 of the Murrieta Municipal Code, as well as all other applicable laws, rules and regulations; and
      d.   Non-hosted short-term vacation rental units are prohibited in all other zones within the city limits.
   3.   This Chapter shall apply only to privately-owned single-family residential dwellings and condominiums, as defined by Chapter 5.27. Detached permitted habitable structures may be permitted for use for short-term vacation rental purposes (Excluding: accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units).
   4.   Any person who rents or leases a single-family residential dwelling, condominium, apartment, or mobile home, shall not be permitted to use of said dwelling for short-term vacation rental purposes.
   5.   Publicly owned single-family residential dwellings, condominiums, apartments, mobile homes, and those dwellings that are subject to affordable housing covenants imposed or required by the city or any of its affiliated agencies, shall not be used for short-term vacation rental purposes.
   6.   Mobile or modular homes on leased property shall not be used for short-term vacation rental purposes.
   7.   Temporary occupancy vehicles, also known as recreational vehicles, inclusive of motor homes, travel trailers, truck campers, camping trailers, and park trailers, fifth-wheel travel trailers, house cars, trailer coaches, slide-in campers, trunk campers, tent trailers, with or without a motor, shall not be used for short-term vacation rental purposes.
   8.   Tents and similar shelters shall not be used for short-term vacation rental purposes.
   9.   Garages shall not be used for short-term vacation rental purposes.
   10.   Temporary use permits, including commercial filming permits, shall not be granted at residential locations with concurrent short-term vacation rental permits.
C.   Cap Limitation. Consistent with the maximum number of STVR permits that may be issued by the city under Section 5.27.050 of this municipal code; the maximum number of STVR units that may operate in the city is three hundred (300).
D.   Parking. Refer to Table 3-7 “Parking Requirements By Land Use” for operational aspects as it relates to short-term vacation rentals and Table 5.27-01 “Short-Term Vacation Rental Occupancy Limits and Parking Requirements” for on-site parking quantities for short-term vacation rentals.
E.   Signs. Refer to Section 16.38.050.C.7 (Short-Term Vacation Rental Temporary Signs) for requirements.
(Ord. 561-20, Exhibit B (part), 2020)

16.44.270 Massage, Accessory Use and Massage Establishments.

A.   Purpose. The purpose of this section is to retain land use authority over the licensing and permitting of land uses associated with massage within the jurisdiction of the City of Murrieta to:
   1.   Maintain the character, diversity and vitality of the city’s commercial areas and the quality of life of its residents;
   2.   Preserve the aesthetics of surrounding neighborhoods;
   3.   Ensure the proposed uses are compatible with adjacent areas and land uses;
   4.   Appropriately condition any known or anticipated impacts caused by the land use; and
   5.   Prevent the increase or over proliferation and over concentration of massage businesses within certain areas.
B.   Definitions. The following are definitions of specialized terms and phrases used in this chapter. Definitions of general terms and phrases are located in Article VI of this Title 16. Any terms used in this chapter that are not specifically defined under this chapter or Title 16 shall have the same meaning as those definitions provided under Chapter 5.18.
   1.   Director shall mean the Director of Development Services or designee.
   2.   Massage shall mean the scientific manipulation of the soft tissues and any method of pressure on, friction against, channeling energy through, or stroking, kneading, rubbing, tapping, pounding, vibrating, or stimulating the external parts of the body, or other methods designed to create similar effects, to produce increased awareness, relaxation, pain relief, injury rehabilitation, or neuromuscular re-education. Regulations under this municipal code apply to all forms of massage, whether or not it is called massage and whether or not the massage is performed with the patron fully clothed, with or without the hands or other parts of the body, with or without the aid of any mechanical or electrical apparatus or appliances, or with or without such supplementary aids as rubbing alcohol, liniments, antiseptics, oils, powder, creams, lotions, ointments, or other similar preparations commonly used in this practice. For purposes of this definition, the terms “massage,” “massage therapy,” “bodywork,” or any other terms used within the massage industry shall have the same meaning. To “perform massage” shall mean the act of performing, providing, offering, delivering, dispensing, engaging in, or carrying on, or permitted to be performed, provided, offered, delivered, dispensed, engaged in, or carried on massage for any form of consideration whatsoever. Examples of massage include, but are not limited to, Swedish massage, sports massage, shiatsu, polarity therapy, rolfing, heller work, reiki, and reflexology. Massage does not include contact with specified anatomical areas, as defined by and prohibited under this municipal code.
   3.   Massage accessory use shall mean any establishment having a fixed place of business within the city where any person performs massage either permanently or temporarily in conjunction with a primary permitted land use, and the area where the massage occurs covers less than twenty percent (20%) of the gross square footage of the primary permitted land use. Massage accessory use shall be required to obtain a massage accessory use permit and shall be subject to the massage operating requirements under Chapter 5.18 and Title 16 of this municipal code, unless expressly exempted.
   4.   Massage establishment shall mean any establishment having a fixed place of business located within the city where any person performs massage. A massage establishment shall be required to obtain a massage establishment permit and shall be subject to the massage operating requirements under Chapter 5.18 and Title 16 of this municipal code.
   5.   Residential massage establishment shall mean a massage establishment legally operating in a residence in the city as of October 2, 2021, that continuously operates in the residence with a current, valid and authentic massage establishment permit, business license and home occupation permit issued by the city, and all other necessary approvals, and that operates in compliance with all local, state and federal laws, ordinances, rules and regulations.
C.   Land Use/Zoning Regulations. Businesses where massage is performed as massage establishments, as a massage accessory use, and as a residential massage establishment and shall be subject to the following, in addition to all other requirements contained in Chapter 5.18 and Title 16 of this municipal code and by law:
   1.   Permitted zone limitations.
      a.   Massage establishments as a primary use shall meet the following criteria:
         i.   Are limited to the zones as detailed within Table 16.10 “Use Table For Commercial Zoning Districts”, the Downtown Murrieta Specific Plan Area Zone – MU (Mixed-Use) designation, or certain MU (Mixed-Use) Zones and, or, Commercial Zones in specific plans as determined by the Director.
         ii.   Are located within areas which function as a commercial land use and is developed as a shopping center, subject to the regulations, site specific standards and provisions of the below criteria and development code. A shopping center for the purpose of this subsection shall possess commercial land use controls, in the form of common lease, common area maintenance agreements for landscaping and parking areas, reciprocal easement agreements for ingress, egress and parking of vehicles, recorded declarations of covenants, conditions and restrictions defining the responsibility of landlord and tenant concerning the standards for the operation and maintenance of the center, or similar rules and regulations intended to preserve the integrity of such a center.
      b.   Business locations where massage is performed as a massage accessory use with required associated primary land use function, shall be permitted with limitations:
         i.   As referenced under Table 16.08-1 “Use Table For Residential (Single-Family) Zoning Districts”, Table 16.10 “Use Table For Commercial Zoning Districts”, Table 16.08-2 “Use Table for Residential (Multi-Family) Zoning Districts”, Table 16.10-1 “Use Table For Commercial Zoning Districts”, Table 16.11-1 "Allowable Uses And Permit Requirements For Office Districts", Table 16.12-1 "Use Table For Business Park And Industrial Districts", Table 16.13-1 "Allowable Uses And Permit Requirements For The Innovation Zoning District", and Table 16.14-1 "Use Table For Special Purpose Districts."
         ii.   Within the Downtown Murrieta Specific Plan Area Mixed Use (MU) land use designation. To qualify it shall provide for a barber shop, beauty salon, tanning salon, hotel, day spa, indoor recreation (health and fitness center), or offices (medical). Within the Civic/Institutional (C/I) land use designation it shall be limited to locations which provide offices (medical), hotels, or indoor recreation (health and fitness centers). Within the Rural Residential (RR), Residential – Single Family 1 (RS-1), and Residential Single-Family – 2 (RS-2) land use designations it shall be limited to locations which provide for residential care homes (up to 8), or residential care homes (up to 14).
         iii.   At specific plan locations that contain a commercial, and, or, mixed-use land use component. These areas would need to permit beauty and barber shops, tanning salons, health and fitness centers, hotels, medical services – offices, clinics and laboratories, medical services – hospital, assisted living/skilled nursing, recreational facilities, skilled nursing – short-term or similar primary uses as determined by the director. For residential land use locations within specific plans, it shall be limited to assisted living/skilled nursing, skilled nursing – short-term and similar primary uses as determined by the Director.
      c.   Residential massage establishments shall be limited to existing residential locations within the Single-Family 1 (SF-1) zone and within the Downtown Murrieta Specific Plan Single-Family 2 (SF-2) land use designation. Locations shall be limited to existing locations and only be permissible as a legal non-conforming use pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.18.060.
      d.   Massage establishments, massage accessory uses, residential massage establishments shall not be permitted in any other zones within the jurisdiction of the city.
   2.   Distance limitation. A massage establishment, as a primary use, shall be located no fewer than 1,000 (one thousand) feet from another massage establishment (established as a primary use) existing as of October 2, 2021, as measured in a straight line, without regard to intervening structures, from the property line of one massage establishment to the property line of the other massage establishment. Any existing massage establishment, which is located within 1,000 (one thousand) feet of another existing massage establishment as of October 2, 2021, is not required to relocate but is subject to all other provisions of this ordinance for the continued operation and/or transfer of ownership of the massage establishment. If any existing massage establishment desires to change locations after October 2, 2021 to another location less than 1,000 (one thousand) feet from another massage establishment, the relocation shall be subject to all other land use and zoning requirements under this development code, and compliance with this distance limitation is subject to the discretion of the director. This limitation shall not apply to businesses where massage is performed as massage accessory use, or to residential massage establishments, as those terms are defined under this development code.
   3.   Cap limitation. The maximum number of massage establishments as a primary use within the jurisdiction of the City of Murrieta shall not exceed one (1) massage establishment per every 5,000 (five thousand) inhabitants of the city. For purposes of this section, the total number of inhabitants of the city shall be determined by the most current published data available from the California State Department of Finance, as of the date an application for a massage establishment permit is filed. This limitation shall not apply to the following businesses: (i) businesses where massage is performed as massage accessory use, as that term is defined under this development code; (ii) residential massage establishments, as that term is defined under this development code; or (iii) any existing massage establishment so long as there is no lapse in the timely renewal of a city business license and/or massage establishment permit as required under Title 5 of this municipal code.
   4.   Existing massage establishments – legal, non-conforming use. Existing massage establishments that do not comply with the land use and zoning limitations imposed upon new massage establishments under subsections C.1, C.2 and C.3 of this section as of October 2, 2021 shall be considered a legal, non-conforming use. Such existing massage establishments shall be required to comply with all other applicable local, state and federal laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, including, but not limited to, Chapter 5.18 of this municipal code and this development code.
   5.   Compliance with laws. The owner, operator and manager, as those terms are defined under Chapter 5.18 of this municipal code, of any massage establishment, residential massage establishment, or business where massage is performed as massage accessory use, shall also comply with all applicable local, state and federal laws, ordinances, rules and regulations as they may be amended from time to time, including, but not limited to, California Business and Professions Code sections 4600 et seq. (Massage Therapy Act), California Government Code sections 51030 et seq., this Development Code and Title 5 of this Municipal Code.
(Ord. 565-21, Exhibit B (part), 2021)